World Bank Document · PDF fileEIRR Economic Internal Rate of Return ... PTCL Pakistan...

Environment and Social Impact Assessment of

Federally Administered Tribal Areas Emergency Rural Roads Project (FATA ERRP)

in Bajaur and Orakzai Agencies

GOVERNMENT OF PAKISTAN WORKS & SERVICES DEPARTMENT (FATA)

PESHAWAR

AUGUST 2012

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Government of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa

Works & Services Department

Peshawar

Environment and Social Impact Assessment

of

Federally Administered Tribal Areas Emergency Rural Roads Project (FATA ERRP)

in

Bajaur and Orakzai Agencies

August 2012

ESIA of FATA Emergency Rural Roads Project (FATA ERRP)

i

List of Acronyms

AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ACE Associated Consulting Engineers ACI American Concrete Institute ADB Asian Development Bank AIDS Acquired immune deficiency syndrome ASTM American Society for Testing and Material BHU Basic Health Unit BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand BOQ Bill of Quantities COD Chemical Oxygen Demand COI CSC

Corridor of Impact Construction Supervision Consultants

DDE Deputy Director Environment DEMM Donors Environmental Monitoring Mission EA Environmental Assessment EIA Environmental Impact Assessment EIRR Economic Internal Rate of Return EMMP Environment Mitigation and Monitoring Plan EMP Environment Management Plan EPC Environmental Protection Council ERRP Emergency Rural Roads Project ESIA Environmental and Social Impact Assessment ESMP ESSAF

Environment and Social Management Plan Environment and Social Screening and Assessment Framework

FATA Federally Administered Tribal Areas FHA Frontier Highways Authority FIDIC Fédération Internationale Des Ingénieurs-Conseils

(International Federation of Consulting Engineers) GoKP Government of Khyber Pakhtunkhwa GoP Government of Pakistan HIV Human Immunodeficiency Virus HSE Health Safety Equipment IEE Initial Environmental Examination IEM Independent Environmental Monitor ISMZ Indus Suture Melange Zone JUI Jamiat-i-Ulmai-Islam KP Khyber Pakhtunkhwa M&E Monitoring and Evaluation MBT Main Boundary Thrust MDTF Multi Donor Trust Fund MMT Main Mantle Thrust NCS National Conservation Strategy NDIR Non Dispersive Infra-Red NEQs National Environment Quality Standards NGOs Non–Government Organizations NHA National Highway Authority NOC No Objection Certificate


ii

NWFP North West Frontier Province O&M Operation and Maintenance OP Operational Policy Pak–EPA Pakistan Environment Protection Agency PCO Public Call Office PEPA Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency PEPC Pakistan Environment Protection Council PHED Public Health Engineering Department PKR Pak Rupees PM Project Manager PMAP Pakhtunkhwa Milli Awami Party PMC Project Management PML Pakistan Muslim League PPC Pakistan Penal Code PPE Personal Protective Equipment PPP Pakistan People’s Party PR Public Relations

PSC Project Steering Committee PSDP Public Sector Development Project PSQCA Pakistan Standards Quality Control Authority PTCL Pakistan Telecommunication Limited PTV Pakistan Television RE Resident Engineer RoW Right of Way SFA Social Framework Agreement

SPM Suspended Particulate Matter SRO Statutory Regulation Order UBC Uniform Building Code VOC Vehicle Operating Cost WAPDA Water and Power Development Authority WB World Bank WHO World Health Organization XEN Executive Engineer


iii

Executive Summary

The Government of Pakistan (GoP) through the Work & Service Department (W&SD) intends to

develop road infrastructure in the Bajaur and Orakzai agencies of Federally Administered Tribal

Areas (FATA). Both agencies are in dire need of development initiatives as these have been badly

affected by political situation and militancy in the area. The proposed project is called the FATA

Emergency Rural Roads Project (FATA ERRP). It is assisted by the World Bank administered Multi

Donor Trust Fund (MTDF) for Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, FATA and Balochistan.

This document presents the findings of Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) of

the construction and operation of fifteen stretches of roads in the Orakzai and Bajaur agencies

of the Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA), Pakistan. The document was prepared

following the broader principles laid down in the Environment and Social Screening Assessment

Framework (ESSAF) which has been prepared for all emgency operations under MDTF. It has

been shared with W&SD of FATA and earlier with FATA Secretariate. And also disclosed locally

by FATA secretariat on December 15, 2010 on its website and on MTDF website. This ESIA

report includes the Environment and Social Management Plans (ESMPs) for both phases of the

project and has been cleared by the Bank for implementation.

This project will be completed in about two years from the award of contract for construction.

For execution and maintenance, the project has been assigned to the Works and Services

Department, FATA, which has engaged Associated Consulting Engineers (ACE) as its Consultant

for the design of the proposed roads. The proposed project has been divided into four packages.

Package 1 consists of one road in Bajaur (20 km) and four roads in Orakzai (2 km, 2 km, 2 km, 3

km), package 2 comprises of two sections of road in Bajaur (20 km and 3 km) and four sections

of the road in Orakzai (4 km, 3 km, 2km and 2km), package 3 (3 km and 2km) and package 4 (4.5

km and 2 km) each consists of two stretches of road in Bajaur. The total length of road that has

to be constructed is 75.5 km, out of which 55.5 km will be located in Bajaur and 20 km in

Orakzai. The project will be implemented in two phases; phase I includes package 1 only,

whereas packages 2, 3 and 4 constitute Phase II of the proposed project.

The purpose of this ESIA is to ensure that the proposed project complies with all national

environmental and social legislations as well as the WB Operational Policies on environment,

social assessment and management. However, the ambit of the legal framework of Pakistan

does not directly apply to the FATA. The region is recognized as a semi-autonomous region and

is regulated through Frontier Crimes Regulations 1901 (FCR) which is the prime source of judicial

system. There is no formal existence of a department such as Environmental Protection Agency

(EPA), which ensures regulation of environmental issues and matters. Prior to the 18th

Amendment in the Constitution of Pakistan the Federal EPA or the EPA of KP were authorized for

issuance of environment related approvals for FATA region. The jurisdiction of Federal EPA is

now limited only to the capital territory and other matters of national concern. The legal

authority of the KP EPA for granting approvals in FATA has not been documented clearly.


iv

Therefore, the NOC issuing authority for this ESIA has to be identified by the FATA Secretariat. At

the moment an environmental office within the FATA Secretariat is being established.

Owing to the fragile security situation and deteriorating law and order in the project area,

collection of primary environmental and social data is a daunting task. In addition, tribal norms

and cultural ethos, such as taboo on holding consultations with the women in the project area,

impedes the effort to get first hand information about the area.

The roads selected for rehabilitation in the project area are mostly unpaved and dirt tracks with

variable widths, high gradients and serpentine curves. These tracks stretch along rolling terrains,

mountainous and escarpment areas. The project under FATA ERRP proposes

construction/improvement of these roads with 3.65m bituminous paved carriageway and up to

10.85m formation width, with improved horizontal road curvature and reduced gradients of no

more then 10-15%. The project has been designed to meet international roads/highway

standards envisaged by World Bank. Based on these design criteria, the constructed roads will

have safety features, signage and appropriate drainage structures. Most of the construction

material, including sub-grade filling materials, pavement crushed stones, bricks, bitumen,

cement, concrete aggregate, asphalt, reinforcement steel, galvanized iron elements and water,

is locally available or can be procured form other locations in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KP) and

Pakistan.

Secondary data on the specific environmental resources of the project area is limited as there is

no real precedence of such rural infrastructure projects in the region requiring ESIA studies. As a

part of this ESIA study, primary and secondary data was collected through field surveys, public

consultations and literature research. For social data of nearby communities, a structured survey

was conducted. For Rapid Rural Survey of the area another questionnaire was used. For

information on any resettlement issues, a separate stand-alone study has been carried out, and

its key findings will be submitted separately.

The project area comprises of mostly mountainous terrains within the Bajaur and Orazkai

agencies. The proposed road sections of the FATA ERRP lie on both flat valley land as well as hill

slopes, with a majority of the proposed road lying on a mountainous terrain. Climatically the

area has cold winter and relatively mild summers. Rainfall is mainly received during monsoons

and spring sessions. Extremely cold winds blow during winters. Ambient air is generally clean.

According to the list of protected area defined in National Conservation Strategy (NCS) there is

no protected area along the project road and in the FATA region.

The project area is located in the dry sub-tropical temperate semi-evergreen scrub vegetation

area of Pakistan1. Based on the geomorphology and floral attributes, the project has

mountain/hill slope, riparian, stream-bed, stony plain and agricultural habitats, with diverse flora

and fauna. There are no less than 48 species of mammals2, 7 species of pheasants3, various

birds, reptiles, insects and other fauna. Additionally the region has considerable variety of flora,

1 T.J Roberts (1991) The Mammals of Pakistan

2 CAMP, IUCN (2003) Status and Red List of Pakistan’s Mammals

3 Iftikhar uz Zamana (2008) Conservation of Pheasants in North West Frontier Province (NWFP), Pakistan


v

with no less the 170 identified species4. Though not globally, but the project area does have

nationally critically endangered and endangered species5 of Striped Hyaena (Hyaena hyaena),

Leopard6 (Panthera pardus), Wolf (Canis lupus), Blue Sheep (Pseudois nayaur) and Hairy-armed

Bat (Nyctalus leisleri). In terms of flora Withania root (Withania samnifera) and bush species

(Aerva pseudo-tomentosa) are regarded as rare, but they are frequently seen at different

locations in the area. The main threat to the wild flora and fauna in the region is habitat

destruction and low forest cover. Currently Bajaur has 8.76% and Orakzai has 3.25% reported

forest area.

The communities of the project area lead their lives under strict tribal code and cultural

practices. The traditional tribal governance structure of local Maliks (tribal chiefs), Jirga

(committee of tribal elders) and the political agent (representative of the government of

Pakistan) is in place. The population in the area is divided into distinct sectarian and tribal

groups. Major tribes in the project area are Iman Khel, Miangan, Sahibzadagan, Salarzai and

Mamund adhering to Sunni Sect in Bajaur; and Syed, Abdulaziz Khel, Hwedat Khel, Mani Khel and

Saparis following Shia Sect in Orakzai agency. The project area is quite poor and under-

developed with sustenance agriculture being the main occupation. Another major cause of

poverty in the area is the high population density with 671 and 177 persons per sq. km in Bajaur

and Orakzai respectively. These figures are higher than overall figures for FATA that is 141

persons per sq. km.7 Due to the social structure and lack of education facilities, the literacy ratio

in the area is also very low. Male literacy ratio is no more than 23% and female literacy ratio is

even lower, being less than 4%. All these factors contribute to the low quality of life in terms of

health, housing and other services. Additionally poverty, tribal system and lack of education also

contribute to the conflict, violence and restriction of role of women in the area.

Analysis of alternatives has shown that project as proposed in the detailed design and feasibility

with suitable readjustments where necessary, is the best option, compared to the ‘no-project

option’ and the option of not adding any new roads and only improving the existing ones with

no deviation. Logistically, the best option is to locate all facilities of the contractor on state-

owned land as it could potentially reduce the cost of the EPC contract (land being offered free of

cost) as well as reduce the environmental and social impact of locating the construction facilities

on privately owned land. The best option from the labor point of view is to have a mixture of 100

percent unskilled local labor, subject to the availability of the requisite skills and experience, to

the extent possible semi-skilled local labor and free choice of hiring technical / skilled workers

from either within or outside of the project area.

Stakeholder consultation for this project entails meetings with individuals, groups, relevant

organizations and government departments, which are in some way linked to the project and

therefore considered stakeholders. Besides, the communities inhabiting the project area, other

4 H. Ahmad, S. Khan, A. Khan and M. Hamayun (2003) Ethnobotanical Resources of Manikhel Forests,

Orakzai Tirah, Pakistan 5 CAMP, IUCN (2003) Status and Red List of Pakistan’s Mammals

6 Unconfirmed sightings

7 Based on socio-economic indicators projected for 2006-07 in “Shaheed Bhutto Foundation FATA Figures”

whereas census data from 1998 shows population density in Bajaur 461 persons per sq. km. Orakzai 147 persons per sq. km and overall FATA 117 persons per sq. km.


vi

departments of government of FATA and political administration were also consulted during

project planning and their concerns were already incorporated in the project design and

management. Secondary stakeholder’s consultation with local NGOs was also carried out. Some

of the major concerns raised by the stakeholders regarding the environmental implications of

the FATA ERRP during construction and operations are as follows:

• Alignment of the route and associated structures should be designed in consultation

with local communities and elders.

• Existing traffic on the road shall not be affected.

• Noise and air pollution associated with trucking can potentially cause disturbance to

residents along the road. Adequate measures should be taken to avoid such

disturbances.

• If new roads disturb rain fed agricultural production systems, it would increase water

shortages and may result in increased poverty.

• Project related traffic causing congestion should be avoided.

• Road safety measures such as speed breakers and speed limits should be implemented

so that accidents avoided.

• Provision of sanitation awareness programs in camping facilities.

• Due consideration should be paid to privacy related matters and cultural sensitivities.

• Blasting should not be carried out near settlements.

• Relocating/dismantling of mosques and other permanent structures should be avoided.

• Job opportunities should be provided to the locals during construction activities.

The feedback, collected from the communities, has been incorporated in the impact assessment

and mitigation plan. It also contributes to the conditions of the proposed social framework

agreement (SFA) between the project proponents, construction contractor and the

communities.

The present ESIA has shown the possibility of mitigation of all adverse impacts. It is seen that

construction related impacts are likely to be related to contractor’s work practices, cooperation

between contractor and local communities, inclusion of ESIA prescriptions in the project

management and a good Social Framework Agreement (SFA).

As a means to address the environmental and social impacts of the project, comprehensive

Environment and Social Management Plans (ESMPs) have been devised. The Environment

Management Monitoring Plan (EMMP) accompanies the ESMPs. The EMMP is a system to

monitor the project activities to ensure that the responsible persons carry out the mitigation

measures proposed in this ESIA. The requirements of the contractor for undertaking the

proposed mitigation actions stated in the ESMPs and subsequent EMMPs will be integrated in

the tender and bid documents to ensure that the contractor is not only contractually bound to

undertake the necessary mitigation actions, but also his payments are linked to the compliance

with the proposed mitigation actions. To ensure maximum compliance to environmental and

social mitigation measures, the contractor’s payments are also linked to fulfillment of the

measures the contractor is responsible for as per the tender documents.


vii

The ESMP and the EMMP will be conducted under the following management structure and

institutional arrangement.

Furthermore, in order to ensure that the proposed project is carried out in the most

environmentally and socially responsible way, the project proponents will conduct a host of

environmental and social trainings for various target groups. These will, among others, include

trainings for selected management persons on topics such as general environmental and socio-

economic awareness, environmental and social sensitivities of the project area. Mitigation

measures, community dealings and safety issues for all site personnel, environmentally

acceptable waste disposal practices for the construction crew, road safety and defensive driving

for drivers, etc.

Similarly, environmental monitoring will be carried out with the help of proposed checklists

prepared on the basis of potential impacts and their mitigation plans in the ESMP. The

contractor’s environment specialist will monitor the compliance of ESMP against a set of

mitigation measres given in these checklists, on a regular basis, and provid to the Construction

Supervision Consultants (CSC). All non-compliances recorded in the filled checklists will be

followed up for remediation. Works and Services Department will engage a competent

consultant to conduct effects monitoring, with some parameters being monitored both ex-ante

and ex-post and others being monitored on several intervals. The objective of the effects

monitoring is to ensure that the key environmental parameters in the project area remain within

the acceptable limits throughout the project execution. Finally, the Works and Services

Department will engage a suitable consultant to carry out environmental audit of the project on

a bi-annual basis. During these audits, the ESMP compliance and its effectiveness will be

assessed. This monitoring will help identify weaknesses in the ESMP implementation and also

recommend the corrective measures. The overall budget allocated for the environmental and

social management of the project is a little over 20.6 million Pakistan rupees.

WS&D (FATA), Project Management Unit

Field Implementation Units Executive Engineer (XEN)

Sub Divisional Officer (SDO)

Supervision Consultant Environmental Specialist

Independent Environment Monitor

Deputy Director Environment (DDE)

Contractor

Contractor’s Environmentalist


viii

This ESIA has shown that potentially negative impacts resulting from the FATA ERRP are mostly

moderate and reversible in nature, and can be easily addressed with the help of appropriately

designed and effectively implemented mitigation measures proposed in this report.

The management of the environmental and social impacts for the project is further made easier

by the fact that the project area does not fall in an ecologically sensitive area and does not have

any significant archaeological or cultural resources that stand to be affected during the project-

related activities. The environmental and social impacts associated with construction are

temporary and, if the mitigations proposed in this ESIA were adhered to, would leave no residual

impact on the project area. The ESIA and ESMPs assessed all the major impacts and include

numerous proposed mitigation measures, and an analysis of the institutional and training

requirements for their implementation, and related costs. The mitigation measures concerning:

design issues (pre-construction); site preparation and land issues; ecology and biodiversity

disturbance; contamination and pollution; construction management; employment and

workforce policies; social issues and community support measures; waste management plan;

and monitoring programme are proposed. The major impacts and key mitigation measures are

as under:

Design and alignment of the roads will directly affect the local environment and social

activities. To mitigate these impacts, design process will ensure minimum cut-and-fill,

damage to permanent structures, alteration in water channelssprings and passages

through agricultural land/vegetation, and disturbance to community activities.

Cutting and filling operations during construction may have a geophysical impact; it is

proposed the unnecessary widening beyond the proposed design of the road shall be

avoided and natural drainage pattern will not be disturbed.

Location of camps near sensitive receptors like water resources, private lands without

prior consent of landowners and dumping and storage of construction material

equipment in private lands can ignite adverse sentiments among local populace. The

contractor will ensure that site facilities will be established on a flat land without much

natural vegetation, at least 500 m away from the communities.

Contractor will apply strict rules on his workers and labor to ensure that no spill or

leakages are caused. All fuels, oils and bitumen will be stored appropriately, with

concrete padding and bunding for containment in case of leakage.

A large quantity of earth will be removed from borrow pits potentially causing slope

instability, loss of soil/land productivity, uneven terrain, and altered drainage, so

contractors will select the area after approval for RE and these places will be leveled and

planted with appropriate trees. These borrow sites will to the extent possible not be

located on land used for agriculture, however, if borrowing fill material from land used

for agriculture is inevitable, the 30 cm top layer of the soil will be preserved and put

back to ensure that there is a minimal impact on land fertility.

The source of the project’s water will be mainly from the nearby rivers and small

tributaries, for the living camps can also be supplied by digging wells. To minimize

impact on water resources, water will be extracted only from a major source or main

stream, community will be consulted for using water resources and for ground water


ix

depth of the aquifer water table will be monitored. Additionally, strict measures will be

taken to ensure that no contamination is caused to water resources.

During the work on the road, the main environmental impact envisaged is the exhaust

and particulate matter emissions resulting from the vehicles. Due to the intermitted

nature of traffic flow and the fact that traffic would be mild, no irreversible impact on

the ambient air quality of the project area would take place.

Though machinery noise/vibrations will be within normal limits, the use of blasting will

be kept to an absolute minimum. Blasting near the communities will be avoided to the

great extent possible. A detailed protocol for management and monitoring of blasting

operation will be established.

Construction of road will lead to direct and indirect ecological disturbance. To minimize

such disturbance no clearance of vegetation or killing/hunting/trapping of wild animal

will be allowed. Additionally, compensatory measures will be implemented to reverse

tree cutting and ecological damages.

To minimize the effect on the existing traffic on the roads, at least one passage will

always be open for traffic. Wherever, this is not possible, contractor will schedule and

announce construction works, to allow a temporary passage of traffic.

Socially, the main concern would be the road safety issues for the community. To

mitigate this, proper signage and speed limits, while traveling through settled areas,

have been proposed.

Being a tribal area employment of alien workers may cause conflict with the locals. So

contractor will ensure the maximum un-skilled and semi-skilled labour is employed

locally.

Although the potential environmental and social issues associated with the project and their

mitigation options have been discussed in detail, however, there may be a chance for any project

affected person, an individual or group who may not be satisfied with the measures adopted to

address the issues under the project. In order to deal with such issues a Grievance

Redress/Complaint Handling Committee (GRC) will be notified both at PIU level. The GRC will be

formed in consultations with the political administration, W&S department (EA), PMU, and tribal

elders/maliks. The GRC will provide a public forum to the aggrieved to raise their objections and

have their grievances resolved through conflict resolution mechanism provided to them in the

form of GRCs.

The FATA ERRP project would be hugely beneficial for the communities located in the project

area as it offers them improved access to health and educational facilities located outside the

settlements, improved connection with outside areas and a host of possibilities for income

generation activities. Due to its mountainous terrain and other socio-political factors, FATA has

been facing unrest and violence. A prime cause for the unrest is its remote location and

minimum interaction with outside world. Construction of roads will not only create economic

opportunities, but will also expose the people to modernity. The project complies with all the

requirements of the environmental and social regulations of Pakistan as well as those prescribed

by the World Bank. The communities of the project area urgently need the project and its


x

benefits far outweigh the limited temporary environmental and social footprint the project is

likely to leave.


xi

Table of Contents

1 Introduction ................................................................................................................ 1-1

1.1 The Study Objectives ..................................................................................................... 1-1

1.2 Project Overview ........................................................................................................... 1-1

1.3 Project Area ................................................................................................................... 1-2

1.4 Implementation ............................................................................................................. 1-6

1.5 Basic Features of the Proposed Project......................................................................... 1-7

1.6 Study Methodology ....................................................................................................... 1-7

1.6.1 Environmental Assessment Process ................................................................................... 1-8

1.6.2 Field Surveys ....................................................................................................................... 1-8

1.7 Project Classification ..................................................................................................... 1-9

1.8 The Report Structure ..................................................................................................... 1-9

2 Legal, Regulatory, Policy Framework and Protocols ...................................................... 2-1

2.1 Pakistan legal requirements .......................................................................................... 2-1

2.1.1 Environmental legislation ................................................................................................... 2-1

2.1.2 Water law ........................................................................................................................... 2-4

2.1.3 Labour and health and safety legislation ........................................................................... 2-4

2.1.4 International law ................................................................................................................ 2-5

2.1.5 Customary law .................................................................................................................... 2-5

2.1.6 Judicial decisions ................................................................................................................ 2-6

2.1.7 Treaties ............................................................................................................................... 2-6

2.2 The World Bank Safeguard Policies ............................................................................... 2-7

2.2.1 Environmental Assessment (OP 4.01) ................................................................................ 2-7

2.2.2 Involuntary Resettlement (OP 4.12) ................................................................................... 2-8

2.2.3 Forestry (OP 4.36) .............................................................................................................. 2-8

2.2.4 Natural Habitat (OP 4.04) ................................................................................................... 2-9

2.2.5 Pest Management (OP 4.09) .............................................................................................. 2-9

2.2.6 Safety of Dams (OP 4.37).................................................................................................... 2-9

2.2.7 Projects on International Waterways (OP 7.50) ................................................................. 2-9

2.2.8 Cultural Property (OP 4.11) ................................................................................................ 2-9

2.2.9 Indigenous People (OP 4.10) ............................................................................................ 2-10

2.2.10 Projects in Disputed Areas (OP 7.60) ............................................................................... 2-10

2.2.11 Disclosure ......................................................................................................................... 2-11

2.3 Other Related Statutes and Laws ................................................................................ 2-11

2.3.1 The Constitution of Pakistan 1973 ................................................................................... 2-11

2.3.2 Frontier Crimes Regulations 1901 .................................................................................... 2-11

2.3.3 Pakistan Penal Code (PPC) ................................................................................................ 2-12

2.3.4 The Drainage Act 1973 ..................................................................................................... 2-12

2.3.5 Local Government Ordinance 1979.................................................................................. 2-12

2.3.6 The West Pakistan Fisheries Act 1961 .............................................................................. 2-12


xii

2.3.7 The Forest Act 1927 ......................................................................................................... 2-12

2.3.8 The Antiquities Act 1976 .................................................................................................. 2-12

2.3.9 The Public Health (Emergency Provision Act 1954 read with West Pakistan Epidemic Control Act 1958) Act......................................................................................................................... 2-13

2.3.10 Explosive Act 1884............................................................................................................ 2-13

2.4 Interaction with Other Agencies ................................................................................. 2-13

2.4.1 FATA Secretariat ............................................................................................................... 2-13

2.4.2 Political Agents ................................................................................................................. 2-13

2.4.3 Federal EPA ...................................................................................................................... 2-14

2.4.4 Departments of Forestry, Wildlife and Fisheries .............................................................. 2-14

2.4.5 Local Government and Municipalities .............................................................................. 2-14

2.4.6 Levies/Scouts .................................................................................................................... 2-14

2.5 Conventions, Protocols, Agreements and Understandings at International Level ..... 2-14

2.6 International Federation of Consulting Engineers (FIDIC) Clauses .............................. 2-15

3 Description of the Project ............................................................................................ 3-1

3.1 Location ......................................................................................................................... 3-1

3.2 Road Length ................................................................................................................... 3-1

3.3 Existing Road Dimensions and Description ................................................................... 3-2

3.3.1 Kharkano to Kulala, Length 20 Km. (Bajaur Package 1) ...................................................... 3-2

3.3.2 Dag Qilla Bypass Road, Length 3 Km. (Bajaur Package 2)................................................... 3-2

3.3.3 Road from Bado to Serisar, Length 20 Km.(Bajaur Package 2) ........................................... 3-2

3.3.4 Road from Shukrata to Pampokha, Length 3 Km. (Bajaur Package 3)................................ 3-3

3.3.5 Tangi Adda toBagoriBridge,Length4.5Km. (Bajaur Package 3) ........................................... 3-3

3.3.6 Road from Loia Kanda to Ghalishah, Length 3 Km. (Bajaur Package 4) ............................. 3-3

3.3.7 Road from Shagai to Karkanai Charmang, Length 2 Km. (Bajaur Package 4) ..................... 3-3

3.3.8 Road from Largri Tan to Dop Sana, Length 2 Km. (Orakzai Package 1) .............................. 3-3

3.3.9 Road from Dargai to Shamim Jan Killi, Length 2 Km. (Orakzai Package 1) ......................... 3-4

3.3.10 Road from Palosia to Hakim Killi Khawari, Length 3 Km. (Orakzai Package 1) ................... 3-4

3.3.11 Road from Dargai to Sharo Doghal, Length 2 Km. (Orakzai Package 1) ............................. 3-4

3.3.12 Road from Sam Feroz Khel to Dara Ghari, Length 3 Km. (Orakzai Package 2) ................... 3-4

3.3.13 Road from Dara Ghari to Sangrani, Length 2 Km. (Orakzai Package 2) .............................. 3-4

3.3.14 Road from Kalaya to Saboora Khel, Length 4 Km. (Orakzai Package 2).............................. 3-4

3.3.15 Road from Kadda Bazar to Aso Khel Khapa, Length 2 Km. (Orakzai Package 2)................. 3-5

3.4 Project Components ...................................................................................................... 3-5

3.5 Drainage Structures ....................................................................................................... 3-8

3.6 Scope of work of Proposed Project ............................................................................. 3-11

3.6.1 Design Work Items ........................................................................................................... 3-11

3.6.2 Construction Work Items ................................................................................................. 3-11

3.7 Existing Road Condition ............................................................................................... 3-12

3.8 Work and Material ...................................................................................................... 3-14

3.8.1 Estimated Work / Major Work Items ............................................................................... 3-14


xiii

3.8.2 Materials Requirement .................................................................................................... 3-14

3.9 Construction Resources Procurement, and Transportation ....................................... 3-14

3.9.1 Construction Materials ..................................................................................................... 3-14

3.9.2 Filling Materials of Sub grade ........................................................................................... 3-15

3.9.3 Broken Stones for Base Course (Coarse Aggregate)......................................................... 3-15

3.9.4 Broken Stones for Concrete (Coarse Aggregate) .............................................................. 3-15

3.9.5 Sand .................................................................................................................................. 3-15

3.9.6 Cement, Steel, and Asphalt .............................................................................................. 3-15

3.10 Raw Material Availability ............................................................................................. 3-15

3.11 Machinery to be Used ................................................................................................. 3-16

3.12 Equipment and Installations ........................................................................................ 3-16

3.13 Construction Schedule ................................................................................................. 3-17

3.14 Construction Logistics .................................................................................................. 3-17

3.14.1 Work Base ........................................................................................................................ 3-17

3.14.2 Labor Supply ..................................................................................................................... 3-17

3.14.3 Labor Camps ..................................................................................................................... 3-19

3.14.4 Machinery Maintenance and Equipment Yards ............................................................... 3-20

3.14.5 Material Depots................................................................................................................ 3-20

3.14.6 Machinery Repair Workshops .......................................................................................... 3-20

3.14.7 Approach to Work Bases .................................................................................................. 3-20

3.14.8 Camp Offices .................................................................................................................... 3-20

3.14.9 Healthcare ........................................................................................................................ 3-20

3.14.10 Labor Reporting Office ..................................................................................................... 3-20

3.14.11 Labor Transport ................................................................................................................ 3-21

3.14.12 Water Supply .................................................................................................................... 3-21

3.14.13 Work Uniform and Health Safety Equipment .................................................................. 3-21

3.14.14 Signage ............................................................................................................................. 3-21

3.14.15 Lighting and Illumination .................................................................................................. 3-21

3.14.16 Layout of Waste Disposal System .................................................................................... 3-21

3.15 Safe Design Criteria ..................................................................................................... 3-22

3.16 Institutional Arrangements ......................................................................................... 3-22

3.17 Grievance Redress Mechanism/Complaint Handiling System .................................... 3-23

3.18 Estimated Project Cost ................................................................................................ 3-24

4 Baseline Study of Project Area ..................................................................................... 4-1

4.1 The Project Area of Impact .......................................................................................... 4-19

4.2 Physical Environment .................................................................................................. 4-19

4.2.1 Geography ........................................................................................................................ 4-19

4.2.2 Geology and Soil ............................................................................................................... 4-19

4.2.3 Seismicity .......................................................................................................................... 4-20

4.2.4 Land Use ........................................................................................................................... 4-21


xiv

4.2.5 Water Resources .............................................................................................................. 4-22

4.2.6 Climate and Air Quality .................................................................................................... 4-24

4.2.7 Ambient Air Quality .......................................................................................................... 4-25

4.2.8 Noise Level ....................................................................................................................... 4-25

4.2.9 Minerals............................................................................................................................ 4-25

4.2.10 Physical Cultural Heritage ................................................................................................ 4-26

4.3 Biological Environment ................................................................................................ 4-26

4.3.1 Habitat Types ................................................................................................................... 4-26

4.3.2 Fauna ................................................................................................................................ 4-27

4.3.3 Flora.................................................................................................................................. 4-29

4.3.4 Protected Areas ................................................................................................................ 4-31

4.3.5 Endangered Species ......................................................................................................... 4-31

4.3.6 Forest ............................................................................................................................... 4-31

4.4 Social Environment ...................................................................................................... 4-32

4.4.1 Social Setting .................................................................................................................... 4-33

4.4.2 Population ........................................................................................................................ 4-33

4.4.3 Community/Social Structure ............................................................................................ 4-35

4.4.4 Poverty Status .................................................................................................................. 4-36

4.4.5 Industries and Livelihoods ................................................................................................ 4-37

4.4.6 Education.......................................................................................................................... 4-39

4.4.7 Political Parties ................................................................................................................. 4-40

4.4.8 Marriages ......................................................................................................................... 4-40

4.4.9 Social and Administrative Organization ........................................................................... 4-41

4.4.10 Religious Beliefs ................................................................................................................ 4-41

4.4.11 Conflict Resolution ........................................................................................................... 4-42

4.4.12 Custom of Carrying Fire Arms .......................................................................................... 4-42

4.4.13 Role, Position and Status of Women ................................................................................ 4-42

4.4.14 Migration .......................................................................................................................... 4-43

4.4.15 Housing ............................................................................................................................. 4-43

4.4.16 Services and Amenities Available in the Area .................................................................. 4-45

4.4.17 Transport and Accessibility .............................................................................................. 4-46

4.4.18 Health ............................................................................................................................... 4-46

5 Analysis of Alternatives ............................................................................................... 5-1

5.1 Road Alternatives .......................................................................................................... 5-1

5.1.1 No Project Option ............................................................................................................... 5-1

5.1.2 Project Road to Follow Exactly the Existing Route with No Alteration .............................. 5-2

5.1.3 Project as Proposed in Feasibility with Alterations Where Necessary ............................... 5-3

5.2 Logistic Sites .................................................................................................................. 5-3

5.2.1 Location of Contractor’s Facilities on Public Land .............................................................. 5-3

5.2.2 Siting of Contractor’s Facilities on Private Lands ............................................................... 5-4

5.2.3 Siting the Contractor’s Facilities at Appropriate Site, be it Public Land or Private Land .... 5-5

5.3 Labor .............................................................................................................................. 5-5

5.3.1 All Labor Local .................................................................................................................... 5-5


xv

5.3.2 All Labor from Outside ....................................................................................................... 5-6

5.3.3 An Admixture of Local and Outside Labor as per Skill Required ........................................ 5-6

5.4 Summary of Alternatives ............................................................................................... 5-7

6 Stakeholder Consultations ........................................................................................... 6-1

6.1 General .......................................................................................................................... 6-1

6.2 Identification of Stakeholders ....................................................................................... 6-1

6.3 Stakeholder Consultation Process ................................................................................. 6-1

6.4 Primary Stakeholders Consultation ............................................................................... 6-2

6.4.1 Topics for Discussion .......................................................................................................... 6-3

6.4.2 Outcomes of Consultations ................................................................................................ 6-3

6.5 Secondary Stakeholder Consultations ........................................................................... 6-4

6.5.1 Consultation with NGOs ..................................................................................................... 6-4

6.5.2 Consultation with EPA Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KP) ............................................................. 6-4

6.5.3 Consultation with Pak- EPA ................................................................................................ 6-5

6.6 Land Acquisition and Resettlement–Related Concerns ................................................ 6-5

6.7 Addressing Stakeholders Concerns ............................................................................... 6-5

7 Environmental Impact Assessment and Mitigation Measures ........................................ 7-1

7.1 Potential Impact Sources ............................................................................................... 7-2

7.2 Explanation of the Impact Assessment ......................................................................... 7-7

7.2.1 Soil and Landscape ............................................................................................................. 7-7

7.2.2 Location of Labor Camps, Material Depots, Equipment Yards and Approach Roads ........ 7-9

7.2.3 Oil Spills from Construction Machinery ............................................................................ 7-10

7.2.4 Earthen Embankments or Concrete Work, Edge Scouring ............................................... 7-11

7.2.5 Impact of Borrowing Material from Earth Borrow Sites and Stone Quarrying ................ 7-11

7.2.6 Water Resources .............................................................................................................. 7-11

7.2.7 Contamination of Soil and Water ..................................................................................... 7-13

7.2.8 Releases to Air .................................................................................................................. 7-14

7.2.9 Noise and Vibrations ........................................................................................................ 7-15

7.2.10 Ecology and Biodiversity Disturbance .............................................................................. 7-16

7.2.11 Acquisition of Private Assets and Compensation ............................................................. 7-17

7.2.12 Increased Risk of Accidents Caused by Partial Closure of Road during Construction ...... 7-17

7.2.13 Safety and Health Hazards ............................................................................................... 7-18

7.2.14 Restricted Mobility of Local Population ........................................................................... 7-19

7.2.15 Gender Issues ................................................................................................................... 7-19

7.2.16 Social Conflicts and Employment of Locals on the Project .............................................. 7-20

7.2.17 Rise in the Prices of Essential Commodities ..................................................................... 7-20

7.2.18 Use of Local Water Supplies and Other Common Resources ........................................... 7-21

7.2.19 Adverse Effects on Archaeological Sites ........................................................................... 7-21

7.2.20 Graveyards ....................................................................................................................... 7-22

7.2.21 Spread of Communicable Diseases amongst the Project Labor and Adjoining Population . 7-22


xvi

7.2.22 Recreational Facilities for Public ...................................................................................... 7-22

7.2.23 Operational and Management Phase .............................................................................. 7-23

7.2.24 Socioeconomic Impacts on the Overall Project Area ....................................................... 7-23

8 Environmental and Social Management Plan (Phase I) .................................................. 8-1

8.1 General .......................................................................................................................... 8-1

8.2 Mitigation through Avoidance of Adverse Impacts by Suitable Design ........................ 8-1

8.3 Tender and Construction Phase .................................................................................... 8-1

8.3.1 Impact Reduction Measures .............................................................................................. 8-1

8.3.2 Pre–Tender Conference ..................................................................................................... 8-3

8.3.3 Pre-Construction Coordination Meeting ............................................................................ 8-3

8.4 Operational Phase - Management of Operational Impact ............................................ 8-3

8.5 Management of Social Impacts ..................................................................................... 8-4

8.6 Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) ............................................. 8-4

8.7 Visits / Inspection Authorization ................................................................................... 8-5

8.8 ESMP Implementation Arrangements ........................................................................... 8-6

8.8.1 Institutional Arrangements ................................................................................................ 8-6

8.8.2 Management Responsibility ............................................................................................... 8-7

8.8.3 Summary of Finances for Various Agencies ....................................................................... 8-8

8.8.4 Reporting and Supervision ................................................................................................. 8-9

8.9 Mitigation Plans ........................................................................................................... 8-10

8.10 Environmental Monitoring .......................................................................................... 8-25

8.10.1 Compliance Monitoring .................................................................................................... 8-25

8.10.2 Effects Monitoring ............................................................................................................ 8-25

8.10.3 Third Party Monitoring ..................................................................................................... 8-25

8.10.4 Checklists for Environmental Monitoring......................................................................... 8-25

8.11 Environmental and Social Trainings ............................................................................ 8-30

8.12 Environmental and Social Management Budget ......................................................... 8-30

8.13 Recommendations ....................................................................................................... 8-31

8.13.1 Avoidance ......................................................................................................................... 8-31

8.13.2 Contractor’s Obligations................................................................................................... 8-31

8.13.3 Social Frame Work Agreement (SFA) ............................................................................... 8-35

8.13.4 Social Frame Work Agreement ........................................................................................ 8-36

8.13.5 Operational Manual ......................................................................................................... 8-39

9 Environmental Management Plan (Phase II) ................................................................. 9-1

9.1 General .......................................................................................................................... 9-1

9.2 Mitigation through Avoidance of Adverse Impacts by Suitable Design ........................ 9-1

9.3 Tender and Construction Phase .................................................................................... 9-2

9.3.1 Impact Reduction Measures .............................................................................................. 9-2

9.3.2 Pre-Tender Conference ...................................................................................................... 9-3


xvii

9.3.3 Pre-Construction Coordination Meeting ............................................................................ 9-4

9.4 Operational Phase – Management of Operational Impact ........................................... 9-4

9.5 Management of Social Impacts ..................................................................................... 9-4

9.6 Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) ............................................. 9-4

9.7 Visits / Inspection Authorization ................................................................................... 9-5

9.8 ESMP Implementation Arrangements ........................................................................... 9-6

9.8.1 Institutional Arrangements ................................................................................................ 9-6

9.8.2 Management responsibility ............................................................................................... 9-7

9.8.3 Summary of Finances for Various Agencies ....................................................................... 9-8

9.8.4 Reporting Supervision ........................................................................................................ 9-9

9.9 Mitigation Plans ........................................................................................................... 9-10

9.10 Environmental Monitoring .......................................................................................... 9-25

9.10.1 Compliance Monitoring .................................................................................................... 9-25

9.10.2 Effects Monitoring ............................................................................................................ 9-25

9.10.3 Third Party Monitoring ..................................................................................................... 9-25

9.10.4 Checklist for Environmental Monitoring .......................................................................... 9-25

9.11 Environmental and Social Trainings ............................................................................ 9-30

9.12 Environmental and Social Management Budget ......................................................... 9-30

9.13 Recommendations ....................................................................................................... 9-31

9.13.1 Avoidance ......................................................................................................................... 9-31

9.13.2 Contractor’s Obligations................................................................................................... 9-31

9.13.3 Social Frame Work Agreement (SFA) ............................................................................... 9-35

9.13.4 Social Frame Work Agreement ........................................................................................ 9-36

9.13.5 Operational Manual ......................................................................................................... 9-39

10 References ................................................................................................................ 10-1

Annexures ............................................................................................................................. 1

Annexure 1: Flora of FATA ............................................................................................................ 1

Annexure 2: Socio-Economic Indicators of FATA ......................................................................... 5

Annexure 3: Checklists for ESMP .................................................................................................. 8

Annexure 4: Survey Instruments ................................................................................................ 14


xviii

List of Tables and Figures

List of Tables

Table 1.1: Road Packages and Lengths for the Proposed Package ............................................... 1-6

Table 1.2: Environmental and Social Assessment Process ............................................................ 1-8

Table 2.1: Selected NEQS for Waste Effluents ............................................................................ 2-16

Table 2.2: NEQS for Industrial Gaseous Emissions ...................................................................... 2-17

Table 2.3: National Environmental Quality Standards for Ambient Air ...................................... 2-18

Table 2.4: NEQS for Motor Vehicles Exhaust and Noise for In-use Vehicles ............................... 2-19

Table 2.5: NEQS for Motor Vehicles Exhaust and Noise for New Diesel Vehicles, Passenger Cars

and Light Commercial Vehicles (g/Km) ....................................................................................... 2-19

Table 2.6: NEQS for Motor Vehicles Exhaust and Noise for New Diesel Vehicles, Heavy Duty

Diesel Engines and Large Goods Vehicles (g/Kwh) ...................................................................... 2-20

Table 2.7: NEQS for Motor Vehicles Exhaust and Noise for New Petrol Vehicles (g/km) ........... 2-20

Table 2.8: National Standards for Drinking Water Quality .......................................................... 2-21

Table 2.9: National Environmental Quality Standards for Noise ................................................ 2-22

Table 3.1: Package Details and Road Lengths ............................................................................... 3-1

Table 3.2: Main Technical Indicators of Geometrical Design ........................................................ 3-5

Table 3.3: Key Drainage Features / Structures .............................................................................. 3-8

Table 3.4: Estimated Works and Work Features ......................................................................... 3-14

Table 3.5: Estimated Construction Material Requirement ......................................................... 3-14

Table 3.6: Raw Material Availability ............................................................................................ 3-15

Table 3.7: Estimated Machinery Requirement ............................................................................ 3-16

Table 3.8: Estimated Requirement for Equipment and Installations .......................................... 3-16

Table 3.9: Illustrative Distribution of Labor ................................................................................. 3-18

Table 3.10: Construction Team and Personal for the Proposed Project ..................................... 3-18

Table 3.11: Proposed Camp Sites for Project Roads ................................................................... 3-19

Table 4.1:Land Utilization Statistics............................................................................................. 4-21

Table 4.2: Water Resources in the Project Area ......................................................................... 4-22

Table 4.3: Mean Monthly Temperature, Precipitation, and Relative Humidity Recorded at Kohat

Station ......................................................................................................................................... 4-25

Table 4.4: Annually Minerals Extracted from the FATA Region .................................................. 4-25

Table 4.5: Fauna of Tribal Areas of Pakistan ............................................................................... 4-28

Table 4.6: Common Flora in FATA ............................................................................................... 4-29

Table 4.7: Land Use and Forest Area in FATA and Project Agencies ........................................... 4-31

Table 4.8: Villages/Settlements in the Project Area .................................................................... 4-32

Table 4.9: Population Data for Bajaur and Orakzai ..................................................................... 4-34

Table 4.10: Age/Gender Distribution in the Project Area ........................................................... 4-35

Table 4.11: Major Tribes/Clans in Bajaur Agency Project Area ................................................... 4-36

Table 4.12: Major Tribes/Clans in Orakzai Agency Project Area ................................................. 4-36


xix

Table 4.13: Income and Landholding in the Project Area ........................................................... 4-37

Table 4.14: Livelihoods in the Project Area ................................................................................. 4-38

Table 4.15: Education Facilities in the Project Area .................................................................... 4-39

Table 4.16: Literacy Rate and Enrollment in the Project Area .................................................... 4-40

Table 4.17: Housing Data in the Project Area ............................................................................. 4-44

Table 4.18: Services and Amenities Available in the Area .......................................................... 4-46

Table 4.19: Roads in the FATA Region ......................................................................................... 4-46

Table 4.20: Health Facilities and Coverage in the Project Area .................................................. 4-47

Table 4.21: Major Ailments and Prevalence Reported in the Project Area ................................ 4-47

Table 4.22: Sanitation Facilities in the Project Area .................................................................... 4-48

Table 6.1: Summary of Public Consultations ................................................................................. 6-2

Table 7.1: Summary of Evaluated Significant Environmental Impacts .......................................... 7-1

Table 7.2: Evaluation of Environmental and Social Impacts ......................................................... 7-4

Table 8.1: Minimum Monitoring Plan ........................................................................................... 8-5

Table 8.2: Environmental Impacts during Construction Phase ................................................... 8-10

Table 8.3: Social Impacts ............................................................................................................. 8-18

Table 8.4: Operational Phase ...................................................................................................... 8-24

Table 8.5: Effects Monitoring Plan .............................................................................................. 8-28

Table 8.6: Environmental and Social Trainings............................................................................ 8-30

Table 8.7: Cost Estimates for Environmental Management ....................................................... 8-31

Table 9.1: Minimum Monitoring Plan ........................................................................................... 9-5

Table 9.2: Environmental Impacts during Construction Phase ................................................... 9-10

Table 9.3: Social Impacts ............................................................................................................. 9-18

Table 9.4: Operational Phase ...................................................................................................... 9-24

Table 9.5: Effects Monitoring Plan .............................................................................................. 9-28

Table 9.6: Environmental and Social Trainings............................................................................ 9-30

Table 9.7: Cost Estimates for Environmental Management ....................................................... 9-31


xx

List of Figures

Figure 1.1: Project Area ................................................................................................................. 1-3

Figure 1.2: Project Surroundings for Bajaur Agency ..................................................................... 1-4

Figure 1.3: Project Surroundings for Orakzai Agency .................................................................... 1-5

Figure 3.1: Typical Cross-Section in Rolling Terrain and Built-up Areas ........................................ 3-6

Figure 3.2: Typical Cross-Section in Mountainous Terrain and ECSCarpment Areas .................... 3-7

Figure 3.3: Plan for Culverts for the Proposed Project .................................................................. 3-9

Figure 3.4: Sections for Road Side Covered Drain ....................................................................... 3-10

Figure 3.5: Pictorial View of Project Road ................................................................................... 3-12

Figure 3.6: Land Use beside the Start Point of the Project Road ................................................ 3-12

Figure 3.7: A View of the Proposed Road at KM. 5+000 ............................................................. 3-12

Figure 3.8: Another View of the Proposed Road at KM. 8+000 .................................................. 3-12

Figure 3.9: A View of the Proposed Road at KM. 10+000 ........................................................... 3-13

Figure 3.10: Proposed Road Condition at KM. 12+000 ............................................................... 3-13

Figure 3.11: View of the Proposed Road at KM. 15+000 ............................................................ 3-13

Figure 3.12: Another View of the Proposed Road at KM. 18+000 .............................................. 3-13

Figure 4.1: Environmental Settings of the Project Area in Bajaur Agency .................................... 4-2

Figure 4.2: Environmental Settings of the Project Area in Orakzai Agency .................................. 4-3

Figure 4.3: Environmental Setting of Bajaur Agency Phase 1 Kharkano to Kulala Road, Length 20

Km. ................................................................................................................................................. 4-4

Figure 4.4: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase1 Dargi to Shamim Jan Killi Road,

Length 2 Km. .................................................................................................................................. 4-5

Figure 4.5: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase1 Dargai to Sharo Doghal Road, Length

2 Km. .............................................................................................................................................. 4-6

Figure 4.6: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase1 Largri Tan to Dop Sana Road, Length

2 Km. .............................................................................................................................................. 4-7

Figure 4.7: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase1 Palosia to Hakim Kalli Khawari Road,

Length 3 Km. .................................................................................................................................. 4-8

Figure 4.8: Environmental Setting of Bajaur Agency Phase2 Dag Qilla Bypass Road, Length 3 Km.

....................................................................................................................................................... 4-9

Figure 4.9: Environmental Setting of Bajaur Agency Phase2 Bado to Serisar Road, Length 20 Km.

..................................................................................................................................................... 4-10

Figure 4.10: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase2 Dara Ghari to Sangrani Road,

Length 2 Km. ................................................................................................................................ 4-11

Figure 4.11: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase2 Kadda Bazar to Aso Khel Khapa

Road, Length 2 Km. ...................................................................................................................... 4-12

Figure 4.12: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase2 Kalaya to Saboora Khel Road,

Length 4 Km. ................................................................................................................................ 4-13

Figure 4.13: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase2 Sam Feroz Khel to Dara Ghari Road,

Length 3 Km. ................................................................................................................................ 4-14

Figure 4.14: Environmental Setting of Bajaur Agency Phase2 Shukrata to Pampokha Road, Length

3 Km. ............................................................................................................................................ 4-15


xxi

Figure 4.15: Environmental Setting of Bajaur Agency Phase2 Tangi Adda to Bagori Bridge Road,

Length 4.5 Km. ............................................................................................................................. 4-16

Figure 4.16: Environmental Setting of Bajaur Agency Phase2 Loia Kanda to Ghalishah Road,

Length 3 Km. ................................................................................................................................ 4-17

Figure 4.17: Environmental Setting of Bajaur Agency Phase2 Shagai to Karkanai Charmang Road,

Length 2 Km. ................................................................................................................................ 4-18

Figure 4.18: Cropped Fields in the Project Area .......................................................................... 4-21

Figure 4.19: An Operation Tube Well in the Project Area ........................................................... 4-23

Figure 4.20: Brick Lined Water Channel for Irrigation ................................................................. 4-23

Figure 4.21: A Typical Dense Settlement in FATA ....................................................................... 4-44

Figure 4.22: Settlement with Agricultural Land in FATA ............................................................. 4-44

Figure 8.1: Organogram for Implementation of ESMP.................................................................. 8-7

Figure 9.1: Organogram for Implementation of ESMP...................... Error! Bookmark not defined.


Page 1-1

1 Introduction

This document presents the Environmental and Social Impact Assessment (ESIA) of the

construction and operation of fifteen stretches of road in the Orakzai and Bajaur agencies of the

Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA), Pakistan. The proposed project has been divided

into four packages: package 1 is comprised of one road in Bajaur and four roads in Orakzai,

package 2 entails two roads in Bajaur and 4 roads in Orakzai, package 3 and Package 4 each

consists of two stretches of road in Bajaur. The project will be implemented in two phases;

Phase I includes Package 1 only, whereas packages 2, 3 and 4 constitute Phase II of the proposed

project.

The document also includes the Environment and Social Management Plans (ESMPs) one each

for the two phases of the project (the details of the phases are explained later in Section 1.3).

The proposed project is called the FATA Emergency Rural Roads Project (FATA ERRP) and is

assisted by the World Bank administered Multi Donor Trust Fund for Khyber Pakhtunkhwa, FATA

and Baluchistan.

1.1 The Study Objectives

The ultimate objective of the study is to make the project environmentally responsible and

socially acceptable. The specific objectives of this study can be identified as follows:

To collect the baseline data on physical, biological and socio–economic conditions of the

project area using primary as well as secondary sources.

To carryout environmental and social assessment, including the supporting

administrative and legal framework of the proposed road infrastructure.

To identify mitigation measures for the potential environmental impacts

To propose institutional responsibilities and methods of monitoring the mitigation

measures and monitoring procedures.

To prepare the Environmental and Social Management Plan.

1.2 Project Overview

The Government of Pakistan (GoP) through the Work & Service Department intends to develop

road infrastructure in the Bajaur and Orakzai agencies of FATA. Both these agencies are in dire

need of development as they have been greatly affected by political structure and militancy.

For this purpose the FATA Work & Service Department has applied for financing from the MTDF

to help respond to the post conflict situation by carrying out emergency building of priority rural

roads infrastructure in FATA. Given the crisis situation prevailing in FATA the main focus of first

set of priorities is the improvement of pedestrians and vehicular access to some of poorest

neighborhoods especially in mountainous and escarpment terrain of Bajaur and Orakzai

Agencies of FATA.


Page 1-2

This ambitious road development project comprises the construction of 75.5 Km. of rural roads

out of which 55.5 km. are located in Bajaur Agency and 20 km. lie in Orakzai Agency. The roads

development shall improve connectivity within the Bajaur and Orakzai Agencies as well as with

neighboring areas of FATA.

Although about 20 km. length of roads are located in rolling terrain of Bajaur and Orakzai

Agencies, the major length of project roads i.e. 55.5 km. lie in rugged mountainous terrain as

well as escarpment areas with steep gradients and sharp, serpentine horizontal curves.

The project lies in FATA where there is no formal department i.e. an Environmental Protection

Agency, exists for regulating environment matters and issues. Prior to the 18th Amendment in

the Constitution of Pakistan the Federal EPA or the EPA of KP were authorized for issuance of

environment related approvals for FATA. The jurisdiction of Federal EPA is now limited only to

the capital territory and other matters of national concern. The legal authority of the KP EPA for

granting approvals in FATA is not clearly documented. Therefore, the NOC issuing authority for

this ESIA has to be identified by the FATA Secretariat. At this moment establishment of an

environmental office within the FATA Secretariat is under process.

1.3 Project Area

The project area is defined as the geographical region where the environmental and social

impacts of the proposed project, both during construction and operation are likely to occur. For

this ESIA and ESMP, the project area is defined as the area located within 2 km of either side of

the proposed roads as the proposed roads are not located within any ecologically sensitive,

archaeologically significant or socially and culturally important area. It is therefore expected that

the environmental and social impact of the proposed project on the project areas would be fairly

temporary and would mainly occur during the construction phase. Maps of the project area and

the project surroundings are presented as Figures 1.1, 1.2 and 1.3.


Page 1-3

Figure 1.1: Project Area


Page 1-4

Figure 1.2: Project Surroundings for Bajaur Agency


Page 1-5

Figure 1.3: Project Surroundings for Orakzai Agency


Page 1-6

1.4 Implementation

The project proponents will carry out the project in two phases, I and II. Phase I, comprises of a

stretch of road totaling 29 km. Out of which 20 km would be located within the Bajaur Agency

whereas the remaining 9 km in Orakzai agency. Phase II consists of a total of 46.5 km of roads,

out of which 35.5 km is located in Bajaur and 11 km in Orakzai agencies. The road packages for

the proposed project are presented in Table 1.1.

Table 1.1: Road Packages and Lengths for the Proposed Package

Pkg.

Bajaur Orakzai Total Length

(km) Road Section

Lgth. (km)

Road Section Lgth. (km)

1 Kharkano to Kulala (34°46'21.73"N 71°38'2.47"E) 20

Dargai to Ghakhi to Sharo Doghal (33°43'48.05"N 70°54'0.39"E) 2

Dargai to Shamim Khel (33°43'48.96"N 70°53'40.50"E) 2

Largri Tan to Dop Sana (33°43'48.90"N 70°54'3.29"E) 2

Palosia to Hakim Killi (33°44'8.76"N 70°56'37.00"E) 3

Sub Total 20 Sub Total 9 29

2 Dak Qilli By-Pass (34°43'54.31"N 71°31'38.85"E) 3

Kada Bazaar to Aso Khel Khapa (33°43'51.95"N 70°52'13.97"E) 2

Bado to Serisar Blacktop (34°42'10.45"N 71°39'24.03"E) 20

Sam Feroz Khel to Dara Ghari (33°46'36.93"N 70°57'58.89"E) 3

Dara Ghari to Sangrani (33°46'46.67"N 70°57'43.83"E) 2

Kalaya to Saboora (33°44'42.31"N 70°56'25.06"E) 4


3 Shukrata to Pampokha (34°48'0.69"N 71°39'5.20"E) 3

Tangi Adda to Bagori Bridge (34°42'28.72"N 71°21'0.22"E) 4.5

Sub Total 7.5 Sub Total

7.5

4 Loia Kanda to Ghalishah (34°48'35.29"N 71°39'39.29"E) 3

Shagai to Karkanai Charmang (34°44'29.03"N 71°18'56.17"E) 2

Sub Total 5 Sub Total

5

Grand Total 55.5 Grand Total 20 75.5

The responsibility and ownership for the implementation and operation of the World Bank

assisted FATA ERRP is with the FATA Works & Service Department that have procured the

services of Associated Consulting Engineers (Pvt.) Ltd. (ACE) for the Detailed Engineering Design,

Economic Feasibility Study and preparation of PC–I


Page 1-7

1.5 Basic Features of the Proposed Project

The scope of work of the FATA ERRP comprises of detailed engineering design, economic

feasibility studies and the preparation of PC–I for the 75.5 km length roads in Bajaur and Orakzai

agencies. The proposed project entails following activities:

i. Inventories of roads and existing infrastructure

ii. Collection of existing traffic pavement structure data (where available)

iii. Field topographic survey (Traverse and Leveling)

iv. Soil investigation along the proposed road alignments

v. Hydrological and hydraulic studies

vi. Traffic forecasts

vii. Design of pavement structure

viii. Highway geometric design, preparation of plan, profile and general drawings

ix. Design of cross drainage structure and preparation of structural drawings

x. Tender documents, bill of quantities and cost estimates

xi. Preparation of PC–I

1.6 Study Methodology

The purpose of this ESIA is to ensure that the proposed project complies with all national

environmental and social legislations as well as the environmental and social guidelines of the

World Bank. However, the jurisdiction of the legal framework of Pakistan does not extend to the

FATA as this region is recognized as a semi-autonomous region. As a result, the guidelines for

conducting environmental assessments are not binding on projects implemented in FATA.

However, in the absence of any specific FATA based regulations, this ESIA has been conducted as

per the national environmental regulations and guidelines.

Conducting this ESIA in the project area was a challenging task mainly due to the deteriorating

law and order situation and other tribal norms and cultural ethos associated with the region.

Experts from other parts of Pakistan are not allowed to conduct field related activities in the

region due to precarious security situation, local expertise in the field of environmental and

social impact assessment is rarely available. As a result, locals from the project area were

brought to Islamabad. They were trained in the data collection and surveying techniques for ESIA

studies and subsequently sent to field for data collection and holding the primary stakeholder

consultations.

Secondary data on the specific environmental resources of the project area is limited as there is

no real precedence of such rural infrastructure projects in the region requiring ESIA studies. As a

part of this ESIA study, primary and secondary data was collected through field surveys, public

consultations and literature review. For social data of nearby communities, a structured survey

was conducted. For Rapid Rural Survey of the area another questionnaire was used. For

information on any resettlement issues, a separate stand-alone study has been carried out, and

its key findings will be submitted separately.


Page 1-8

1.6.1 Environmental Assessment Process

The environmental and social assessment was carried out according to the process shown in

Table 1.2.

Table 1.2: Environmental and Social Assessment Process

Phase Activities Status Responsibility

Screening and Scoping

Reconnaissance and initial site visit and consultations, identification of issues & applicable safeguard policy, categorization and working out an action plan.

Carried out during the present ESIA

Construction Supervision Consultants (CSC)

ESMP Preparation

Draft ESMP including SFA

Carried out during/prepared as part of the present ESIA

CSC

Disclosure and SFA Agreement

Disclosure of Draft ESMP and SFA

Pending till final approval of project. Draft SFA ready

Works and Services Department and communities assisted by CSC

Signing of SFA Pending till the commencement of the project.

Works and Services Department and communities assisted by CSC

Final EMP Final version of ESMP produced

Included in the present ESIA.

CSC

Implementation and Monitoring

Monitoring and Reporting on Environmental and Social Mitigation

Will be carried out during construction and operational phase.

XEN, CSC

1.6.2 Field Surveys

A well-trained local team of four experts carried out the field survey. They collected the relevant

environmental data and also undertook a two-phase stakeholder consultation program, as

described below.

Phase–I comprised of the meetings and discussions with local and regional officials. These

meetings were helpful in achieving multiple and diverse objectives such as:

Provision of forum for the initial definition of critical environmental issues.

Establishment of their interpretation as official stakeholders, the key sector

development issues and linkage to the environmental and social development.

Confirmation of the suitability of initial list of communities selected for consultation.


Page 1-9

Phase–II involved the understanding of the program through semi–structured discussion in

communities of the project area of influence. The program included both community

consultations and discussions with the Tribal Development Network (TDN), a local network of

organizations working in 7 agencies and 6 frontier regions and having 62 local CBOs and NGOs as

its members in the project area.

1.7 Project Classification

The project only involves construction of several roads totaling to 75.5 km in an area with little

environmental and/or social sensitivity. As per the World Bank’s Operational Policies it is a

Category “B” project.

1.8 The Report Structure

This ESIA document is structured as follows:

Chapter - 1: Introduction containing general information about the project and process of

carrying out the study.

Chapter - 2: Legislative and Policy Framework describes the policy, laws and regulations

governing this ESIA.

Chapter - 3: The Project Description describes overall details of the proposed activities to be

carried out under the two phases of this project.

Chapter - 4: The Baseline Study gives information on physical, biological and social conditions

collected through survey of the project area.

Chapter - 5: Analysis of Alternatives describes and analyses various alternatives to establish the

feasibility of the modernization and construction of the proposed road infrastructure.

Chapter - 6: Public Consultation and Disclosure explains the process of public consultation and

disclosure of the report at the District Council Office as well as important public library(s). It

makes this document a legal public document.

Chapter - 7: Environmental and Social Impact Assessment identifies various environmental and

social impacts and their suggested mitigations. This provides the basis for the Environment and

Social Management Plan.

Chapter – 8 and 9: Environment and Social Management Plan (ESMP) contains comprehensive

prescriptions regarding environmental and social impacts and their mitigation. This also includes

institutional arrangements and Environmental Management Monitoring Plan. This chapter is

included in the Tender as well as the Contract Document. A draft Social Framework Agreement

(SFA) has also been suggested.


Page 2-1

2 Legal, Regulatory, Policy Framework and

Protocols

This chapter outlines the environmental and social legislation, standards, codes of practice and

protocols governing this ESIA and the project. The purpose of this ESIA is to ensure that the

proposed project complies with all national environmental and social legislations as well as the

environmental and social requirements of the World Bank. The jurisdiction of the legal

framework of Pakistan does not extend to FATA region where the project is to be executed. This

region is controlled through a special regulation called the Frontier Crimes Regulation (FCR) and

is recognized as a semi-autonomous region. As a result the national guidelines for conducting

environmental assessments are not directly binding on projects implemented in FATA. However,

this ESIA has been conducted as per the national environmental regulations and guidelines in

accordance with Section 12 of the Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997.The project at

the same time has to conform to the operational manuals of the donor and the environmental

safeguards provided therein.

2.1 Pakistan legal requirements

The following sections summarize the environmental and social obligations arising from

Pakistan’s environmental, highways, water, labour and health and safety legislation.

2.1.1 Environmental legislation

The subject of ‘environmental pollution and ecology’ is included in the constitution of Pakistan,

enabling both the national and provincial governments to enact laws on the subject. The

Ministry of Climate Change regulates the environment and wildlife at the national level, with

two organizations primarily responsible for administering the provisions of the Pakistan

Environmental Protection Act 1997 (PEPA 1997), namely:

Pakistan Environmental Protection Council (PEPC), which oversees the functioning of the

Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency with representatives from the government,

industry, non-governmental organizations and the private sector; and

Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency or EPA (established in 1984), which is the

primary implementing agency ensuring compliance with National Environmental Quality

Standards (NEQS), establishing monitoring and evaluation systems, and both identifying

the need to and initiating legislation when necessary.

Significant work on developing environmental policy was carried out in the late 1980s, which

culminated in the Pakistan National Conservation Strategy in 1992. Provincial environmental

protection agencies were established at about the same time and the NEQS were established in

1993. The national EPA is authorized to delegate powers to its provincial counterparts. With the


Page 2-2

enactment of PEPA in 1997, broad-based enforcement powers were conferred to the national

and provincial EPAs8.

2.1.1.1 National Conservation Strategy

The Pakistan National Conservation Strategy (NCS) that was approved by the federal cabinet in

March 1992, is the principal policy document on environment issues in the country. The NCS

outlines the country’s primary approach towards encouraging the sustainable development and

management of natural resources. The NCS has 68 specific programs in 14 core areas in which

policy investment is considered crucial for preservation of Pakistan’s natural and physical

environment. The core areas that are relevant in the context of the project are pollution

prevention and abatement concerning biodiversity, supporting land, water and air resources and

preservation of the physical cultural heritage.

2.1.1.2 The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997

The Pakistan Environmental Protection Act, 1997, empowers the Pak-EPA to:

Develop guidelines for conducting the Initial Environmental Examination (IEE) and

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies and procedures for the submission,

review and approval of the same.

Develop environmental emission standards for various parameters such as water and

noise.

Enforce the provisions of the Environment Protection Act 1997 through environmental

protection order and environmental tribunals headed by magistrates with wide ranging

powers including the right to impose fine for violence against the Environment

Protection Act 1997.

Under the provisions of the Environment Protection Act 1997, the Pak-EPA has empowered the

four provincial EPAs to manage the environmental concerns of their respective provinces. The

provincial EPAs can frame environmental regulations tailored for the requirements of the

province provided that these regulations meet or exceed the minimum standards set by Pak –

EPA. They are also at time required to review and approve EIAs of all development projects

undertaken in the respective province and areas, including those projects which are

implemented by federal agencies.

Section 12(1) of PEPA requires that: “No proponent of a project shall commence construction or

operation unless he has filed with the Federal Agency an initial environmental examination (IEE)

or, where the project is likely to cause an adverse environmental effect, an environmental

impact assessment (EIA), and has obtained from the Federal Agency approval in respect

thereof.” The Pakistan EPA has delegated the power of review and approval of IEEs and EIAs to

the provincial EPAs. A number of supporting rules and regulations relevant to the Project have

been promulgated under the PEPA 1997.

8 The applicability of PEPA, 1997 in FATA is not clear. Usually the Governor of KP issues a notification for this purpose;

however it is not clear whether or not such notification has been issued for these laws. Nonetheless, for the purpose of this ESMP, these laws and regulations are deemed to be applicable for FATA also.


Page 2-3

The NEQS prescribe effluent and emission limits for various activities and have been amended,

in 1995, 2000 and 2010, since they were first promulgated in 1993.

The scope of environmental law implied by the legal definition of ‘environment’ given in PEPA

1997 results in numerous laws enacted since the nineteenth century being classified as

environmental laws. These include laws pertaining to forests, water resources, wildlife, land,

agriculture, health and town planning. In addition, the Pakistan authorities have issued guideline

documents supporting specific pieces of legislation or relevant to a particular industry, for

example, the Guidelines for the Preparation and Review of Environmental Reports (GoP 1997)

and the Sectoral Guidelines for Environmental Reports: Major Thermal Power Stations (GoP

1997).

2.1.1.3 Regulations for Environmental Assessment

The Pak-EPA Regulations 2000 requires proponent to file an Initial Environment Examination

(IEE) report with concerned provincial or federal agency (Pak – EPA). Projects falling under any

category specified in schedule the proponent will submit an EIA with the Provincial Agency.

Within 10 working days of IEE or EIA having been deposited, the empowered agency will confirm

that the document submitted is complete for the purpose of review. During this time should the

empowered agency require the proponent for revision, clearly citing those aspects that need

further discussion the proponent will carry out necessary revision. Subsequently, the federal

agency will make every effort to complete process for an IEE review within 40 days and an EIA

within 90 days of filing.

Pak – EPA regulation (SRO 339(1)/2000) states that an IEE is required for federal or provincial

projects (except in case of maintenance, rebuilding or reconstruction case) with a total cost of

less than 45 million. An EIA on the other hand is required for federal or provincial project (except

in the cases of maintenance, rebuilding or reconstruction) with a total cost of 50 million or more.

EIAs are also required where projects are to be implemented in environmentally sensitive areas,

or are likely to cause adverse environmental effects.

Recognizing that the Pak – EPA has delegated powers to provincial EPAs to enforce the provision

of Environment Protection Act 1997, wherever required an EIA must be submitted to the

provincial agencies in whose jurisdiction the project falls. In the instant case the EIA will be

submitted to Work & Service Department (FATA) implementing the project as the concerned

agency.

2.1.1.4 Guidelines for Environmental Assessment

Pak – EPA has published a set of environmental guidelines for preparation and review of

environmental reports which include the nature of information to be included in the project.

These guidelines have been followed in combination with the World Bank Guidelines, while

preparing this report.

2.1.1.5 National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS)

The National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQs) specify the following standards:

Maximum allowable contamination of pollutants (32 parameters) in emission and liquid

industrial effluents discharged to inland water.


Page 2-4

Maximum allowable concentration of pollutant (16 parameters) in gaseous emission

from sources other than vehicles.

Maximum allowable concentration of pollutants in gaseous emissions from vehicle

exhaust and noise emission from vehicles.

Maximum allowable noise level from vehicles.

Ambient noise standards

Ambient air quality standards.

These standards apply to gaseous emissions and liquid effluents discharged by batching plants,

asphalt plants, camp sites, construction machinery, and vehicles. The standards for vehicle, noise

wastewater and drinking water will apply during the construction as well as operational phase of

the project.

These NEQS are presented in Tables 2.1 to 2.9.

2.1.2 Water law

Historically and throughout Pakistan, the law links groundwater rights to the surface right

holders. The laws on water allocations and use in Pakistan are mostly applicable on water

needed for irrigation therefore these are not relevant to the project.

In the last decade, water law in Pakistan has been under review with a draft National Water

Policy published in 2003, which identifies the following needs for the regulation of industrial use

of water:

make available and reserve sufficient supplies of water for industry on priority basis to

promote industrial development and economic growth; and

enact legislation to formally allow and define the use of water abstraction licenses and

water rates for industrial use.

Historically in FATA, water use is managed according to local customs and practices by the users.

2.1.3 Labour and health and safety legislation

The Constitution of Pakistan contains a range of provisions with regards to labour rights, in

particular:

Article 11 of the Constitution prohibits all forms of slavery, forced labour and child

labour;

Article 17 provides for a fundamental right to exercise the freedom of association and

the right to form unions;

Article 25 lays down the right to equality before the law and prohibition of

discrimination on the grounds of sex alone; and

Article 37(e) makes provision for securing just and humane conditions of work, ensuring

that children and women are not employed in vocations unsuited to their age or sex,

and for maternity benefits for women in employment.


Page 2-5

Labour law is enforced at both provincial and national levels .The employment agreement must

comply with the applicable labour laws. There are various laws containing health and safety

requirements including: Factories Act 1934; Provincial Factories Rules; Hazardous Occupations

Rules 1963; Provincial Employees Social Security Ordinance 1965; Workmen’s Compensation Act

1923 and Dock Laborers Act 1934.No single comprehensive piece of legislation deals with

occupational or community safety and health.

2.1.4 International law

International law pertinent to the environment and sustainable development comprises:

customary international law, which results from general and consistent practice

followed by states out of a sense of legal obligation;

judicial decisions of international courts and tribunals, and the teachings of highly

qualified jurists, including articles by eminent lawyers decisions of the International Law

Commission and other United Nations Organizations, decisions of the conference of

parties to a treaty and also decisions and directives of the European Union; and

treaties (the term “treaty” encompasses “agreements, covenants, conventions, pacts,

protocols, and statutes”) that are generally intended to be implemented through

enactment and enforcement of laws at national levels.

2.1.5 Customary law

Several declarations profoundly influence accepted international approaches to environmental

management and sustainable development. Declarations are generally not immediately legally

binding, but can acquire the force of international customary law if they continue to express an

international consensus that states adhere to over time. Those that influence environmental

management and sustainable development are listed below in order of their relative importance

to these fields.

The 1992 Declaration on Environment and Development (or “Rio Declaration) - the Rio

Declaration and Agenda 21, which were both products of the 1992 United Nations

Conference on Environment and Development, effected the introduction and/or revision

of environmental legislation in countries throughout the world resulting in the ESIA

process becoming established as a key tool for environmental decision making.

According to the United Nations Environment Programme or UNEP (UNEP 2005), many

of the Rio Declaration principles are acquiring the force of international customary law,

including: transparency, public participation and access to information and remedies;

precaution, prevention of environmental harm and polluter pays principles; and good

governance.

The 1972 Declaration on the Human Environment (or “Stockholm Declaration”) –

Principle 21 (repeated in Principle 2 of the Rio Declaration) has the status of customary

law and asserts that States have responsibility to ensure activities within their

jurisdiction or control do not cause damage to the environment of other States.

The 1948 Universal Declaration of Human Rights - the principles contained in this

Declaration are considered as international customary law and do not require signature

or ratification by the state to be recognized as a legal standard (UNEP 2005).


Page 2-6

The 1998 Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work - requires both

states and businesses to observe International Labour Organisation (ILO) Conventions

that are of fundamental importance from a human rights perspective. These

conventions pertain to: freedom of association, collective bargaining, and industrial

relations; forced labour; elimination of child labour and protection of children and young

persons; and equality of opportunity and treatment/ elimination of discrimination in

respect of employment and occupation.

There are also two conventions of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE)

considered to have global significance, even though they are only regional in scope. These are:

the UNECE Convention on Environmental Impact Assessment in a Trans-boundary

Context (Espoo 1991), which sets an international precedent on transboundary impact

assessment and public involvement; and

the UNECE Convention on Access to Information, Public Participation in Decision Making

and Access to Justice in International Environmental Matters (Aarhus 1998, entered into

force 2001), which is considered to be of global importance as an elaboration of

Principle 10 of the Rio Declaration.

2.1.6 Judicial decisions

No specific judicial decisions of relevance to the project were identified.

2.1.7 Treaties

Pakistan follows the “dualist” approach whereby legislation is required to give effect to

international treaties and conventions to which Pakistan is a party, failing which they do not

have the force of law in Pakistan (Shehla Zia and others v. WAPDA (PLD 1994 Supreme Court

693; SGS Societe Generale v. Pakistan 2002 CLD 790).

In the context of international law related to the environment, Section 31 of the Pakistan

Environmental Protection Act 1997, read with the schedule thereto, provides that the Federal

Government may make rules for carrying out the purposes of that Act including rules for

implementing the provisions of the following international environmental agreements:

International Plant Protection Convention, Rome, 1951;

Plant Protection Agreement for the South-East Asia and Pacific Region (as amended),

Rome1956;

Agreement for the Establishment of a Commission for Controlling the Desert Locust in

the Eastern Region of its Distribution Area in South-West Asia (as amended), Rome,

1963;

Convention on Wetlands of International Importance Especially as Waterfowl Habitat,

Ramsar, 1971 and its amending Protocol, Paris, 1982;

Convention Concerning the Protection of World Cultural and Natural Heritage (World

Heritage Convention), Paris, 1972;

Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora

(CITES), Washington, 1973;


Page 2-7

Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals, Bonn, 1979;

Convention on the Law of the Sea, Montego Bay, 1982;

Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer, Vienna, 1985;

Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer, Montreal, 1987 and

amendments thereto;

Agreement on the Network of Aquaculture Centres in Asia and the Pacific, Bangkok,

1988;

Convention on the Control of Transboundary Movements of Hazardous Waste and Their

Disposal, Basel, 1989;

Convention on Biological Diversity, Rio De Janeiro, 1992; and

United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, Rio de Janeiro, 1992.

Of the 25 United Nations treaties on human rights listed in the United Nations Treaty Series,

nine have been signed by Pakistan. The nine treaties concern: genocide; racial discrimination;

economic, social and cultural rights; apartheid; discrimination against women; and the rights of a

child.

Workplace conventions promulgated by the ILO (International Labor Organization), an agency of

the United Nations, are treaties subject to ratification by member states. According to the ILO,

Pakistan has ratified 34 of the ILO conventions of relevance to Pakistan (ILO 2008).The ILO

Indigenous and Tribal Peoples Convention 1989 (No. 169), is considered relevant to the Project

due to the tribal nature of the local communities. It requires the adoption of special measures to

protect and preserve the environment of indigenous and tribal people. It contains numerous

references to lands, resources and the environmental of indigenous people.

2.2 The World Bank Safeguard Policies

The World Bank is the donor for this project. Therefore, it is obligatory for the project

proponents, Work and Service Department FATA, to abide by the World Bank safeguard policies,

which are discussed below:

2.2.1 Environmental Assessment (OP 4.01)

The World Bank requires environmental assessment (EA) of projects proposed for Bank financing

to help ensure that they are environmentally sound and sustainable, and thus to improve

decision making.9The OP defines the EA process and various types of the EA instruments.

The proposed project consists of activities that have environmental and social consequences,

including:

Deterioration of air quality,

Water contamination and consumption,

Damage to top soil, land erosion,

Safety hazard.

9Excerpts from WB OP 4.12. WB Operational Manual. January 1999.


Page 2-8

Since none of the potential impacts of the project are likely to be large scale, unprecedented

and/or irreversible, the project has been classified as Category B, in accordance with OP 4.01.

Furthermore, the present environmental and social assessment has been carried out in

accordance with this OP, to identify the extent and consequences of these impacts, and to

develop an ESMP for their mitigation.

2.2.2 Involuntary Resettlement (OP 4.12)

The WB’s experience indicates that involuntary resettlement under development projects, if

unmitigated, often gives rise to severe economic, social, and environmental risks: production

systems are dismantled; people face impoverishment when their productive assets or income

sources are lost; people are relocated to environments where their productive skills may be less

applicable and the competition for resources greater; community institutions and social

networks are weakened; kin groups are dispersed; and cultural identity, traditional authority,

and the potential for mutual help are diminished or lost. This policy includes safeguards to

address and mitigate these impoverishment risks.10

The overall objectives of the Policy are given below.

Involuntary resettlement should be avoided where feasible, or minimized, exploring all

viable alternative project designs.

Where it is not feasible to avoid resettlement, resettlement activities should be

conceived and executed as sustainable development programs, providing sufficient

investment resources to enable the persons displaced by the project to share in project

benefits. Displaced persons should be meaningfully consulted and should have

opportunities to participate in planning and implementing resettlement programs.

Displaced persons should be assisted in their efforts to improve their livelihoods and

standards of living or at least to restore them, in real terms, to pre-displacement levels

or to levels prevailing prior to the beginning of project implementation, whichever is

higher.

The resettlement impacts of the project will be managed in accordance with this OP and a

Resettlement Action Plan will be prepared.

2.2.3 Forestry (OP 4.36)

The objective of this Policy is to assist the WB’s borrowers to harness the potential of forests to

reduce poverty in a sustainable manner, integrate forests effectively into sustainable economic

development, and protect the vital local and global environmental services and values of forests.

Based on the field surveys of phase 1 of the project and satellite imagery for the project area

none of the project components would be located inside any forested areas. Hence the OP 4.36

is not triggered.

10

Excerpts from WB OP 4.12. WB Operational Manual. December 2001.


Page 2-9

2.2.4 Natural Habitat (OP 4.04)

The conservation of natural habitats, like other measures that protect and enhance the

environment, is essential for long-term sustainable development. The Bank therefore supports

the protection, maintenance, and rehabilitation of natural habitats and their functions.11

All of the proposed project components would be located in areas where the natural habitat has

already been significantly modified, as a result of road construction and associated activities.

Therefore the OP 4.04 is not triggered for the proposed project.

2.2.5 Pest Management (OP 4.09)

Through this OP, the WB supports a strategy that promotes the use of biological or

environmental control methods and reduces reliance on synthetic chemical pesticides. This OP is

not relevant since the Project does not involve purchase or use of pesticides or fertilizers.

2.2.6 Safety of Dams (OP 4.37)

The Policy seeks to ensure that appropriate measures are taken and sufficient resources

provided for the safety of dams the WB finances. However this OP is not relevant since the

proposed project does not involve construction of dams.

2.2.7 Projects on International Waterways (OP 7.50)

This OP defines the procedure to be followed for projects the WB finances that are located on

any water body that forms a boundary between, or flows through two or more states. However,

no project components will be located on any such waterways; hence this OP is not triggered.

2.2.8 Cultural Property (OP 4.11)

The World Bank’s general policy regarding cultural properties is to assist in their preservation,

and to seek to avoid their elimination. The specific aspects of the Policy are given below. 12

The Bank normally declines to finance projects that will significantly damage non-

replicable cultural property, and will assist only those projects that are sited or designed

so as to prevent such damage.

The Bank will assist in the protection and enhancement of cultural properties

encountered in Bank-financed projects, rather than leaving that protection to chance. In

some cases, the project is best relocated in order that sites and structures can be

preserved, studied, and restored intact in situ. In other cases, structures can be

relocated, preserved, studied, and restored on alternate sites. Often, scientific study,

selective salvage, and museum preservation before destruction is all that is necessary.

Most such projects should include the training and strengthening of institutions

entrusted with safeguarding a nation’s cultural patrimony. Such activities should be

directly included in the scope of the project, rather than being postponed for some

possible future action, and the costs are to be internalized in computing overall project

costs.

11

Excerpts from WB OP 4.04. WB Operational Manual. June 2001. 12

Excerpts from the OP 11.03. WB Operational Manual. September 1986.


Page 2-10

Deviations from this policy may be justified only where expected project benefits are

great, and the loss of or damage to cultural property is judged by competent authorities

to be unavoidable, minor, or otherwise acceptable. Specific details of the justification

should be discussed in project documents.

This policy pertains to any project in which the Bank is involved, irrespective of whether

the Bank is itself financing the part of the project that may affect cultural property.

Since the project activities will be carried out along an existing road, it is unlikely that any sites of

cultural, archeological, historical, or religious significance will be affected. However, in case of

discovery of any such sites or artifacts during the project implementation, the work will be

stopped at that site. The provisions of this Policy will be followed. Additionally, the provincial

and federal archeological departments will be notified immediately, and their advice sought

before resumption of the construction activities at such sites.

2.2.9 Indigenous People (OP 4.10)

For purposes of this policy, the term “Indigenous Peoples” is used in a generic sense to refer to a

distinct, vulnerable, social and cultural group possessing the following characteristics in varying

degrees:13

self-identification as members of a distinct indigenous cultural group and recognition of

this identity by others;

collective attachment to geographically distinct habitats or ancestral territories in the

project area and to the natural resources in these habitats and territories;

customary cultural, economic, social, or political institutions that are separate from

those of the dominant society and culture; and

an indigenous language, often different from the official language of the country or

region.

The OP defines the process to be followed if the project affects the indigenous people.

No indigenous people with a social and cultural identity distinct from the dominant society that

makes them vulnerable to being disadvantaged in the development process – are known to exist

in the two FATA agencies. Therefore this OP is not triggered.

However if such groups are identified during the project implementation, the proponents will

develop an Indigenous People Development Plan, in compliance with the OP and get it approved

by the Bank.

2.2.10 Projects in Disputed Areas (OP 7.60)

Projects in disputed areas may raise a number of delicate problems affecting relations not only

between the Bank and its member countries, but also between the borrower and one or more

neighboring countries. In order not to prejudice the position of either the Bank or the countries

concerned, any dispute over an area in which a proposed project is located is dealt with at the

earliest possible stage.

13

Excerpts from the OP 4.10. WB Operational Manual. July 2005.


Page 2-11

The Bank may proceed with a project in a disputed area if the governments concerned agree

that, pending the settlement of the dispute, the project proposed for country A should go

forward without prejudice to the claims of country B.14

This OP is not triggered since no part of the project area in FATA is located in any disputed

territory.

2.2.11 Disclosure

Following the National Laws on Access to information and the World Bank’s Policy on Access to Information of July 2010, this ESIA will be shared with all relevant agencies, works and services department FATA, concerned nongovernmental organizations, and development partners. Subsequently, the ESIA and Urdu translation of its executive summary (in the form of a brochure) will be disclosed by the Works and Services Department, FATA to the project affected persons/concerned communties, and also made available at the websites of GoP, FATA Secretariat and the relevant line departments. Copies of ESIA will also be sent to Federal EPA, KP EPA and placed in the offices of W&S department and agency offices to facilitate easy access to the public and concerned communities. It will also be made available at the World Bank’s project specific InfoShop.

2.3 Other Related Statutes and Laws

This section outlines statutes apart from Pakistan Environment Protection Act, 1997, which are

relevant to this project. Apart from The Constitution of Pakistan, 1973 and Frontier Crimes

Regulations, 1901 none of the statutes and laws mentioned below are directly applicable to

FATA, but President of Pakistan is empowered to issue regulations under The Constitution of

Pakistan:

2.3.1 The Constitution of Pakistan 1973

It contains concurrent legislative powers to federation and provinces to legislate in respect of

environment and ecology (Article 142(b), Clause 24). Any gaps in the environmental law can be

referred to National as well as the provincial assembly for passage of an appropriate law. Under

the Constitution, FATA is included among the territories of Pakistan (Article 1). It is represented

in the National Assembly and the Senate but remains under the direct executive authority of the

President (Articles 51, 59 and 247). Laws framed by the National Assembly do not apply here

unless so ordered by the President, who is also empowered to issue regulations for the peace

and good government of the tribal areas. Currently, FATA continues to be governed primarily

through the Frontier Crimes Regulation 1901. It is administered by Governor of the KP in his

capacity as an agent to the President of Pakistan, under the overall supervision of the Ministry of

States and Frontier Regions in Islamabad.

2.3.2 Frontier Crimes Regulations 1901

The Frontier Crimes Regulations 1901, popularly known as FCR is one of major component of the

administrative system of justice in Tribal Areas. The judicial system in FATA is a hybrid colonial-

era legal framework that mixes traditional customs and norms with executive discretion. The

regulations do not specifically provide any environment related directives, but it outlines the

14

Excerpts from the OP 7.60. WB Operational Manual. November 1994.


Page 2-12

administrative setup and the judicial system in the area. Additionally it is the supreme law in

FATA and other civil and criminal laws are not extended to the area. It serves all purposes both

of procedural as well as substantive law. Neither criminal procedure code (Cr.,P.C) nor civil

procedure code (C.P.C) or law of evidence is applicable. No right of appeal to the High Court or

Supreme Court exist under the provisions of these regulations. Until 1997, the Commissioner

acted as a provisional court but in 1997 it was amended and turned into appellate forum and the

powers of revision of the Commissioner’s verdict were given to the tribunal consisting of

secretaries of Home and Law Department. But all these belong to the same executive and are

usually hand in glove for all practical purposes.

Though FCR is the primary source of judicial system in FATA, but over a hundred national, local

and specific laws stand extended to FATA including such enactments as The Pakistan Penal Code

and The Criminal Procedure Code which are the two major laws of Pakistan, The Evidence Act,

the various Hadood Ordinances, The Custom Act, The Foreigners Act, The Control of Narcotics

Substances Act, The Arms Act, The Companies Act, The Passport Act, The Pakistan Army Act, The

Defence of Pakistan Ordinance, The Representation of the People Ordinance, etc..

2.3.3 Pakistan Penal Code (PPC)

It treats pollution and destruction of ecology as a mischief and makes it a public offence. The

PPC further prohibits corrupting and fouling water, any public spring, reservoir or river or

rendering it less fit for the purpose for which it is ordinarily used.

2.3.4 The Drainage Act 1973

The Act binds the public water users to restore the environment of the water bodies, should

there be any damage by the community in any way.

2.3.5 Local Government Ordinance 1979

The ordinance empowers Zila Councils to control environmental pollution by preparing and

implementing appropriate schemes to protect air, water and land in their respective

jurisdictions.

2.3.6 The West Pakistan Fisheries Act 1961

The Fisheries Act requires protection of public waters as habitat of fish and other aquatic life.

This supports the Provincial Fisheries Department to effectively protect the fish and other

aquatic life in water streams nearby the roads. Fish and small aquatic life is food to a good

number of birds as well as a protein supply to local people.

2.3.7 The Forest Act 1927

The Act provides full protection to the reserved forests as well as to wildlife habitats. The Act

also prohibits certain acts in protected forests.

2.3.8 The Antiquities Act 1976

The Act provides full protection and safety to archives, monuments, physical cultural heritage or

chance finds and binds communities to cooperate, collaborate and report to the archaeological

department.


Page 2-13

2.3.9 The Public Health (Emergency Provision Act 1954 read with West

Pakistan Epidemic Control Act 1958) Act

These two laws cover the preservation of human health by prohibition of any disease,

safeguarding the public health and providing and maintaining adequate medical services and

other services essential to the health of communities in the project area. Protection against

HIV/AIDS and infectious diseases like Cholera and Hepatitis B in labor camps would come under

the same preview.

2.3.10 Explosive Act 1884

Under the Explosive Act 1884, the Project Contractors are bound by regulation on properly and

securely handling, transporting and using explosives during quarrying, blasting and any other

purpose. A prior notice has to be given to local public and road users in collaboration with

Resident Engineer.

2.4 Interaction with Other Agencies

The roads in this project are responsibility of Work & Service Department (FATA) on behalf of

the FATA Administration. The Work & Service Department (FATA) is therefore responsible for

ensuring the implementation, controlling and monitoring of the environmental concerns of the

road at preconstruction, construction and the operational stage. In doing so, the Work & Service

Department (FATA) will have interactions with a large number of organizations and government

departments. Some of those are as follows:

2.4.1 FATA Secretariat

The FATA Secretariat is the main administrative body for the FATA region dealing with

administration, finance, law & order, planning & development, projects and social welfare. In

Pakistan all issues pertaining to land use and land ownership are a provincial subject. In FATA for

the rural roads, the Works and Services Department (W&SD) through Political Agents of

concerned agencies is empowered to carry out the acquisition of private land or any built up

property for public purposes after paying compensation as per the agreed rates or practice in

vogue in other settled areas15. For making a double road, straightening the curves, making

diversions, establishing labor camps and setting up machinery yards some temporary land

acquisition and resettlement of families may have to be undertaken.

2.4.2 Political Agents

The FATA region is administered by political agents (PA). Each agencies PA is assisted by a

number of assistant political agents, tehsildars (administrative head of a tehsil) and naib

tehsildars (deputy tehsildar), as well as members from various local police (khassadars) and

security forces (levies, scouts). As part of administrative functions, the political agent oversees

the working of line departments and service providers. PA is responsible for handling inter-tribal

disputes over boundaries or the use of natural resources, and for regulating the trade in natural

resources with other agencies or the settled areas.

15

Amendment in FCR Law 1901, By the President of Pakistan August 2011


Page 2-14

The political agent plays a supervisory role for development projects and chairs an agency

development sub-committee, comprising various government officials, to recommend proposals

and approve development projects. He also serves as project coordinator for rural development

schemes. In this supervisory role PA is the primary authority in implementation and overall

supervision of the ESIA

2.4.3 Federal EPA

Principally the Federal EPA would monitor the process and implementation of the ESIA.

2.4.4 Departments of Forestry, Wildlife and Fisheries

The Forest Department KP initiated forestry activities in FATA during 1976 with subsequent

creation of FATA Forest Circle in 1991. The department is headed by conservator forest with

divisional officer forest in each agency. Additionally there is Department of Fisheries for FATA

headed by a director and each agency has an assistant director. It is expected that project

implementation will require a limited clearances of vegetation or trees in the right-of-way (RoW)

of the road. Also no major impact is going to be caused to any wildlife or fisheries present in the

project area. But it is possible that while making diversions, establishing machinery yards or

setting up labor camps, these departments come in contact and a No-objection Certificate (NoC)

from them becomes necessary. Also during resettlement the assessment of compensation for

trees will have to be endorsed by the local Forest Department.

2.4.5 Local Government and Municipalities

The directorate of Local Government and Rural Development (LG & RD) is headed by a director

with representatives, Assistant Directors, in each agency. The directorate has access to

communities at the grassroots level and works closely with the elders, maliks, counselors and PA

of the respective agencies. The department is attached with the office of the Political Agents in

the respective agencies, therefore all projects are undertaken through the Political

Administration (the PA also acts as the project director of the local government schemes). If

during resettlement or mitigating an environmental hazard, a conflict situation may emerge, it

will become necessary for the project proponents to contact the union council, local government

and / or municipalities.

2.4.6 Levies/Scouts

To cool down any law and order situation and to ensure security assistance from the scouts and

the levies may be necessitated. It is advisable that these departments are pre–alerted about the

security requirements.

2.5 Conventions, Protocols, Agreements and Understandings at

International Level

On international level Pakistan is a signatory to a number of conventions, agreements, protocols

and understandings. Not all of these may be directly applicable to this project but most

important of these are listed below for any possible reference.

Convention on Biological Diversity popularly called the Earth Charter (1992)


Page 2-15

Convention on wetlands of international importance especially wetland habitats

(Ramsar 1971).

Convention on conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (Bonn 1979) a follow

up of Ramsar 1971.

ILO convention No. 62 regarding ergonomic limitation of labor.

2.6 International Federation of Consulting Engineers (FIDIC)

Clauses

Keeping in view the national laws and international obligations, specific steps are taken to

mitigate the adverse impacts while processing the detailed design, tender document and

carrying out the monitoring and evaluation of the work of the contractor. Following FIDIC

clauses are invariably provided in a standard construction contract like this project.

Clause 8.2: Site operation and methods of construction.

Clause 19.1: Safety, Security of Environment in general (including biota).

Clause 27.1: Fossils

Clause 42.1: Possession of site and access thereto (for life forms)

Clause 42.3: Right of ways and facilities in the project area

The Work & Service Department (FATA) will ensure that the above FIDIC clauses are

appropriately reflected in the tender document(s), bid documents and the contract

document(s).


Page 2-16

Table 2.1: Selected NEQS for Waste Effluents

Parameter Unit Standards (maximum allowable

limit)

Temperature increase C < 3

pH value (acidity/basicity) pH 6/9

5-day biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) at 20 °C

mg/l 80

Chemical oxygen demand (COD) mg/l 150

Total suspended solids mg/l 200

Total dissolved solids mg/l 3,500

Grease and oil mg/l 10

Phenolic compounds (as phenol) mg/l 0.1

Chloride (as Cl) mg/l 1,000

Fluoride (as F) mg/l 10

Sulfate (SO4) mg/l 600

Sulfide (S) mg/l 1.0

Ammonia (NH3) mg/l 40

Cadmium mg/l 0.1

Chromium (trivalent and hexavalent) mg/l 1.0

Copper mg/l 1.0

Lead mg/l 0.5

Mercury mg/l 0.01

Selenium mg/l 0.5

Nickel mg/l 1.0

Silver mg/l 1.0

Total toxic metals mg/l 2.0

Zinc mg/l 5.0

Arsenic mg/l 1.0

Barium mg/l 1.5

Iron mg/l 8.0

Manganese mg/l 1.5

Boron mg/l 6.0

Chlorine mg/l 1.0 Notes:

1. The standard assumes that dilution of 1:10 on discharge is available. That is, for each cubic meter of treated effluent, the recipient water body should have 10 m3 of water for dilution of this effluent.

2. Toxic metals include cadmium, chromium, copper, lead, mercury, selenium, nickel and silver. The effluent should meet the individual standards for these metals as well as the standard for total toxic metal concentration. Source: Government of Pakistan (2000) (SRO 549 (I)/2000).


Page 2-17

Table 2.2: NEQS for Industrial Gaseous Emissions

Parameter Source of Emission Standards (maximum

allowable limit)

Smoke Smoke opacity not to exceed 40% or 2 Ringlemann Scale

or equivalent smoke number

Particulate matter 1

(a) Boilers and furnaces:

i. Oil fired 300

ii. Coal fired 500

iii. Cement Kilns 300

(b) Grinding, crushing, clinker coolers and related processes, metallurgical processes, converters, blast furnaces and cupolas

500

Hydrogen Chloride Any 400

Chlorine Any 150

Hydrogen fluoride Any 150

Hydrogen sulphide Any 10

Sulphur Oxides 2, 3

Sulfuric acid/Sulphonic acid plants 5,000

Other Plants except power Plants operating on oil and coal

1,700

Carbon Monoxide Any 800

Lead Any 50

Mercury Any 10

Cadmium Any 20

Arsenic Any 20

Copper Any 50

Antimony Any 20

Zinc Any 200

Oxides of Nitrogen 3

Nitric acid manufacturing unit 3,000

Other plants except power plants operating on oil or coal:

i. Gas fired 400

ii. Oil fired 600

iii. Coal fired 1,200 Explanations:

1. Based on the assumption that the size of the particulate is 10 micron or more. 2. Based on 1% sulphur content in fuel oil. Higher content of sulphur will cause standards to be pro-rated. 3. In respect of emissions of sulphur dioxide and nitrogen oxides, the power plants operating on oil and coal as

fuel shall in addition to NEQS specified above, comply with the standards provided separately. 4. Units are in mg/Nm

3 unless otherwise stated

Source: Government of Pakistan (2000) (SRO 549 (I)/2000).


Page 2-18

Table 2.3: National Environmental Quality Standards for Ambient Air16

Pollutants Time-

Weighted Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Method of Measurement Effective from1st

July 2010

Effective from 1

st January 2013

Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)

Annual Average*

80 µg/m3 80 µg/m

3

Ultraviolet Fluorescence

24 hours** 120 µg/m3 120 µg/m

3

Oxides of Nitrogen as (NO)

Annual Average*

40 µg/m3 40 µg/m

3 Gas Phase

ChemiluminescCence 24 hours** 40 µg/m

3 40 µg/m

3

Oxides of Nitrogen as (NO2)

Annual Average*

40 µg/m3 40 µg/m

3 Gas Phase

Chemiluminescence 24 hours** 80 µg/m

3 80 µg/m

3

Ozone (O3) 1 hour 180 µg/m3 130 µg/m

3

Non dispersive UV absorption

Suspended Particulate Matter

(SPM)

Annual Average*

400 µg/m3 360 µg/m

3

High Volume Sampling, (Average flow rate not

less than1.1 m3/minute). 24 hours** 550 µg/m

3 500 µg/m

3

Respirable Particulate Matter.

PM10

Annual Average*

200 µg/m3 120 µg/m

3

β Ray absorption

24 hours** 250 µg/m3 150 µg/m

3

Respirable Particulate Matter.

PM2.5

Annual Average*

25 µg/m3 15 µg/m

3

β Ray absorption 24 hours** 40 µg/m

3 35 µg/m

3

1 hour 25 µg/m3 15 µg/m

3

Lead (Pb)

Annual Average*

1.5 µg/m3 1.0 µg/m

3

ASS Method after sampling using EPM

2000 or equivalent Filter paper

24 hours** 2.0 µg/m3 1.5 µg/m

3

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

8 hours** 5 mg/m3 5 mg/m

3 Non Dispersive Infra-Red

(NDIR) 1 hour 10 mg/m3 10 mg/m

3

* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform interval.

** 24 hourly /8 hourly values should be met 98% of the in a year. 2% of the time, it may exceed but not on two consecutive days. Source: Government of Pakistan (2010) (SRO 1062 (I)/2010).

16

Full text of the Standards is available at the Pak-EPA website: (http://www.environment.gov.pk/info.htm).


Page 2-19

Table 2.4: NEQS for Motor Vehicles Exhaust and Noise for In-use Vehicles17

Sr. No.

Parameter Standard (Maximum

Permissible Limit) Measuring Method Applicability

1 Smoke 40% or 2 on the Ringlemann

Scale during engine acceleration mode.

To be compared with Ringlemann Chart at a distance 6 or more. r

Immediate effect 2

Carbon Monoxide

6% Under idling conditions: Non-dispersive infrared detection

through gas analyzer.

3 Noise 85 dB (A). Sound meter at 7.5 meters from

the source.

Table 2.5: NEQS for Motor Vehicles Exhaust and Noise for New Diesel Vehicles, Passenger Cars and Light Commercial Vehicles (g/Km)

Type of Vehicle

Category/Class Tiers CO HC+ NOx

PM Measuring

Method Applicability

Passenger Cars

M 1: with reference mass (RW) up to 2500 kg. Cars with RW over

2500 kg to meet NI category standards.

Pak-II IDI 1.00 0.70 0.08 NEDC (ECE

15+ EUDCL)

All imported and local

manufactured diesel

vehicles with effect from 01-07-2012

Pak-II DI 1.00 0.90 0.10

Light Commercial

Vehicles

NI-I (RW<1250 kg) Pak-II IDI 1.00 0.70 0.08

Pak-II DI 1.00 0.90 0.10

NI-II (1250 kg< RW <1700 kg0

Pak-II IDI 1.25 1.00 0.12

Pak-II DI 1.25 1.30 0.14

NI-III (RW>1700 kg) Pak-II IDI 1.50 1.20 0.17

Pak-II DI 1.50 1.60 0.20

Parameter Standard (maximum permissible limit) Measuring Method

Noise 85 dB (A) Sound meter at 7.5 meters from the

source.

17



Page 2-20

Table 2.6: NEQS for Motor Vehicles Exhaust and Noise for New Diesel Vehicles, Heavy Duty Diesel Engines and Large Goods Vehicles (g/Kwh)

Type of Vehicle

Category/ Class

Tiers CO HC NOx PM Measuring

Method Applicability

Heavy Duty Diesel

Engines

Trucks and Buses

Pak-II 4.0 1.1 7.0 0.15 ECE-R-49

All Imported and local manufactured diesel vehicles with the effect 1-7-2012

Large goods

Vehicles

N2 (2000 and up

Pak-II 4.0 7.0 1.1 0.15 EDC

Parameter Standard (maximum permissible limit) Measuring Method


source.

Table 2.7: NEQS for Motor Vehicles Exhaust and Noise for New Petrol Vehicles (g/km)

Type of Vehicle

Category / Class Tiers CO HC+ NOx

Measuring Method

Applicability

Passenger

M 1: With reference mass (RW) up to 2500 kg. Cars with RW over 2500 kg. to meet N1 category standards

Pak-II 2.20 0.50

NEDC (ECE 15 + EUDCL)

All imported and new models* locally manufactured petrol vehicles with effect from 1

st July, 2009**

Light Commercial Vehicles

N1-I (RW<1250 kg) Pak-II 2.20 0.50

N1-II (1250 kg>RW <1700 kg)

Pak-II 4.00 0.65

N1-III (RW>1700 kg) Pak-II 5.00 0.80

Motor Rickshaws & motor Cycles

2.4 strokes <150 cc Pak-II 5.50 1.50

ECER 40 2.4 strokes>150 cc Pak-II 5.50 1.30

Parameters Standard (maximum permissible limit) Measuring Method


source Explanations for Table 2.4 to 2.7: DI: Direct Injection IDI: Indirect Injection EUDCL: Extra Urban Driving Cycle NEDC: New Urban Driving Cycle M: Vehicles designed and constructed for the carriage of passengers and comprising no more than eight seats

in addition to the driver's seat N: Motor vehicles with at least four wheels designed and constructed for the carriage of goods. * New model means both model and engine type change ** The existing models of petrol driven vehicles locally manufactured will immediately switch ever to Pak-II

emission standards but not later than 30th June, 2012 Source: Government of Pakistan (2009) (SRO 72 (KE)/2009).


Page 2-21

Table 2.8: National Standards for Drinking Water Quality18

Properties/Parameters Standard Values for Pakistan

Bacterial

All water intended for drinking (E. Coli or Thermo tolerant Coliform bacteria)

Must not be detectable in any 100 ml samples

Treated water entering the distribution system (E. Coli or thermo-tolerant coliform and total coliform bacteria)

Must not be detectable in any 100 ml samples

Treated water in the distribution system (E. Coli or thermo tolerant coliform and total coliform bacteria)

Must not be detectable in any 100 ml samples In case of large supplies, where sufficient samples are examined, must not be present in 95% of the samples

taken throughout any 12- month period.

Physical

Color ≤15 TCU

Taste Non objectionable/Accept able

Odor Non objectionable/Accept able

Turbidity < 5 NTU

Total hardness as CaCO3 < 500 mg/l

TDS < 1000

pH 6.5 – 8.5

Chemical

Essential Inorganic mg/Liter

Aluminum (Al) ≤0.2

Antimony (Sb) ≤0.005 (P)

Arsenic (As) ≤ 0.05 (P)

Barium (Ba) 0.7

Boron (B) 0.3

Cadmium (Cd) 0.01

Chloride (Cl) <250

Chromium (Cr) ≤0.05

Copper (Cu) 2

Toxic Inorganic mg/Liter

Cyanide (Cn) ≤0.05

Fluoride (F)* ≤1.5

Lead (Pb) ≤0.05

Manganese (Mn) ≤ 0.5

Mercury (Hg) ≤0.001

Nickel (Ni) ≤0.02

Nitrate (NO3)* ≤50

Nitrite (NO2)* ≤3 (P)

Selenium (Se) 0.01 (P)

Residual chlorine 0.2-0.5 at consumer end; 0.5-1.5 at source

Zinc (Zn) 5.0

Organic

Pesticides mg/l PSQCA No. 4639-2004, Page No. 4 Table No. 3 Serial

No. 20- 58 may be consulted**

Phenolic compound (as phenols) mg/l WHO standards: ≤ 0.002

Polynuclear Aromatic hydrocarbon (as PAH) g/L WHO standards: ≤ 0.01v(by GC/MS method)

18



Page 2-22

Properties/Parameters Standard Values for Pakistan

Radioactive

Alpha Emitters bq/L or pCi 0.1

Beta Emitters 1 * indicates priority health related inorganic constituents which need regular monitoring. ** PSQCA: Pakistan Standards Quality Control Authority.

Source: Government of Pakistan (2010) (SRO 1063(I)/2010).

Table 2.9: National Environmental Quality Standards for Noise19

Category of Area/Zone

Limit in dB(A) Leq*

Effective from 1st

July 2010 Effective from 1st

July 2012

Day time Night time Day time Night time

Residential area 65 50 55 45

Commercial area 70 60 65 55

Industrial area 80 75 75 65

Silence zone 55 45 50 45 Notes: 1. Day time hours: 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 p.m. 2. Night time hours: 10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m. 3. Silence zone: Zones that are declared as such by the competent authority. An area comprising not less than

100 m around the hospitals, educational institutions, and courts. 4. Mixed categories of areas may be declared as one of the four above-listed categories by the competent

authority. * dB(A) Leq: Time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A which is relatable to human

hearing. Source: Government of Pakistan (2010) (SRO 1064(I)/2010).

19



Page 3-1

3 Description of the Project

3.1 Location

The proposed project is located in the Bajaur and Orakzai Agencies of Federally Administered

Tribal Areas of Pakistan. In total the project will construct/upgrade/improve 15 roads, amongst

these 7 are located in Bajaur Agency, mainly in Utman Khel, Barang and Khar Tehsils and 8 in

Lower Orakzai Tehsil of Orakzai Agency. Though the total length of roads in Bajaur is about 55.5

Km but the project is spread in an area of more than 500 sq. Km, likewise in Orakzai agency a

total of 8 roads will be constructed with a total length of 20 Km spreading over an area of more

than 500 sq. km. (see maps in Figures 1.1. 1.2 and 1.3).

The total length of 75.5 Km. is divided into 4 No. of Packages for Bajaur Agency and 2 No. of

Packages for Orakzai Agency (see Table 3.1), depending upon the priority of roads packages.

About 20 Km. length of roads are located in rolling terrain of Bajaur Agency, but the major length

of project roads amounting to 55.5 Km. lie in rugged mountainous terrain as well as escarpment

areas of Bajaur and Orakzai agencies. Existing roads and tracks under the improvement project

area are generally narrow and have steep gradients and sharp, serpentine horizontal curves.

The region of FATA is faced with conflict and security risks, in the form of bomb blasts and

terrorism. The roads improvement project will provide relief to the poor and affected peoples of

Bajaur and Orakzai by involving them in project activities on one hand whereas on other hand it

will improve the mobility of law enforcing agencies.

3.2 Road Length

The roads under the proposed project are in total 75.5 Km long. This total length is distributed in

various roads lengths averaging about 2 to 4 Km in Bajaur and Orakzai agencies, except for two

stretches 20 Km each in Bajaur agency (namely Kharkano to Kulala and black topping of Bado to

Serisar). The complete length details are given in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Package Details and Road Lengths

Pkg.


(km) Road Section

Lgth. (km)


1 Kharkano to Kulala (34°46'21.73"N 71°38'2.47"E) 20

Dargai to Ghakhi to Sharo Doghal (33°43'48.05"N 70°54'0.39"E) 2

Dargai to Shamim Khel (33°43'48.96"N 70°53'40.50"E) 2

Largri Tan to Dop Sana (33°43'48.90"N 70°54'3.29"E) 2

Palosia to Hakim Killi (33°44'8.76"N 70°56'37.00"E) 3


2 Dak Qilli By-Pass (34°43'54.31"N 71°31'38.85"E) 3

Kada Bazaar to Aso Khel Khapa (33°43'51.95"N 70°52'13.97"E) 2

Bado to Serisar Blacktop 20 Sam Feroz Khel to Dara Ghari 3


Page 3-2

Pkg.


(km) Road Section

Lgth. (km)


(34°42'10.45"N 71°39'24.03"E) (33°46'36.93"N 70°57'58.89"E)

Dara Ghari to Sangrani (33°46'46.67"N 70°57'43.83"E) 2

Kalaya to Saboora (33°44'42.31"N 70°56'25.06"E) 4


3 Shukrata to Pampokha (34°48'0.69"N 71°39'5.20"E) 3

Tangi Adda to Bagori Bridge (34°42'28.72"N 71°21'0.22"E) 4.5

Sub Total 7.5 Sub Total

7.5

4 Loia Kanda to Ghalishah (34°48'35.29"N 71°39'39.29"E) 3

Shagai to Karkanai Charmang (34°44'29.03"N 71°18'56.17"E) 2

Sub Total 5 Sub Total

5

Grand Total 55.5 Grand Total 20 75.5

3.3 Existing Road Dimensions and Description

The existing roads selected in the project are mostly unpaved and foot tracks with variable

widths, high gradients and serpentine curves. Majority of these tracks are foot tracks which are

not accessible for vehicles. A brief description of the proposed roads in the Bajaur and Orakzai

agencies are described hereunder.

3.3.1 Kharkano to Kulala, Length 20 Km. (Bajaur Package 1)

The existing road is a dirt track of 2.0 m to 3.0 m in width which starts from Khar-Zulam Road

and ends at Kulala-Arang Valley. The Construction of this road is extremely necessary because it

will serve approximately half the population of Tehsil Salarzai, Utman Khel and some population

of Khar. These areas are deprived from communication facilities and facing great hardships.

After construction of the road better communication facilities will be available to the inhabitants

of the area. The land on both side of the road is highly fertile on which people grow cash crops

such as Wheat, maize, barley and vegetables. Furthermore the road will help people get

connected to the education hub at Head Quarter of the Agency.

3.3.2 Dag Qilla Bypass Road, Length 3 Km. (Bajaur Package 2)

This Road connects Khar-Zulam Road with Khar-Nawgai road. The current road is mostly dirt

track and missing in parts. After construction of this road it will serve as Khar By pass Road and

the traffic load on the busy Bazaar of Agency Head Quarter will be minimized.

3.3.3 Road from Bado to Serisar, Length 20 Km.(Bajaur Package 2)

This road starts from Khar-Zulam Road at K.M 14 and ends at Ghari Shamozai area of Barang

Valley. The road is already constructed as shingled road by NAS in 1993-94 but presently is in un-

satisfactory condition and the inhabitants of the area are facing great hardships. After


Page 3-3

blacktopping of this road the population of Tehsil Utman Khel and Barang will benefit by having

better communication facilities. The people of the area will be able to bring their daily

commodities to the nearby markets to the agency headquarter Khar and Timargara District Dir.

People will also be able to access better education and health services with speedy and reliable

communication.

3.3.4 Road from Shukrata to Pampokha, Length 3 Km. (Bajaur Package 3)

The road will start from K.M 5 of Munda-Khar Road at Shukrata and will lead to Pampokha via

Waheedabad Pandokay. This road will connect with Qazafi-Pampokha Road on Kandarow point,

which could be used as by pass road from Qazafi to Shukrata in emergency situations. The

villages/settlements near the proposed road are Pampokha, Kandarow, Shabqader Mohalla,

Pandokay (Waheedabad) and Gulo Kandow. The inhabitants of these Villages will be able to

bring their daily commodities to the nearby markets and access better health and education

facilities.

3.3.5 Tangi Adda toBagoriBridge,Length4.5Km. (Bajaur Package 3)

The road starts from loesum-Nawapass Road at Tangi-Charmang and will connect with main

Khar-Nawagai Road at Bagori Bridge. This will provide an easy approach for the local people as

well as facilitate students of Charmang valley to access the education hub and health institutions

at Nawagai.

3.3.6 Road from Loia Kanda to Ghalishah, Length 3 Km. (Bajaur Package 4)

The Road starts from Munda-Khar Road and will lead to Ghalishah. This Road will serve villages

like Marano Shah, Mian Shah, Loia Kanda and Landai Shah, etc. The Land is highly fertile and the

main crops are wheat, barley, Maize and vegetables. The inhabitants of these Villages will be

able to avail the facilities of Education and health in the other parts of the Agency.

3.3.7 Road from Shagai to Karkanai Charmang, Length 2 Km. (Bajaur

Package 4)

The roads starts from Loesum-Nawapass Road at Shagai-Charmang and will connect with Tangi-

Hasham Road at Karkanai. After the Construction of this Road law and order situation will be

improve as the law enforcing Agencies will be able to monitor the un-accessible areas.

3.3.8 Road from Largri Tan to Dop Sana, Length 2 Km. (Orakzai Package 1)

This road is starts from Main Kadda-Kurez Road to Dop Sana. There is no blacktop (BT) road and

the people of the area are using dirt tracks. After construction of this road, the communication

problem of the people will be solved. They will also be able to bring their crops / vegetables and

other commodities to the local and nearby markets. This is the only stretch of road in the project

that is located near a forest cover area, but the proposed alignment does not affect the forest

cover. The proposed road will be mostly constructed along the existing dirt track and the final

750 m of the road will be extended clear of the forested area, near the agricultural lands.


Page 3-4

3.3.9 Road from Dargai to Shamim Jan Killi, Length 2 Km. (Orakzai Package

1)

This road starts from Main Kadda Kurez Road and lead to Shamim Jan Killi via Dargai. There is no

BT road and the people of the area are using dirt tracks. After construction of this road, the

communication problem of the people will be solved. They will also be able to bring their

crops/vegetables and other commodities to the local and nearby markets.

3.3.10 Road from Palosia to Hakim Killi Khawari, Length 3 Km. (Orakzai

Package 1)

This road also starts from main Katcha Packa to Mitta Khan Palosia road via Khawara Baba Lamso

to Hakim Khan Killi. The law & order situation in the area is normal but no better communication

facilities have been provided to the area. On completion of this road, the inhabitants of the area

will be facilitated with better communication facilities and their economic conditions will

improve.

3.3.11 Road from Dargai to Sharo Doghal, Length 2 Km. (Orakzai Package 1)

This road starts from main Kadda-Kurez Road via Ghakhi to Sharo Doghal. There is no black top

road in the area and the people are using dirt tracks. This is a backward area. After construction

of this black top road, the socio economic conditions of the people will improve as they will be

able to access markets, better health and educational facilities.

3.3.12 Road from Sam Feroz Khel to Dara Ghari, Length 3 Km. (Orakzai

Package 2)

The Road starts from Marai Daulatzai road at Feroz Khel Mela Sam Feroz Khel via Adam Khel,

Shah Khel to Dara Ghari. The area is deprived of communication facilities and people face great

hardships. Furthermore, the road will enable people to connect to the Education hub of the

Agency.

3.3.13 Road from Dara Ghari to Sangrani, Length 2 Km. (Orakzai Package 2)

This road starts from Marai-Daulatzai Road to Kalaya headquarters via Dara Ghari to Sangrani.

After construction of this road, Law & Order situation will improve as the Law Enforcing Agencies

will be able to cover the un-accessible areas. On completion of this road, better communication

facilities will be provided to the inhabitants of the area.

3.3.14 Road from Kalaya to Saboora Khel, Length 4 Km. (Orakzai Package 2)

This road starts from Main Kalaya Bazar at Agency headquarters Hospital junction point via Ain

Push to Saboora Khel. The construction of this road is extremely necessary because it will serve

the entire population of "Mani Khel" tribe. The area is totally deprived from communication

facilities and people face great hardships. After construction of this road, the inhabitants of the

area will be able to bring their daily commodities to the nearby markets and will also have access

better health and education facilities.


Page 3-5

3.3.15 Road from Kadda Bazar to Aso Khel Khapa, Length 2 Km. (Orakzai

Package 2)

This road starts from main Kalaya to Kadda-Kurez Road at junction point Kadda Bazar via Stara

Khpa to Aso Khel Khpa. There is no black top road in the area and as a result people face great

hardships. After construction of this road, the inhabitants of the area will be able to transport

their daily commodities to the nearby markets and will be linked to Kalaya Headquarters.

3.4 Project Components

For the total 77.5 Km length of the road the main technical indicators for geometrical design are

shown in the Table 3.2.

Table 3.2: Main Technical Indicators of Geometrical Design20

Sr. No Parameter Unit Revised Criteria

1 Design Speed Km/Hr 50 (30/20)

Design Speed for Plain Rural Areas Km/Hr 50

Design Speed for Mountainous and Hilly Areas Km/Hr 30-20

2 Formation Width General M 7.65-10.85 (3.65)

Formation Width in Rolling Terrain M 7.65-8.65

Formation Width in Built Up Areas M 8.65

Formation Width in Mountainous Terrain Requiring Safety Parapet M 9.2

Formation Width in Escarpment Requiring Breast/Retaining Walls

8.60m to 10.85m

3 Width of travelled (Carriageway) M 3.65

Width shoulders M 1.5-2.0

4 Cross slopes/Cross Fall (Where applicable)

Carriageway % 2

Shoulders % 4

5 Minimum Horizontal Curvature

Rolling M 50

Hilly M 30

Mountainous M 10

6 Maximum Super Elevation % 7.9

Desirable Gradient % 2-3

Maximum Gradient % 10-15

7 Minimum Embankment Height Above N.G.L M 0.5

8 Cut Slopes :

Ordinary Soil (As Per Site Condition) Ratio 2:1-1.5:1

Rock (As Per Site Condition) Ratio 1.5:1-1:0.2

9 Clearance above road surface M 5.5

A plan for general construction layout and sections are is shown in Figure 3.1 and 3.2.

20

The Geometrical Design Specifications are based on the Inception Report for the proposed project.


Page 3-6

Figure 3.1: Typical Cross-Section in Rolling Terrain and Built-up Areas

21

21

Used from Design Drawings for Bajaur Package-I, Road 1-1, Kharkano to Kulala (Package-NCB-BAJ-01)


Page 3-7

Figure 3.2: Typical Cross-Section in Mountainous Terrain and Escarpment Areas

22

22



Page 3-8

3.5 Drainage Structures

The roads in the proposed project are 3.65 m carriageway therefore surface drainage will be

provided instead of median drainage. The side drains will be provided to protect the

embankment area, if required. The side drains will be designed such that flooding of the

pavement and the resulting flow towards embankment slope does not damage the

embankment, the pavement shoulder shall have a dyke (or curb) which will restrict the flow

towards the unprotected embankment slope and this dyke shall have drainage outlets at

designed intervals to dispose of the run-off generated by the rainfall falling on the pavement.

Roadside drainage facilities to dispose-off the surface runoff of adjacent built-up area and dual

carriageway pavement surface will be designed using Lloyd -Davis version of the Rational

Method.

In general the drainage structures contraction joints shall be at an interval of 9m to 12m along

the length of culverts. Expansion joints shall be provided at the culvert ends where it meets the

wing walls and apron slabs. Lean concrete layer 75 mm thick will be provided under culvert,

apron, wing walls and cut-off walls. For culverts located below firm ground the excavation shall

be carried out in trenches and backfilling and compaction shall be carried out in layers, not

exceeding 15 cm. Figure 3.

Key structures for the finalized road sections in the proposed project are given in Table 3.3 and

Figure 3.3 illustrates typical culvert plan and Figure 3.4 presents covered drain design.

Table 3.3: Key Drainage Features / Structures

Feature / Structure

Bajaur (Kharkano to

Kulala)

Orakzai (Largri Tan to Dop

Sana)

Orakzai (Dargai to

Shamim Khel)

Orakzai (Palosia to Hakim Killi)

Orakzai (Dargai to

Sharo Doghal)

Bridges (total) 0 0 0 0 0

Slab Culverts 53 6 2 6 9

Causeways 1 0 1 0 0

Open Side Drain On one side of road

Covered Side Drain

On one both sides of roads in the built up areas

Foot Path Covered side drain will be used as foot path


Page 3-9

Figure 3.3: Plan for Culverts for the Proposed Project

23

23



Page 3-10

Figure 3.4: Sections for Road Side Covered Drain

24

24



Page 3-11

3.6 Scope of work of Proposed Project

The Scope of work for the proposed project is described below:

Construction and up gradation of roads in Bajaur and Orakzai Agencies in Federally

Administered Tribal Areas of Pakistan.

Longitudinal drain has been proposed throughout the length of the section on hill side.

Provision of culverts at suitable locations will be made in the design to carry the load of

the hill side drain for their outfalls at the valley side.

Retaining wall will be provided on valley side to check the erosion of embankment by

rains or failure of the slopes due to river Scouring or otherwise.

Guard rail will be provided for embankment heights greater than 3 m.

No particular public facilities have been proposed except road furniture and signage.

Intersection of earthen/paved tracks will be improved.

Additionally the main design and construction work items in the proposed project are described

below.

3.6.1 Design Work Items

Following items are included in design related activities of the proposed project;

Topographic survey

Geotechnical investigation

Culverts structures Design

Retaining wall design

Traffic Signs design

Road Markings design

Guard-rail, Edge-marker and Culvert Marker Posts design

Quality management program of implementation

Design Documents

Issue of construction drawings

Record drawings of As Built plans

3.6.2 Construction Work Items

Following construction related items are included in the proposed project:

Construction of the road to Bituminous pavement standard,

Site clearance and top soil stripping

Earthworks

Demolish and removal of substandard structures and vented Causeways

Constructing Culverts

Construction of Minor and Major drainage works

Constructing Bituminous pavement

Construction of Road furniture

Construction of any other operation ancillary to the main works


Page 3-12

Maintenance of works during construction.

3.7 Existing Road Condition

The existing roads traverse through various small villages and towns in Bajaur and Orakzai

Agencies. The proposed roads pass through cultivated plain lands, rolling terrain in the villages

and through ridged and mountainous terrain for most of the road lengths. The existing roads in

the area are mostly narrow, unpaved and in poor condition especially in the small settlement

areas. Overall condition of the proposed roads is very poor. Road width is not wider than 3 m at

most location. Pictorial view of existing road condition in Bajaur shows the overall road

conditions. (See Figures 3.5 to 3.12).

Figure 3.5: Pictorial View of Project Road

Figure 3.6: Land Use beside the Start Point of the

Project Road

Figure 3.7: A View of the Proposed Road at KM.

5+000

Figure 3.8: Another View of the Proposed Road at

KM. 8+000


Page 3-13

Figure 3.9: A View of the Proposed Road at KM.

10+000

Figure 3.10: Proposed Road Condition at KM.

12+000

Figure 3.11: View of the Proposed Road at KM.

15+000

Figure 3.12: Another View of the Proposed Road at

KM. 18+000


Page 3-14

3.8 Work and Material

3.8.1 Estimated Work / Major Work Items

Estimated total quantity of work involved in project, based on the projects of similar size and

Scale is given in Table 3.4.

Table 3.4: Estimated Works and Work Features

Works Quantity / Value

Road Length 75.5 km

Carriageway Width 3.65 m

Surface Dressing Bitmac

Water Bound Macadam (WBM) Class B 15 cm

Sub Base 15 to 20 cm

Sub Grade 30 cm

Average Embankment Height 1.5 m

Culverts 190

Causeways 5

3.8.2 Materials Requirement

An estimate of quantities of different materials required for construction of road project is given

in Table 3.5. These estimates are based on the previous projects of similar size and scale.

Table 3.5: Estimated Construction Material Requirement

Material / Item Unit Quantity

Earth Work Excavation for Road and Structure Works cubic meters 288,000

Formation of Embankment from Roadway Excavation and Borrow Material cubic meters 461,500

Granular and Common Backfill for structures cubic meters 121,700

Granular Sub-base Course cubic meters 99,300

Aggregate Base Course cubic meters 89,700

Asphaltic Base course Plant Mix (Class–A) cubic meters 49,996

Asphaltic Concrete for Wearing Course (Class–B) cubic meters 50,000

Concrete cubic meters 27,500

Reinforcement Steel Ton 1,700

3.9 Construction Resources Procurement, and Transportation

3.9.1 Construction Materials

Construction materials for this project shall include sub-grade filling materials, pavement

crushed stones, concrete aggregate, asphalt aggregate, masonry mineral aggregate, and water

etc. All these materials shall be mainly collected at the site, processed, and then transported to

the construction site by trucks. Slab culverts can be prefabricated at the site. The roads under

the proposed project are located in the varied terrain of rolling plains to mountain area where

there are many rocks available for quarrying and sand is sporadically distributed at river sites. All

building materials shall be either purchased or exploited and processed according to the

progress of the project construction.


Page 3-15

3.9.2 Filling Materials of Sub grade

The majority of soil along the existing tracks is suitable as filling material of sub grade, however,

soil test are required for the usage. There are borrowed filling materials available within average

transport distance of 5km at the overwhelming majority of points along the line. A reasonably

economical transport distance shall be taken into account in the case of utilization of soil and

rocks of adjacent sections.

3.9.3 Broken Stones for Base Course (Coarse Aggregate)

Excavated rocks shall be processed and broken in accordance with the requirements of

unscreened broken stones for base course. Furthermore, the riverbed is a potential source of

coarse aggregate. In some areas, broken stones maybe available from the riverbed in limited

quantity.

3.9.4 Broken Stones for Concrete (Coarse Aggregate)

Rocks shall be processed, broken, and screened at the worksite and cannot be used until they

are tested and inspected to meet the standard requirements of broken stones for concrete.

3.9.5 Sand

Sand is distributed in the river basins and mountain sand could also be utilized. Sand from both

sources shall be tested and inspected before actual use in construction.

3.9.6 Cement, Steel, and Asphalt

Cement is made in Kohat which has the large cement works in Pakistan. It could be purchased

from Peshawar, Kohat or any location economical for the contractor and transported to the

construction site by land.

Steel could also be purchased from Peshawar or Kohat. Asphalt shall be bought from Karachi or

imported from china and transported to the construction site by land and could also be

purchased from Attock Oil Refinery in Rawalpindi. Specialized asphalt is produced by Pak Hyoil, a

subsidiary of Attock Petroleum Limited.

3.10 Raw Material Availability

Sources of different raw materials required for construction are given in Table 3.6.

Table 3.6: Raw Material Availability

Raw Material Availability

Borrow material Along the Road

Stones for retaining walls and rip rap.

Available along the project sites, in the rolling areas and build up areas stone will be acquired form nearest site.

Stone for sub-base, aggregate base course, asphalt courses

River Pit Run Gravel for sub-base. Aggregate base courses and asphalt courses will be procured from crushing plant located near the project sites.

Bitumen Refineries in Karachi or Rawalpindi

Asphalt Refineries in Karachi or Rawalpindi

Brick Peshawar, Kohat or Khar

Sand River flood plains along or near the project sites.


Page 3-16

Raw Material Availability

Clean water for specific uses. Arrangements will be made to have access to tube wells or River water

Other water for compaction and sprinkling.

Seasonal streams crossings the road and rivers passing along the roads

Reinforcement Steel Nearby Market

G.I. Pipes Nearby Market

Cement Nearby factories

3.11 Machinery to be Used

An estimate of machinery of different types like graders, batching plants, asphalt mixing plants

and others is given in Table 3.7. These maximum estimates are based on the fact that all the

projects are initiated in a single phase. Otherwise if the projects are carried out in distinct phases

the machinery requirement can be reduced to the lower limit.

Table 3.7: Estimated Machinery Requirement

Machinery Quantity (Maximum) Quantity (Minimum)

Graders 6 2

Tractors 26 6

Vibratory Rollers 13 3

Asphalt Mixing Plants 6 2

Stone Crushers 6 2

Batching Plants 6 2

Water Browsers 13 3

Oil Tankers 6 2

Water Sprinkling Water Carcass 26 6

Haulage Trucks 32 7

Excavators / Loaders 13 3

Small Vehicles 26 6

Dozer 13 3

Shift Roller 19 4

Asphalt Machine 6 2

3.12 Equipment and Installations

The equipment and installation required for project is given in Table 3.8:

Table 3.8: Estimated Requirement for Equipment and Installations

Equipment / Installation Quantity (Maximum) Quantity (Minimum)

Fire Extinguishing Equipment 13 3

Electricity Generator 13 3

Water Pumping Equipment 13 3

Telephone System 26 6


Page 3-17

3.13 Construction Schedule

According to the proposed schedule the construction / up-gradation / rehabilitation of roads in

the Package 1 of project will commence on October 2012 under the Phase 1 of project. Under

the Phase 2 the roads in Package 2, 3 and 4 will be implemented later. The expected completion

time of the project is two years i.e. by October 2014.In case of any delays at the outset, the

completion date can be delayed accordingly.

3.14 Construction Logistics

3.14.1 Work Base

Since the project is comprised of multiple road lengths, each road will require its own work base.

In total the project will require no less than 11 work bases, though at one given time the number

will be lower. Preferably the work bases will be established away from the local settlements.

Additionally the work bases should not interfere with the water resource used by locals for

domestic and the agricultural activities. For the proposed project following work bases are

suggested. For Bajaur Package 1, Kharkano to Kulala road a suitable site is near the road start

point between Kharkano and Soorbat, as the location offers both resources and access to Khar-

Zulam road. A suitable location is available along the Kadda-Kuraz road at the start point of Dargi

to Shamim Jan Killi road under Orakzai Package 1, the work base can also be used for Dargai to

Ghakhi to Sharo Doghal. For Orakzai Package 1 Largri Tan to Dop Sana road, a suitable location is

west of Largi Tan along Kadda-Kuraz road at the start point. For Palosia to Hakim Kalli Khawari

road, Palosia town is the most suitable site available for Orakzai Package 1. For Orakzai Package

2 Kadda Bazar to Aso Khel Khapa no suitable locations are available, the work base needs to be

established on agricultural land with local cooperation. In Orakzai Package 2 Dara Ghari to

Sangrani road and Sam Feroz Khel to Dara Ghari road, the work base can be established along

the Marai-Daulatzai road at Feroz Khel, the base can serve both the road lengths. For Dak Qilla

By-Pass in Bajaur Package 2 suitable locations are available near Khar Nawgai road and Khar

Zulam road connection points. Again for Bajaur Package 2 Bado to Serisar road the best suited

location is near Bado along Khar-Zulam road, as most of the area in the proposed section is

rugged and mountainous. For Bajaur Package 3 Shukrata to Pampokha and Loia Kanda to

Ghalishah road sections suitable base location is along Munda-Khar road, the location also

provides easy access to Mian Kaley and Munda towns. Finally for Tangi Adda to Bagori Bridge

and Shagai to Karkanai Charmang roads under Bajaur Package 4 the base locations are available

at Loesum-Nawapass Road at Tangi Charmang and Loesum-Nawapass Road at Shagai Charmang

respectively.

3.14.2 Labor Supply

The contractor will be contractually bound to employ maximum local people except for jobs for

which expertise is not available locally. The contractor will also keep a record of the employment

from the local population to validate compliance and also monitoring purpose. The contractor(s)

will be responsible for providing safety and security to its workers/staff. Table 3.9 illustrates the

labor employment.


Page 3-18

Table 3.9: Illustrative Distribution of Labor

Type of Labor Local Non–local Total

Skilled 40% 60% 100%

Semiskilled 50% 50% 100%

Unskilled 100% 0% 100%

By and large the daily wage rates fixed by the local commissioner will be used. In total the

projects will require a significant amount of technical and unskilled labor. The estimated average

staffing requirement for the projects is presented in Table 3.10.

Table 3.10: Construction Team and Personal for the Proposed Project

Category of Worker

Sub-grade Construction

Personnel

Road Surface Construction

Personnel

Protection & Drainage

Construction Team

Testing and Inspection Personnel

Personnel for Camp

Management

Category

Total

Headman/Director

2 1

1 1 5

Site/Test Engineer

2 2 2 2

8

HSE Engineer

1 1 1

3

Quality Engineer

1 1 1 1

4

Surveying/Testing worker

2 2

1

5

Air Drill Worker

4

4

Air Compressor Worker

2

2

Electrician 1 1

2

Repairman 2 1

3

Electric Welder

1

1

Carpenter

3

3

Mechanical Operation Worker

9

3

12

Mixing Worker

5 5

10

Painter

5

5

Equipment Operator

5

5

Security Guard

5

5

Blaster 2

2

Explosive Keeper

2

2

Explosive Carrier

2

2

Driver 18 7 5

3 33


Page 3-19

Category of Worker

Sub-grade Construction

Personnel

Road Surface Construction

Personnel

Protection & Drainage

Construction Team

Testing and Inspection Personnel

Personnel for Camp

Management

Category

Total

Unskilled Labor

75 82 47

5 217

Total 130 114 67 5 17 333

3.14.3 Labor Camps

Although a majority of the labor force will come from local sources, they will be transported to

the works site by contractors transport. Some semiskilled and most skilled workers may have to

be brought in by contractor from far off towns; this work force will live in camps. Being located

near the work base, the camps will make the work access easy to the camp dwellers. Like the

work bases, the labor camps should also be more than 500 m away from the nearest habitation.

The exact area of land that they will occupy, the measures to be taken to manage potable water,

wastewater and solid waste are yet to be finalized. The proposed locations for campsite use are

presented in Table 3.11, after remote screening of project locations. The final campsites will be

selected by the contractor with XEN’s consultation and based on the checklist provided in

Annexure 3.

Table 3.11: Proposed Camp Sites for Project Roads

Road Project Proposed Location

Bajaur Package 1 Kharkano to Kulala road

Near the road take off point between Kharkano and Soorbat along the Khar-Zulam road.

Orakzai Package 1 Dargi to Shamim Jan Killi road

Along the north west side Kadda-Kuraz road at the takeoff point of Dargi to Shamim Jan Killi road

Orakzai Package 1 Dargai to Ghakhi to Sharo Doghal road

Along the north west side Kadda-Kuraz road at the takeoff point of Dargi to Shamim Jan Killi road

Orakzai Package 1 Largri Tan to Dop Sana road West of Largi Tan along Kadda-Kuraz road at the take off point

Orakzai Package 1 Palosia to Hakim Kalli Khawari road Near Palosia town

Bajaur Package 2 Dak Qilla By-Pass Along Khar Nawgai road and Khar Zulam road connection points

Bajaur Package 2 Bado to Serisar road

Near Bado along Khar-Zulam road, as most of the area in the proposed section is raged and mountainous

Orakzai Package 2 Kadda Bazar to Aso Khel Khapa road

The camp needs to be established on agricultural land with local cooperation

Orakzai Package 2 Dara Ghari to Sangrani road Along the Marai-Daulatzai road at Feroz Khel

Orakzai Package 2 Sam Feroz Khel to Dara Ghari road Along the Marai-Daulatzai road at Feroz Khel

Bajaur Package 3 Shukrata to Pampokha road

Location is along Munda-Khar road, the location also provides easy access to Mian Kaley and Munda towns

Bajaur Package 3 Loia Kanda to Ghalishah road

Location is along Munda-Khar road, the location also provides easy access to Mian Kaley and Munda towns

Bajaur Package 4 Tangi Adda to Bagori Bridge road Along west side of loesum-Nawapass Road at Tangi Charmang

Bajaur Package 4 Shagai to Karkanai Charmang roads

Along the north east side of Loesum-Nawapass Road at Shagai Charmang


Page 3-20

3.14.4 Machinery Maintenance and Equipment Yards

Machinery and equipment yard will be provided near each work base. The yard will have enough

storage, haulage, ample moving and working space. The yard will be walled, gated and provided

with adequate security staff. These machinery maintenance and equipment yards should not

affect the environment in terms of waste and soil pollution. After the completion of project the

contractor will make adequate arrangements to reverse any impacts resulting from these

facilities.

3.14.5 Material Depots

A material depot will be required for storing construction material near each work base. It will

have temporary sheds for storing cement, iron bass, asphalt and open space for storing stones

shingles and bricks. The material depots will be walled, gated and provided with adequate

security staff. A store keeper will keep account of incoming and outgoing material.

3.14.6 Machinery Repair Workshops

With a large number of vehicles and other similar machinery a repair workshop is essential. The

contactor may establish its own workshop at a secure place. While establishing such workshops

the contractor will follow all the required environmental guidelines for protection of air, soil and

water. Additionally the workshops should have fully compliant safety standards.

3.14.7 Approach to Work Bases

Since, the work base will be established close to the road under construction, existing road can

provide easy access to these work bases. Where required, supplementary access roads and

paths for the work bases can be provided with the prior approval of local authorities and

communities.

3.14.8 Camp Offices

Adjacent to labor camp and work base, the contractor will be allowed to set up a camp office to

run his day to day affairs. For that the local land can be used by the contractor with prior

approval of local authorities and community.

3.14.9 Healthcare

With a large number of labor and employees working in road construction projects, small

accidents are expected to take place at construction sites. Two dispensaries will be set by the

contractor in each agency’s base camp. These dispensaries will have services of a full time

doctor. At least two ambulances will support the dispensaries. For major cases the patients will

be shifted to fully equipped hospitals in Kohat and Peshawar under a pre-coordinated

arrangement.

3.14.10 Labor Reporting Office

Along the road and in work bases special areas will be marked where the labor can gather at the

time of pick and drop, emergency or briefing and places will be clearly marked and kept open

and clean and as per requirement equipped with public address system.


Page 3-21

3.14.11 Labor Transport

Almost entire unskilled labor will be employed from local sources. Contractor will provide

vehicle(s), preferably a bus to pick and drop local labor every day. That will help them to spend

nights in their households and render some services at home. This will also keep the camps less

pressurized and manageable.

3.14.12 Water Supply

The availability of water for the project will mainly be from the local rivers and small seasonal

streams in the area. In some cases the only source of water for the living camps will be ground

water and will obtained through hand pumps and by digging wells. The contractor will ensure

provision of safe drinking water to the labor and other employees.

3.14.13 Work Uniform and Health Safety Equipment

Road construction is a special job and the labor working on such work requires special protective

uniforms and special HSE measures. It will be ensured that the labor engaged in breaking of

stones, handling bricks, mixing concrete or mixing and laying asphalt will have long boots overall

dresses, goggles and safety hats. As an overall HSE measure anyone going into the construction

area will also wear safety hat.

3.14.14 Signage

During construction at the construction site in particular and for the entire road length in

general, suitable signboards and traffic signs will be displayed at all along the length of the road.

This will help in forestalling any possible accidents.

3.14.15 Lighting and Illumination

Suitable lighting arrangement will be made by the contractor at all work bases, work sites, camp

sites machinery yard and material depots. This can help the contractor for extended working

hours as well as security. If grid electric supply is not available, electricity generators or solar

lights will have to be arranged on all spots where lighting is required.

3.14.16 Layout of Waste Disposal System

Solid waste generated from offices and residential areas shall be collected through waste bins at

source and segregated. Designated personal for handling waste shall be employed. The

recyclable waste shall be handed over to waste dealers (if available the approved dealers in

Peshawar and Kohat shall be identified). The non-recyclable waste shall be incinerated or land

filled properly.

Wastewater from camps shall be treated through septic tanks and discharged into soaking pits.

Grease collection pits shall be installed for gray water from kitchens and washing areas. No

wastewater shall be discharged into any water bodies. The septic tanks shall be removed at the

completion of the project and the area shall be restored to the original state, to the extent

possible.


Page 3-22

3.15 Safe Design Criteria

The design and implementation of the Project follow the AASHTO standard. According to the

analysis of the annual average daily traffic (AADT), the traffic grade to be adopted is T5, the

grade of the sub grade is S5. The main design speed proposed is 50（20-30）km/h, the

corresponding road sub-base width is 7.65(9.65)m, the carriageway width is 3.65m. For special

difficulties sections it shall be properly reduced design standard.

To meet international standards envisaged by the World Bank, the following design criteria have

been adopted in the project:

Geometric Design : AASHTO

Material Testing : ASTM

Structure : ACI

Structure Loads : Class A – AA as per approval of the relevant authority

Seismic Design : UBC 97 and Sarhad Interim Seismic Building Code Base

on Seismic Study Zone Maps

Curve Widening : 0.6 to 1.6 depending upon length

3.16 Institutional Arrangements

The overall institutional arrangements for the implementation of project are given below,

butspecific arrangements for the implementation, monitoring and reporting of ESMP

implementation are detailed in sections 8.8 and 8.10 of this report

Implementation Period – 2 years and 6 months: The project is being prepared by W&SD, FATA

and shall be implemented by it. The W&SD is headed by a Chief Engineer (CE) and supported by

a Superintending Engineer (SE). The W&SD Headquarters in Peshawar comprises of General &

Administration Cell. The W&SD has Highway Divisional Offices in each of the seven FATA

Agencies. An Executive Engineer (XEN) heads the Divisional Offices. Other staff at Divisional

Offices includes Sub Divisional Officers (SDO) and Divisional Accounts Officer (DAO). W&SD is

custodian of about 6,600 km of rural roads.

Overall Oversight Arrangements – Project Steering Committee: A Project Steering Committee

(PSC) headed by the Chief Engineer, W&SD and comprising Project Director (FATA ERRP), and

Executive Engineers (XENs) of Bajaur and Orakzai Agencies will be overall responsible for

ensuring timely implementation of the Project. The PSC will be responsible for overall

coordination including with Political Agents of Bajaur and Orakzai Agencies. The PSC shall ensure

that the FATA ERRP is reflected in the FATA’s FY 12/13 Annual Development Plan (ADP) and in

subsequent fiscal years budgets. The CSC shall also facilitate timely opening of a segregated

Designated Account (DA) in US$ at the National Bank of Pakistan in accordance with accounting

procedures for Revolving Fund Accounts (Foreign Currency Assignment Account) issued by the

Finance Division, Government of Pakistan on June 30, 2010.

Project Management Unit: There shall be a Project Management Unit (PMU) at W&SD

Headquarters in Peshawar, headed by the Project Director (FATA ERRP) and supported by a


Page 3-23

Deputy Project Director (FATA ERRP) and Finance Manager/Accounts Officer (FATA ERRP). The

PMU functioning as the Project Secretariat shall support the Project Steering Committee. The

PMU will liaise with the representatives of Political Agents of Bajaur and Orakzai Agencies and

shall be responsible for internal/external processing of all approvals including PC-I, procurement

and implementation of civil works, procurement and management of consultant services.

Field Implementation Unit: There shall be a Field Implementation Unit (FIU) within each of the

divisional offices of at W&SD in Bajaur and Orakzai Agencies, headed by the respective Executive

Engineer (XEN) and supported by Sub Divisional Officer (SDO) and Divisional Accounts Officer

(DAO). It shall be responsible for general administration, land acquisition through Political

Agent/Additional Political Agent and/or their representatives, coordination with other

authorities to ensure timely relocation of various utility services, handing over of sites to

contractors, field-level oversight of environmental safeguards, management of social safeguards,

and performance monitoring of civil works and ESMP implementation.

Project Engineer: A professional consulting firm will be responsible for Contract Administration

& Construction Supervision. The firm will be fully empowered as the ‘Engineer’ in accordance

with International Federation of Consulting Engineers (FIDIC) stipulations. W&SD will act as the

Employer. The Project Director will be designated as the Employer’s Representative. The

Resident Engineer (RE) will act as the Engineer’s Representative. The ‘Engineer’ will administer

the civil works contracts, make engineering decisions, be responsible for quality assurance,

provide general guidance and furnish timely responses to the Contractors in all matters relating

to the civil works, and ensure that all clauses of the Contract Agreement between the civil works

Contractors' and W&SD are respected. The ‘Engineer’ will advise W&SD on all matters relating to

the efficient and successful execution of the civil works contracts, and will act at all times to

protect the interests of the project and will take all reasonable steps to keep the construction

costs to a minimum, consistent with sound economic and engineering practices; and will prepare

a "Contract Administration and Construction Supervision Manual" outlining routines and

standard operating procedures to be applied in contract administration and construction

supervision, based on sound internationally recognized practice.

3.17 Grievance Redress Mechanism/Complaint Handiling System

The potential environmental and social issues associated with the project and their mitigation

measures have been discussed in the ESMP. However, by doing all possible and best efforts,

there is a possibility that an individual or a group may be unsatisfied with the measures adopted

or have certain queries/suggestions for the project.

In order to address such concerns and grievances/complaints, and for the smooth and timely

implementation of ESMP, a Grievance Redress/Complaint Handling Mechanism(GRM) is

proposed at the project level. Under the GRM, a Grievance Redress Committee (GRC) will be

formed at the PIU Level. The committee will be formed in consultations with the political

administration, W&S department (EA), PMU, and RAP Consultants. The GRC will constitute of the

PA, XEN, tehsildar and the chairman of the project affected persons committee.


Page 3-24

The GRC will provide a public forum to the aggrieved to raise their objections and through

conflict resolution, address these issues adequately. The main objective of the GRM will be to

investigate charges of irregularities and complaints received from the PAPs and provide an early,

transparent and fair resolution of their complaints.

The contractor will also maintain a complaint registration to maintain record of such complaints

where the name & address of complainant, date, description of complaint and action taken will

be entered. If the GRC is unable to resolve the issues of the complainant then the case will be

forwarded to the Chief Engineer, W&S department FATA through the PIU where the matter

would be resolved.

3.18 Estimated Project Cost

Final design and drawings of the road project has been finalized: The World Bank has agreed to

provide a financial assistance to the tune of US$ 16 million which is equivalent to about PKR. 1.5

billion.


Page 4-1

4 Baseline Study of Project Area

Baseline studies were undertaken for environmental aspects that may be affected by project

activities. The environmental baseline studies provide a database of physical, biological and

social parameters that are used to predict and monitor the effects of the project on the

environment. The overall environmental settings of the project area in the Bajaur and Orakzai

agencies are shown in Figures 4.1 to 4.17.

The description provided in this section is based on published information and field survey data

that was collected specifically for this study. The purpose of reviewing published literature was

to gather information on the environmental setting and the work already carried out in the area.

The relevant literature was of the previous studies conducted in the project area or in areas with

a similar geographical and ecological setting. The proposed project components lie in the

Federally Administrated Tribal Areas (FATA) of Pakistan therefore there were many limitations

involved in undertaking this assignment. Some of the major limitations include:

Poor law and order situation of the area inhibited experts of the team to physically visit

the area.

There were no local environmental or social experts available for the study.

Avoiding major public areas for security reason during surveys.

Very limited or no secondary literature available for the area on environment.25

Other cultural constraints including prohibition for photography and access to women of

the area for consultations and acceptance for an outsider female to participate in the

study etc.

A survey and data-collection team belonging to the FATA area was formed and especially trained

for this project.

25

No records of previous reports on environmental assessments are available at Federal EPA or any Provincial EPA. A summary IEE was conducted in one of the agencies by Asian Development Bank, but with a very brief baseline information on environment. Not a single recognized institute for higher education and research is available in the entire FATA. There were very few non-governmental organizations involved in the area. Of which only one organization “Community Appraisal and Motivation Program (CAMP)” has published a few reports. Extensive internet searching was carried out to obtain relevant literature.


Page 4-2

Figure 4.1: Environmental Settings of the Project Area in Bajaur Agency


Page 4-3

Figure 4.2: Environmental Settings of the Project Area in Orakzai Agency


Page 4-4

Figure 4.3: Environmental Setting of Bajaur Agency Phase 1 Kharkano to Kulala Road, Length 20 Km.


Page 4-5

Figure 4.4: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase1 Dargi to Shamim Jan Killi Road, Length 2 Km.


Page 4-6

Figure 4.5: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase1 Dargai to Sharo Doghal Road, Length 2 Km.


Page 4-7

Figure 4.6: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase1 Largri Tan to Dop Sana Road, Length 2 Km.


Page 4-8

Figure 4.7: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase1 Palosia to Hakim Kalli Khawari Road, Length 3 Km.


Page 4-9

Figure 4.8: Environmental Setting of Bajaur Agency Phase2 Dag Qilla Bypass Road, Length 3 Km.


Page 4-10

Figure 4.9: Environmental Setting of Bajaur Agency Phase2 Bado to Serisar Road, Length 20 Km.


Page 4-11

Figure 4.10: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase2 Dara Ghari to Sangrani Road, Length 2 Km.


Page 4-12

Figure 4.11: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase2 Kadda Bazar to Aso Khel Khapa Road, Length 2 Km.


Page 4-13

Figure 4.12: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase2 Kalaya to Saboora Khel Road, Length 4 Km.


Page 4-14

Figure 4.13: Environmental Setting of Orakzai Agency Phase2 Sam Feroz Khel to Dara Ghari Road, Length 3 Km.


Page 4-15

Figure 4.14: Environmental Setting of Bajaur Agency Phase2 Shukrata to Pampokha Road, Length 3 Km.


Page 4-16

Figure 4.15: Environmental Setting of Bajaur Agency Phase2 Tangi Adda to Bagori Bridge Road, Length 4.5 Km.


Page 4-17

Figure 4.16: Environmental Setting of Bajaur Agency Phase2 Loia Kanda to Ghalishah Road, Length 3 Km.


Page 4-18

Figure 4.17: Environmental Setting of Bajaur Agency Phase2 Shagai to Karkanai Charmang Road, Length 2 Km.


Page 4-19

4.1 The Project Area of Impact

The project area of impact is a linear corridor through which proposed road components pass

and is defined as the geographical region where the environmental and social impacts of the

proposed project, both during construction and operation are likely to occur. For this ESIA and

ESMP, the project area is defined as the area located within 2 km of either side of the proposed

roads (shown in Section 1).

4.2 Physical Environment

4.2.1 Geography

The components of the proposed project are located in two agencies of the Federally

Administered Tribal Areas (FATA) of Pakistan, Bajaur and Orakzai. Bajaur, the smallest agency in

FATA in terms of total area, has a predominantly hilly terrain. To the south of Bajaur is a

mountain district of the Mohmand agency. To the east are the hills of the Swat valley. To the

north is an intervening watershed between Bajaur and the small state of Dir. It borders

Afghanistan's Kunar Province in the west. The headquarters of the Bajaur agency administration

is located in the town of Khar.

The terrain of the Bajaur agency is mountainous and hilly. In the northern part, the mountain

ranges are up to 3,000 m above sea level. Towards the south the height gradually decreases and

peaks on the southern border are slightly over 2,500 m high. In the central part, the altitudes

further decrease. In the north – western half, the land slopes down to the south – east direction

while in the central parts the land slopes to the north – east through the Jandol Khwar and

Panjkora river. An interesting feature in the topography of Bajaur is a mountain spur from the

Kunar range, which curves eastwards and culminates in the well-known peak of Koh-i-Mor,

visible from the Peshawar valley.

There are two valleys Khanki and Mastura bounded by parallel ranges in the same directions.

The valleys are in general 12 kilometers apart at the maximum. Important passes having heights

of 1500 to 2400 m interpose these valleys. Among the seven tribal agencies, the Orakzai Agency

is the second smallest in area after the Bajaur Agency. It is bounded by Kurram Agency in the

west, Khyber in the north, Kohat District on the south and Peshawar in the east. The whole of

the territory of Orakzai agency is a mountainous tract dissected by numerous dry watercourses,

especially in the southwestern part of the agency.

4.2.2 Geology and Soil

The project area is noted for its interesting geological formations. Typical rocks of the FATA

region are of the mélange zone and there is a variety of alteration zones. Various types of

sedimentary, igneous and different grades of metamorphic rocks ranging in age from Pre-

Cambrian to Paleocene are found in this region. The presence of these geological features

designate FATA with having the most suitable of geological environments in comparison with the


Page 4-20

rest of world where mineral deposits of economic grade including metallic, non-metallic, energy

minerals, precious / dimension stones and different rocks of industrial use are being extracted.26

The Bajaur Agency consists of diorite rocks, which indicates a continuation of metamorphic and

igneous rocks consistent with the northern mountain chain. Valley beds of Bajaur Agency

exhibits young alluvium soil deposits, with varying organic contents, moisture-retention

characteristics, and acidity values.27

The rock units of Kohat Potohar, varying in age from lower Jurassic to Eocene, surround the area

that forms the Orakzai Agency. The rocks are mainly composed of shale, marble, limestone and

sand stone. The structural formation in the Orakzai Agency is east-west, with marked deviation

visible in Sepeh and the Utman Khel area, where the general trend is to the North West. Strictly

speaking in geological terms, 13 different rock units have been identified in Orakzai Agency, and

these are related to the Kohat hills and salt range. The following three units predominate in the

Agency.

1. Lockhart Limestone

2. Hangu Formation

3. Samana Suk Limestone

Samana suk lime stone is exposed in the southwestern part of Feroz Khel plain and has direct

contact with Hangu formation. The lower part of Hangu formation is ferruginous sand-stone and

the upper part is thin to medium budded limestone, shale and marl. The Hangu formation is

mostly unfossiliferous, and based on this, the formation is thought to date from the Paleocene

age.

The Hangu formation is overlaid by Lockhart limestone having faulted contact with each other.

On the eastern part of the Feroz Khel plain, some rock formations are exposed with a general

castwest trend.

Soils in the project area vary from silty loamy to silty clay and clay (Atlas of Pakistan, 1997). Soil

is used for dry farming and torrent water cultivation. Soils in the Bajaur Agency are considered

to be generally fertile, varying from silt loam to loam containing a medium degree of organic

matter. It has also been observed that the soils of Orakzai Agency are fertile and good for

agriculture. These soils are well drained except in a few areas.

4.2.3 Seismicity

The Orakzai Agency is located in seismic zone “2B” (moderate) and Bajaur Agency is located in

seismic zone “3” (high) as per seismic zoning maps drawn by UN-Habitat.28

26

Physical Features and Climate http://fata.gov.pk/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=51&Itemid=85

27 Mian Sayed Badshah (Undated) Geology of Bajaur and Northern part of Mohmand Agency

28 UN-Habitat (2010) Seismic Zoning Map Paksitan - UN-HABITAT Pakista

http://www.unhabitat.org.pk/Maps-updated/UNH-PAKOV_SZ_A3_02122010.pdf


Page 4-21

4.2.4 Land Use

There are following general categories of land use in the area;

Rain-fed agriculture

Irrigated agriculture

Rangeland (Denuded Hills)

Shrubs & bushes

Forest

Figure 4.18: Cropped Fields in the Project Area

Government has identified the cultivated area, cultivable waste, cultivable area, irrigated area

and forest area in the entire FATA region. The same for the Bajaur and Orakzai agencies are

shown in.

Table 4.1:Land Utilization Statistics

Type Unit FATA Bajaur Orakzai

Cultivated Area 1000 hectares 216.18 75.1 16.31

Cultivable Waste 1000 hectares 173.99 11.19 3.45

Cultivable Area 1000 hectares 390.17 86.29 19.76

Irrigated Area 1000 hectares 83.24 19.92 2.21

Forest Area 1000 hectares 43.18 11.3 5

Cultivated Area as % of Reported % 7.94 58.2 10.61

Irrigated Area as % of Cultivated % 38.5 26.52 13.55

Forest Area as % of Reported Area, % 1.59 8.76 3.25

Land Use Intensity % 55.14 87.03 82.54 Source: Land Utilization Statistics, FATA- 2005-06 and SBF Mainstreaming FATA, 2009


Page 4-22

4.2.5 Water Resources

According to the Survey of Pakistan Atlas, the area consists mostly of hills that consist

predominantly of sedimentary rocks belonging to the tertiary and quaternary periods. The

percentage of plain area in these catchments is small (Geological Survey of Pakistan, 1997).There

are no major water bodies in the area. None of the area’s major rivers are located within the

project area. The lack of a potable drinking water supply system is a major problem experienced

in the area, where the majority of the inhabitants do not have access to safe drinking water

supplies. The ill effects of this situation were noted by the health service facilities operating in all

agencies, which indicated that many patients suffer from waterborne diseases. Irrigation

patterns of the area are shown in Table 4.2.

Table 4.2: Water Resources in the Project Area

Total land

cultivated(kanals): Type of

Irrigation: Drinking Water

Source House-hold Use Water Source

Bajaur Agency Settlements

Soorbat Kali 2,000.00 Rain fed/Tube

well Tube well Tube well

Pataselay 3,040.00 Rain fed/Tube


Landay 1,920.00 Rain fed/Tube


Tarry 5,200.00 Rain fed/Tube


Islam Dehrai 1,680.00 Rain fed/Tube


Khayathy 15,040.00 Rain fed/Tube


Bandegi 5,440.00 Rain fed/Tube


Kulala 13,200.00 Rain fed/Tube


Project Area Total 47,520.00

-

Orakzai Agency Settlements

Dop Sana 1,440.00 Rain fed Tube well Tube well

Largi Tan 2,080.00 Rain fed/Tube


Sharo Doghal 720.00 Water Channel Pipeline Water Channel

Dargi 2,240.00 Rain

fed/Channel Water Channel Water Channel

Shamim Jan Kali 360.00 Rain

fed/Channel Pipeline Pipeline

Otti Kali 1,040.00 Rain


Palosia 4,160.00 Rain


Mama Masai, Amber Khel & Hindikali

2,880.00 Rain


Brado Sam, Lalpura & Twekali

2,480.00 Rain


Project Area Total 17,400.00


Page 4-23

4.2.5.1 Surface Water

The overall water resources cannot be evaluated due to the lack of hydrological data available

for the FATA area. No rivers or major streams were identified in project area in Bajaur during

field surveys. Mastura River is located close to project area. Only limited information on the

discharge of this river is available which is not sufficient for any assessments. It has been

observed that the ground water potential of the area is also limited. Dirt (kaccha) or temporary

channels have been taken from rivers for irrigation purposes. These surface irrigation systems

have long been constructed, managed and maintained by the beneficiaries through their tribal

elders. Floods often destroy the earthen channels and erode farmland. FATA Development

Corporation (FATA-DC) has been involved in the construction and improvement of surface

irrigation schemes since 1980s.

4.2.5.2 Ground Water

The groundwater is the major source of drinking and irrigation water of the area both in Bajaur

and Orakzai agencies. According to FATA-DC statistics in Orakzai Agency, as of September 1,

1990, 22 test wells have been drilled. Of these, 7 have been abandoned, 11 have been energized

and 4 test wells are in the process of conversion to tube wells. These test wells/ tube wells are

only in the Lower Sub-Division. Good prospects for ground water development exist in Feroz

Khel and on the plain that lies on the right side of the Mastura river.

The successful tube wells are located in the Kalaya, Feroz Khel, and Mishti plains. Out of 11

operating tube wells, 9 are in Upper Orakzai subdivision and 2 are in Lower Orakzai subdivision.

In Upper Orakzai, 3 are in Kalaya, 1 in Aiim Khan Khel, 1 in Kadda and 4 in Feroz Khel while 2 are

in the Mishti area in Lower Orakzai. Four test wells drilled in the Tanda plains will be converted

to tube wells after successful yield tests. These four are being funded by the United States

Agency for International Development (USAID). Of the abandoned wells, 2 are in Feroz Khel, 4

are in Mishti and one at Chapri.

Figure 4.19: An Operation Tube Well in the Project Area

Figure 4.20: Brick Lined Water Channel for Irrigation

4.2.5.3 Potable water

Potable water for FATA inhabitants is provided through four separate sources. These sources are

spring water, infiltration gallery, tube wells and open wells. There was one Afghan refugee

scheme at Ghaljo, Upper Tehsil headquarters, near project area and it was supplying water only


Page 4-24

to the camps of Afghan refugees. The entire area of Upper Sub-division lacks easy access to

drinking water because of high population density and inadequate surface resources.

According to the Public Health Engineering Department (PHED) Sub-Divisional Officer (SDO),

each scheme in Upper Sub Division draws women and girls from a 2-4 mile radius, a long

distance to carry water. An average of 1,026 individuals benefit from each scheme. Thirty three

thousand beneficiaries have access to 32 completed PHED provided potable water schemes in

Upper and Lower Sub-Divisions.

There are three infiltration galleries, and fifteen schemes that carry water from springs. An

infiltration gallery was added in recent years to supply more water to new areas of Warn Pana,

Ibrahamio and Mirako Bala. Most systems do not have pumps and electricity to raise the water

to the supply points but are gravity fed. At present, only four to five schemes are operating

through electrified pumps.

4.2.6 Climate and Air Quality

4.2.6.1 Meteorology

A Pakistan Meteorological Department (PMD) weather station is located at Kohat, near the

project area. Monthly temperature, humidity, and rainfall data recorded at this station is

provided in Table 4.3. The information is based on mean monthly climatic data for the 30-year

period between 1961 and 1990.

4.2.6.2 Climate

Broadly speaking, the climate of the project area can be described as hot and sub-humid.

Various meteorologists have developed classification schemes to describe the local climatic

features of Pakistan. Shamshad (1998) has classified the climate of Pakistan on the basis of

characteristic seasons found in the country. Taking into account topography, proximity to the

sea, rainfall, temperature, and winds, he has defined 11 climatic zones for Pakistan. Under his

scheme, the project area is classified as ‘Subtropical triple season semiarid submontane areas.’

The characteristic feature of this climatic zone is a double rainy season. The region has two types

of land: lowlands and submontane areas. The lowlands receive small amounts of rainfall

between 254-635 mm, and have a steppe landscape. The submontane areas have two types of

climatic varieties: single rainy season areas and double rainy season areas. The single rainy

season areas are of the usual monsoon type, experiencing little precipitation during winter. The

double rainy season areas experience considerable precipitation during winter as well as during

the monsoon.

4.2.6.3 Temperature

The climate of the district is hot from May to September. June is the hottest month. The mean

maximum and minimum temperatures recorded during June are about 40° C and 27°C,

respectively. A pleasant change in the weather is noted from October till February. The winter is

cold and severe. In winter a strong west wind known as the ‘Hangu Breeze’ often blows down

the Miranzai valley towards the project are for weeks. The mean maximum and minimum

temperatures, recorded during the month of January, are about 18° C and 6° C, respectively.


Page 4-25

4.2.6.4 Precipitation

The rainfall is received throughout the year. The monsoon rains last from May to October.

August is the rainiest month, with an average of about 111 mm. The winter rain occurs from

November to April, with the most rain falling in March. The average annual rainfall is about 546

mm. Maximum humidity was recorded in the month of August during the summer season and

in December during the winter season.

Table 4.3: Mean Monthly Temperature, Precipitation, and Relative Humidity Recorded at Kohat Station

Month Mean Temperature(°C) Precipitation

(mm) Relative Humidity

(%) Maximum Minimum

January 17.7 5.6 24.7 52.4

February 19.1 7.8 42.1 52.3

March 23.5 12.3 86.1 53.4

April 29.7 17.7 56.3 46.1

May 35.5 22.6 35.5 35.0

June 40.0 26.8 20.3 33.3

July 37.5 26.8 69.6 52.6

August 35.7 25.8 111.4 60.4

September 35.0 23.3 40.3 51.1

October 30.7 18.3 26.1 44.1

November 24.7 12.1 11.0 46.8

December 19.3 6.8 22.7 54.0

Annual 29.1 17.2 545.8 48.4 Source: Normals for the period 1961-1990 Data Processing Center, Pakistan Meteorological Department, Karachi.

4.2.7 Ambient Air Quality

The ambient air quality in the project area is excellent due to minimal sources of air emissions.

The only source of impact on the quality of the ambient air is the rare vehicular traffic on the

roads, which causes some dust emissions whose effect is quite localized. The main pollutants

from vehicle exhaust are lead, particulate matter, carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide, and nitrogen

oxides. These emissions temporarily affect the air quality in the immediate vicinity of the roads.

4.2.8 Noise Level

There were no permanent sources of noise recorded in the area except a comparatively rare and

random traffic noise.

4.2.9 Minerals

The geological study of Orakzai and Bajaur Agencies was conducted under the scheme

"Investigation and Large scale Mapping in Mineral Bearing Areas" sponsored by the FATA

Development Corporation in October 1976. The study resulted in the discovery of coal, alum,

and phosphate and iron ore. Iron is scattered throughout the Range in fairly sizeable deposits.

The known mineral profile of both agencies is shown in Table 4.4.

Table 4.4: Annually Minerals Extracted from the FATA Region

S. No. Mineral Unit FATA Bajaur Agency Orakzai Agency

1 Barite Tons 10 - -

2 Chromites Tons 66,381 350 -

3 Coal Tons 266,490

141,160

4 Fluorite Tons 892 - -


Page 4-26

S. No. Mineral Unit FATA Bajaur Agency Orakzai Agency

5 Limestone Tons 1,461,859 2,686 -

6 Manganese Tons - - -

7 Marble Tons 818,987 30,398 -

8 Mecu Tons 34,935 1 -

9 Quartz Tons 1,760 - -

10 Scrap Marble Tons 3,405 20 -

11 Soapstone Tons 16,600 526 - Source: SBF Mainstreaming FATA, 2009

4.2.10 Physical Cultural Heritage

During survey no site of physical cultural heritage could be seen along the route of the project

road. But in case there is a chance find during excavation for road construction, there are laws

and procedures to handle the find(s).

4.3 Biological Environment

4.3.1 Habitat Types

Based on the geomorphology and floral attributes, the following habitats have been identified in

the project area:

Mountain/hill slopes

Riparian areas

Stream-beds

Stony plains

Agricultural land

4.3.1.1 Mountain/hill Slopes

Most of the lower region is composed of the mountain and hill slopes habitat. Common plant

species found in such habitats are Beri (Zizyphus nummularia), Gandeer (Rhazia sricta),

Shapyanga (Withania coagulanse), Fagonia sp., Sargara (Cymbopogon jwarancusa), Aristida sp.,

and Surmal (Cenchrus ciliaris). The habitat can be characterized into three types:

Slopes composed of Kans grass (Saccharum spontanium), Sargara (Cymbopogon), and

(Chrysopogan sp.) communities.

Hills with a sparse covering of Phulai (Acacia modesta), Gurgura (Monotheca buxifolia),

along with Mesquite (Prosopis juliflora) and Honey Mesquite (Prosopis glandulosa) trees.

Lush green forest dominated by Gurgura (Monotheca buxifolia), Phulai (Acacia

modesta), Spora mollis, Baza (Adhatoda vesica), and Sanatha (Dodonaea viscose).

The overall condition of the vegetation in the communities residing in the vicinity of

mountain/hill slopes is less degraded, and good forage is readily available.

4.3.1.2 Riparian Areas

This habitat is found in lowland plains along the banks of rivers and large streams. The plant

community is dominated by Bulrush (Typha doninanse), Rushes (Juncus sp.), Athel pine (Tamarix


Page 4-27

aphylla), Jujube (Ziziphus muritiana), and Weeds (Pteropyrum sp.) It is the most productive

habitat because of moisture availability and good vegetation cover.

4.3.1.3 Streambed

The ‘streambed’ habitat refers to the dry streambeds distributed throughout the areas that are

flooded seasonally. Though low in productivity, the plant community composition is more

diverse than that of riparian habitat. The dominant plant species in this habitat are Kans grass

(Saccharum spontanium), Ber (Zizyphus nummularia), Gandeer (Rhazya stricta), Barayin

(Periploca aphylla), Sanatha (Dadonea viscose), and Phulai (Acacia modesta). The

grazing/browsing pressure in these areas is comparatively high.

4.3.1.4 Stony Plains

This habitat is found in between agricultural lands and extends to the base of mountains and

hills. The area is stony with very sparse vegetation, low vegetation cover, and the lowest species

diversity. The common, dominant species are Ber (Zizyphus nummularia), Saxaul (Haloxylon sp.),

and Karer (Capparis deciduas), along with some grass species, such as Octhocloa compressa,

scutch grass (Cynodan dactylon), and Bluestem (Dicanthium sp.).

4.3.1.5 Agricultural Areas

Approximately 20-30% of the project area is agricultural. The agriculture mainly depends upon

rains, but irrigation facilities such as water channels are available in some areas. The natural

flora has been completely replaced by cultivated species in this area. Along the edge of these

agricultural fields, Kikar (Acacia nilotica), Lachi (Euclyptu camaldanus), Athel pine (Tamarix

aphylla), Peelo (Salvadora oleoides), and Karer (Capparis deciduas) trees, along with calotrope

(Calatropis prorera), Shapyanga (Withania coagulanse), Wild rue (Poganum harmala), Sage

(Salvia sp.), Aster (Parthenium sp.), Dandelion (Traxicum sp.), Black nightshade (Solanum

nigrum), and Yellow-Berried Nightshade (Solanum surratanse). The agricultural areas were not

sampled during this study.

4.3.2 Fauna

In the past, the FATA was known for its rich diversity of wildlife, which was in part attributed to

the relatively sparse population levels and distribution in the area. In recent times, however,

largely as a result of increasing population levels, including a sudden influx of Afghan refugees, a

decline in forest cover was noted, with concomitant decreases in associated wildlife

populations29. The area has some population of wolves and wild cats, the former in the plains,

the latter in the mountainous tracts. Though no accurate estimates about population is available

but fair number of jackals and foxes are also found in the area. There are also sparse Wild pig are

found in the valleys. Table 4.5 presents the animal diversity in the project area.

Snakes are not numerous, and scorpions and most of the reptiles and insects common to the

other regions of Pakistan are found here also. Locusts, though not uncommon visitants, are less

destructive than in the other regions of Pakistan.

29

ADB (2005) Summary Initial Environmental Examination, Federally Administered Tribal Areas Rural Development Project In Pakistan


Page 4-28

The mountainous region of Fata still has fair population of wildlife, including some rare species

like leopard, wolf and bird species, which due to non-enforcement of Wildlife Protection Act in

the tribal area are nearing extinction. The area has limited population of pheasants like,

Himalayan Monal (Lophophorus impeyanus), Koklass (Pucrasia macrolopha), and Cheer (Catreus

wallichii). These pheasant species are also either threatened or vulnerable due to habitat

disturbances.

Table 4.5: Fauna of Tribal Areas of Pakistan

No. Common Name Species General

Type National Status

1 Nilgai or Blue Bull Boselaphus tragocamelus

Artiodactyla Endangered

2 Ladakh Urial Ovis vignei vignei Artiodactyla Endangered

3 Bharal or Blue Sheep Pseudois nayaur Artiodactyla Endangered

4 Wild Pig or Indian Wild Boar Sus Scrofa Artiodactyla Least Concern

5 Asiatic Jackal Canis aureus Carnivora Near Threatened

6 Wolf Canis lupus pallipes Carnivora Endangered

7 Jungle Cat Felis chaus Carnivora Least Concern

8 Indian Desert Wild Cat or Asiatic Steppe Wild Cat

Felis silvestris Carnivora Data Deficient

9 India Grey Mongoose or Common India Mongoose

Herpestes edwardsii Carnivora Least Concern

10 Striped Hyaena Hyaena hyaena Carnivora Critically Endangered

11 Smooth-coated Otter or Indian Otter Lutrogale perspicillata Carnivora Near Threatened

12 Yellow throated Marten Martes flavigula Carnivora Data Deficient

13 Panther or Leopard Panthera pardus Carnivora Critically Endangered

14 Asiatic Black Bear or Himalayan Black Bear

Ursus thibetanus thibetanus

Carnivora Vulnerable

15 Marbled Polecat Vormela peregusna Carnivora Least Concern

16 Common Red Fox Vulpes vulpes Carnivora Near Threatened

17 Asian or Eastern Barbastelle Barbastella leucomelas Chiroptera Data Deficient

18 Dark Whiskered Bat Myotis muricola Chiroptera Least Concern

19 Whiskered Bat (extra-limital) Myotis mystacinus Chiroptera Vulnerable

20 Leisler's Noctule or Hairy-armed Bat Nyctalus leisleri Chiroptera Endangered

21 Mountain Noctule Nyctalus montanus Chiroptera Near Threatened

22 Indian Pipistrelle Pipistrellus coromandra Chiroptera Least Concern

23 Himalayan Pipistrelle Pipistrellus javanicus Chiroptera Least Concern

24 Least Pipistrelle Pipistrellus tenuis Chiroptera Least Concern

25 Greater Horseshoe Bat Rhinolophus ferrumequinum

Chiroptera Vulnerable

26 Lesser Horseshoe Bat Rhinolophus hipposideros

Chiroptera Vulnerable

27 Larger Rat-railed Bat or Mouse-tailed Bat

Rhinopoma microphyllum

Chiroptera Least Concern

28 Fulvous Fruit Bat Rousettus leschenaultii Chiroptera Least Concern

29 Common Yellow-bellied Bat or Desert scotophil Bat

CSCotophilus heathii Chiroptera Least Concern

30 Pale Grey Shrew Crocidura pergrisea Insectivora Least Concern

31 Asiatic White-toothed Shrew Crocidura pullata Insectivora Least Concern

32 Asiatic Pygmy Shrew Sorex thibetanus Insectivora Near Threatened


Page 4-29

No. Common Name Species General

Type National Status

33 Savi's Pygmy Shrew Suncus etruscus Insectivora Least Concern

34 House Shrew or Musk Shrew Suncus murinus Insectivora Least Concern

35 Indian Hare or Black-naped Hare Lepus nigricollis Lagomorpha Least Concern

36 Indian Pangolin or Scaly Anteater Manis crassicaudata Pholidota Vulnerable

37 Royle's High Mountain Vole Alticola roylei Rodentia Least Concern

38 Field Mouse Apodemus pallipes Rodentia Data Deficient

39 Mouse-like Hamster Calomyscus bailwardi Rodentia Least Concern

40 Migratory Hamster or Grey Hamster Cricetulus migratorius Rodentia Least Concern

41 Northern Palm Squirrel or Five-striped Palm Squirrel

Funambulus pennantii Rodentia Least Concern

42 Small Kashmir Flying Squirrel Hylopetes fimbriatus Rodentia Vulnerable

43 Indian Crested Porcupine Hystrix indica Rodentia Near Threatened

44 Little Indian Field Mouse Mus booduga Rodentia Least Concern

45 House Mouse Mus musculus Rodentia Least Concern

46 Roof Rat or House Rat Rattus rattus Rodentia Least Concern

47 Turkestan Rat Rattus turkestanicus Rodentia Least Concern

48 Indian Gerbil or Antelope Rat Tatera indica Rodentia Least Concern

49 Ardea cinerea Grey Heron Crane/Egret No Data

50 Mesophoyx intermedia Intermediate Egret Crane/Egret No Data

51 Egretta garzetta Little Egret Crane/Egret No Data

52 Grus grus Common Crane Crane/Egret No Data

53 Anthropoides virgo Demoiselle Crane Crane/Egret No Data

54 Melanoperdix niger Black Partridge Pheasant No Data

55 Perdix perdix Grey Partridge Pheasant No Data

56 Alectoris chukar Chukar Partridge Pheasant No Data

57 Ammoperdix griseogularis See-see Partridge Pheasant No Data

58 Lophophorus impeyanus Himalayan Monal Pheasant No Data

59 Pucrasia macrolopha Koklass Pheasant No Data

60 Catreus wallichii Cheer Pheasant No Data

61 Pycnonotus leucogenys Himalayan Bulbul Bird No Data Source: CAMP, IUCN (2003) Status and Red List of Pakistan’s Mammals Iftikhar uz Zamana (2008) Conservation of Pheasants in North West Frontier Province (NWFP), Pakistan.

4.3.3 Flora

The project area is located in the dry subtropical temperate semi-evergreen scrub vegetation

area of Pakistan (Roberts 1991). Scientific literature regarding floral diversity of this area is

limited, Table 4.6 presents the major flora of the area. The detailed list of the fauna found in the

area is attached as annexure.

Table 4.6: Common Flora in FATA

Common Names Botanical Name Habitat

Phulai Acacia modesta Mountain/hill slopes and dry streambeds

Kikar Acacia nilotica Agricultural areas

Baza Adhatoda vesica Mountain and hill slopes habitat

- Aristida sp. Mountain and hill slopes habitat

- Calatropis prorera Agricultural areas

Caper tree, Leafless caper bush, Kira, Karir, Dela, Kreeta, Karer

Capparis decidua Habitat extends from agricultural areas to the base of mountains and hills

Surmal Cenchrus ciliaris Mountain and hill slopes habitat


Page 4-30


- Chrysopogan sp. Mountain and hill slopes habitat

Sebestan plum, Clammy cherry, Lasuri, Lasora

Cordia dichotoma A polygamo-dioecious tree.

Sebestan plum, Clammy cherry, Lasora

Cordia myxa A polygamo-dioecious tree.

Sargara Cymbopogon jwarancusa

Mountain and hill slopes habitat

scutch grass Cynodan dactylon Stony Plain habitat between agricultural lands and extends to the base of mountains and hills

Sanatha Dadonea viscose Dry streambeds

Bluestem Dicanthium sp. Stony Plain habitat between agricultural lands and extends to the base of mountains and hills

- Dodonaea viscose Mountain and hill slopes habitat

Lachi Euclyptu camaldanus

Agricultural areas

- Fagonia sp. Mountain and hill slopes habitat

White spurry, Anzirai, Gunghi Grewia tenax Small, depressed shrub, found in and semiarid plains and hills arid.

Saxaul Haloxylon sp. Stony Plain habitat between agricultural lands and extends to the base of mountains and hills

Rushes Juncus sp. Riparian areas, lowland plains along the banks of rivers and large streams

Gurgura Monotheca buxifolia

Small shrub found in hilly area

Dwarf palm, Mazri palm, Patha, Mazri, Mazairay

Nannorrhops ritchiana

Perennial, gregarious, usually small tufted palm, found in sandy hilly areas.

Indian lotus, Kanwal, Behi Nelumbo nucifera Perennial submerged herb.

- Octhocloa compressa

Stony Plain habitat between agricultural lands and extends to the base of mountains and hills

Aster Parthenium sp. Agricultural areas

Weeds Periploca aphylla Dry streambeds

Karer Poganum harmala

Agricultural areas

Honey Mesquite Prosopis glandulosa


Mesquite Prosopis juliflora Mountain and hill slopes habitat

Weeds Pteropyrum sp Riparian areas, lowland plains along the banks of rivers and large streams

Gandeer Rhazya stricta Dry streambeds and mountain/hill slopes habitat

Kans grass Saccharum spontanium


Tooth brush tree, Jhal, Khabbar, Pilu, Peelo

Salvadora oleoides

Shrub or small tree found in rocky slopes and sandy area.

Tooth brush tree, Jhal, Plaman, Pilu

Salvadora persica Shrub or small tree found in rocky slopes and sandy area.

Sage Salvia sp. Agricultural areas

Black nightshade Solanum nigrum Agricultural areas

Yellow-Berried Nightshade Solanum surratanse

Agricultural areas

- Spora mollis Mountain and hill slopes habitat

Athel pine Tamarix aphylla Riparian areas and agricultural areas, lowland plains along the banks of rivers and large streams

Dandelion Traxicum sp. Agricultural areas


Page 4-31


Bulrush Typha doninanse Riparian areas, lowland plains along the banks of rivers and large streams

Shapyanga Withania coagulanse

Habitat extends from mountain/hill slopes to agricultural areas

Indian jujube, Ber, Bera Zizyphus mauritiana

Cultivated and self sown throughout the area in arid and semi-arid area.

Jher, Beri, Karkanra Zizyphus numularia

Shrub or small tree found in arid and semi-arid region usually in hilly area.

Source: H. Ahmad, S. Khan, A. Khan and M. Hamayun (2003) Ethnobotanical Resources of Manikhel Forests, Orakzai Tirah, Pakistan S. K. Marwat, Fazal-ur-Rehman, K. Usman, A. A. Khakwani, S. Ghulam, N. Anwar, M. Sadiq and S. J. Khan (2011) Medico-ethnobotanical studies of edible wild fruit plants species from the flora of north western Pakistan

4.3.4 Protected Areas

There are no protected areas, along the project road, and in the FATA regions as per list of

protected area defined in National Conservation Strategy.

4.3.5 Endangered Species

The project area does not have any endangered, threatened, or vulnerable species. Withania

samnifera and Aerva pseudotomentosa are available but these cannot be regarded as rare,

because they are frequently observed at different locations in the area.

4.3.6 Forest

Of the total 25.0% of the land in the project area is cultivated. Natural forest cover amounts to

approximately 1.0% of the total area (Bajaur has 8.76% reported forest cover and Orakzai has

3.25%). The proposed route for each section of the road has been aligned on the existing tracks,

field surveys and satellite imagery show that none of the proposed alignments will affect the

forest cover in the area and no natural forest is expected to be removed during the construction

of these road sections.

Table 4.7: Land Use and Forest Area in FATA and Project Agencies

Type Unit FATA Bajaur Orakzai

Area Sq. Km 27,220 1,290 1,538

Cultivable Area 1000 hectares 390.17 86.29 19.76

Irrigated Area 1000 hectares 83.24 19.92 2.21

Forest Area 1000 hectares 43.18 11.3 5

Irrigated Area as % of Cultivated % 38.5 26.52 13.55

Forest Area as % of Reported Area, % 1.59 8.76 3.25

Land Use Intensity % 55.14 87.03 82.54 Source: SBF Mainstreaming FATA, 2009


Page 4-32

4.4 Social Environment

This section presents a description of the socioeconomic characteristics of the project area, and

where available utilizes national and regional level data for providing a more cogent

understanding of the context. This social baseline analysis is based on:

primary data collected by conducting a systematic settlement survey targeting the

project area in the Bajaur and Orakzai Agencies to supplement the available surveys and

studies; and

Secondary data collated from previously published literature as well as national and

regional data.

The settlement survey was carried out over a period of ten days by two teams comprising a total

of four members. The methodology for the collection of primary data consisted of focus group

discussions and semi-structured interviews in the villages listed below, geared to provide

detailed qualitative social data. The villages included in Table 4.8 are seen as those villages that

will be directly affected by the project activities.

Focus group discussions and semi-structured interviews were chosen as the methodology in

order to, provide detailed information rapidly; to provide information on the many non-

measurable issues (for example, access to natural resources or the structure of social

institutions); and to ensure a more inclusive, participatory approach than what would have been

possible with individual questionnaires.

The Secondary data pertaining to the project area was drawn chiefly from the following sources :

Post-Crisis Needs Assessment (PCNA) KP & FATA, 2010

FATA Sustainable Development Plan (2006-2015)

Shaheed Bhutto Foundation FATA Figures

FATA Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey (MICS FATA), 2009

Rapid Needs Assessment Report of FATA, 2007

Table 4.8: Villages/Settlements in the Project Area

Bajaur Agency Orakzai Agency

Soorbat Kali Dop Sana

Pataselay Largi Tan

Landay Sharo Doghal

Tarry Dargi

Islam Dehrai Shamim Jan Kali

Khayathy Otti Kali

Bandegi Palosia

Kulala Mama Masai, Amber Khel & Hindikali



Page 4-33

Although every effort has been made to accurately present the socio-economic situation in the

project area, due to the unavailability of written records for most of the visited settlements,

demographic information is based on figures provided by the local representatives and therefore

may have a minor level of inaccuracy. Similarly, in several sections of the baseline, it is difficult to

describe longer-term trends due to the absence of a detailed social baseline of the project area

prior to the commencement of this ESIA study. Wherever any trends are presented, they have

been extrapolated for the area from statistical data collected by the government or other

secondary sources.

4.4.1 Social Setting

The project area is located in two agencies of the Federally Administered Tribal Areas of

Pakistan, namely the Bajaur Agency and the Orakzai Agency. In terms of ethnicity, clans, tribes

and socio-economic pattern the project area is diverse, but linguistically the area is almost

completely dominated by Pashto. General social pattern of the villages are almost the same with

little variance in the villages that have a mixed population. The social pattern of the villages is

intimately linked with the geography and environment of the area.

Bajaur was declared a Federally Administered Tribal Agency in December 1973. Prior to 1960,

Bajaur almost remained a semi-independent territory and was being treated as an inaccessible

area under the Political jurisdiction of the Political Agent, Malakand. The whole area was divided

among various Khans, i.e. the Khan of Khar, the Khan of Nawagai and the Khan of Pashat etc. In

1960, Bajaur was declared as a subdivision of Malakand Agency and an Assistant Political Agent

was appointed with his headquarter at Munda in the Dir district. The agency is divided into

seven Tehsils, namely Barang, Nawagai, Khar, Mamund, Salarzai, Utmankhel and Chamarkand.

The dominant tribe of Bajaur Agency is the Salarzai branch of the Tarkalanri tribe, which is

further sub-divided into different clans. The ruling family of Ibrahim Khel and Bram Khel (Khan

Khel) belongs to the Salarzai tribe. Most of the land in Khar, Jar, Raghagan, Lossum, Pashat and

Babukara areas still belongs to these Khans.

The Orakzai Agency, which takes its name from the Orakzai tribe that inhabits the area, was

established as an agency in December 1973. The Orakzai Agency is the second smallest agency of

FATA after Bajaur. The whole of the territory of Orakzai is a mountainous tract dissected by

numerous dry water courses. The two major perennial water streams are the Mastura and

Khanki Toi both of which originate in the hills to the West and run to the East. There are two

tribes in the agency, the Orakzai and the Daulatzai. The agency has two main Islamic sects Sunni

and Shia. Lower Orakzai Tehsil is mixture of both sects. The other three Tehsils Upper Tehsil,

Ismailzai Tehsil and Central Tehsil are entirely Sunni.

4.4.2 Population

According to the 1998 Population Census population of FATA was around 3.2 million. Currently

the population of FATA is projected around 3.9 million, with a population density of 141 persons

per square kilometer. The project focuses on the Bajaur and Orakzai agencies having a

respective population of 865,560 and 272,990. The gender distribution of the FATA region is 52%

males and 48% females. In the national population census carried out in 1998, only the male

population was counted, resulting in an unavailability of data on different age groups and


Page 4-34

females in the population. For the purpose of this study, this particular data was extrapolated

from the demographics of the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa province of Pakistan.

The primary data collected in the project settlements is quite close to the available population

data for the region, with minor variations in the small settlements. The family size (persons per

household) in Bajaur is 8.3 whereas in the project areas it is about 8.9 and in Orakzai is 10.3 with

the project area data presenting 11.9 persons per household. Table 4.9 presents population and

household details in the project area and the region.

Table 4.9: Population Data for Bajaur and Orakzai

Area/Settlement Number of Households

Population Persons per Household

% Male Population

% Female Population


Soorbat Kali 60 680 11.33 52.94 47.06

Pataselay 200 1,600 8.00 51.38 48.63

Landay 50 470 9.40 51.91 48.09

Tarry 305 2,400 7.87 49.38 50.63

Islam Dehrai 125 1,150 9.20 54.35 45.65

Khayathy 980 9,600 9.80 52.55 47.45

Bandegi 310 2,250 7.26 50.89 49.11

Kulala 1,200 10,500 8.75 52.86 47.14

Project Area Total 3,230 28,650 8.87 52.27 47.73

Bajaur Agency Total* 104,592 865,560 8.28 51.26 48.74

-


Dop Sana 110 1,560 14.18 49.36 50.64

Largi Tan 150 2,550 17.00 50.86 49.14

Sharo Doghal 40 510 12.75 53.92 46.08

Dargi 220 2,350 10.68 50.85 49.15

Shamim Jan Kali 30 280 9.33 48.93 51.07

Otti Kali 90 1,300 14.44 49.23 50.77

Palosia 380 4,250 11.18 52.35 47.65


295 2,560 8.68 50.86 49.14


170 2,250 13.24 50.53 49.47


Orakzai Agency Total* 26,572 272,986 10.27 50.02 49.98

-

FATA Agency Total** 438,946 3,846,188 8.76 52.01 47.99 * Source: FATA Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey (MICS FATA), 2009 ** Source: Shaheed Bhutto Foundation FATA Figures

The region as a whole has a young population, with children (under 15 years) accounting for

almost 44 % of the population and older persons (65+) accounting for only 2.6 percent of the

population. This trend is reflected in the project area, with approximately half of village

populations falling under 16 years of age. Detailed age distribution in the project area is given in

Table 4.10.


Page 4-35

Table 4.10: Age/Gender Distribution in the Project Area

Area/Settlement Total

Population

Children below 15 years (%)

Active population

15–64 years (%)

Aged population 65–above

(%)

Male Population

(%)

Female Population

(%)


Soorbat Kali 680 44.12 49.26 6.62 50.74 49.26

Pataselay 1,600 51.13 46.69 2.19 50.13 49.88

Landay 470 41.06 50.85 8.09 49.36 50.64

Tarry 2,400 49.79 49.17 1.04 48.96 51.04

Islam Dehrai 1,150 59.13 38.26 2.61 52.61 47.39

Khayathy 9,600 44.27 54.27 1.46 52.60 47.40

Bandegi 2,250 46.67 49.78 3.56 49.33 50.67

Kulala 10,500 48.86 47.43 3.71 52.00 48.00

Project Area Total 28,650 47.53 49.74 2.73 51.58 48.42

Bajaur Agency Total*

865,560 42.00 55.70 2.40 51.26 48.74

-


Dop Sana 1,560 46.15 48.08 5.77 50.32 49.68

Largi Tan 2,550 51.57 44.00 4.43 49.22 50.78

Sharo Doghal 510 47.06 47.45 5.49 50.39 49.61

Dargi 2,350 51.06 45.53 3.40 48.94 51.06

Shamim Jan Kali 280 56.43 39.64 3.93 48.93 51.07

Otti Kali 1,300 53.46 41.54 5.00 49.23 50.77

Palosia 4,250 49.84 48.52 1.65 51.76 48.24


2,560 44.92 50.39 4.69 50.86 49.14


2,250 45.02 49.20 5.78 50.53 49.47


Orakzai Agency Total*

272,986 44.70 52.90 2.70 50.02 49.98

-

FATA Agency Total**

3,846,188 43.40 54.00 2.60 52.01 47.99

* Source: FATA Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey (MICS FATA), 2009 **Source: Shaheed Bhutto Foundation FATA Figures

4.4.3 Community/Social Structure

Tribes or clans, such as Salarzai, Mamund, Chamarkand, Charmang and Nawagai in Bajaur

Agency and Bosti Khel, Sherakki, Tor Saparis and Zarghun Khels in the Orakzai Agency, define

major identity markers in the FATA region. Within the tribes there are several sub-divisions in

the form of sub-clans and families. Most of the settlements alongside the project area replicate

the social pattern prevalent in the agencies. The population in the project area lives under a

strict and established tribal system. In the tribal and traditional society the females are usually

under reported, especially the names of females are not mentioned by respondents to male

surveyors / enumerators. Also, the tribals are generally reluctant to register the new born

female babies because of the tribal tradition. Even for the overall population, there is no proper


Page 4-36

system of keeping records of birth and death rate at district level especially in rural areas. The

tribes/clans according to the survey are presented as Table 4.11 and 4.12.

Table 4.11: Major Tribes/Clans in Bajaur Agency Project Area


Population Iman Khel

(%) Miangan

(%) Sahibzadagan

(%) Salarzai

(%) Mamund

(%)


Soorbat Kali 680 50.00 30.00 20.00 0.00 0.00

Pataselay 1,600 70.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 0.00

Landay 470 40.00 0.00 0.00 35.00 25.00

Tarry 2,400 60.00 0.00 0.00 30.00 10.00

Islam Dehrai 1,150 80.00 0.00 0.00 5.00 15.00

Khayathy 9,600 70.00 0.00 0.00 25.00 5.00

Bandegi 2,250 60.00 0.00 0.00 40.00 0.00

Kulala 10,500 70.00 0.00 0.00 20.00 10.00

Project Area Total

28,650 67.81 0.71 0.47 23.81 7.19

Table 4.12: Major Tribes/Clans in Orakzai Agency Project Area


Population Syed (%)

Abdulaziz Khel (%)

Hwedat Khel (%)

Mani Khel (%)

Saparis (%)


Dop Sana 1,560 15.00 30.00 55.00 0.00 0.00

Largi Tan 2,550 10.00 0.00 55.00 35.00 0.00

Sharo Doghal 510 0.00 0.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

Dargi 2,350 0.00 0.00 100.00 0.00 0.00

Shamim Jan Kali 280 35.00 0.00 55.00 0.00 10.00

Otti Kali 1,300 0.00 10.00 30.00 0.00 60.00

Palosia 4,250 15.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 85.00


2,560 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 100.00


2,250 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 100.00


Most of populations in the project live in a close-knit joint family that is rather extended. The

underlying factor for this is mainly poverty, close family marriages, tribal homogeneity and

kinship. As discussed earlier the household size in the project areas ranges from 8 to 11 persons,

with an overall FATA average of 8.8 persons per family.

4.4.4 Poverty Status

In terms of economic activity, the region is generally very poor. Traditionally the local people

managed to survive in this harsh terrain by utilizing the available resources, as meager as they

may be, in a very calculated way maintaining equilibrium with nature. However, with the

increased interface of the region with the outside world, an increase in population that

coincided with decreasing landholding has put strains on the local resources. As a result, in the

project area and the region at large, some people have opted for new professions like mining

and service in the armed forces for alternate source of income, but very limited livelihood base


Page 4-37

has thwarted upward mobility of the people. In addition, youth form a bulk of the total

population but a severe lack of facilities for education hinders the efforts of the local youth to

enter into a more diverse job market outside of the Bajaur and Orakzai agencies. There is high

unemployment and nominal initiatives are set in place from the government side for the

economic uplift of the people in project area. As a corollary, poverty is rampant in the villages of

the project area. Main causes for the economic disparity of the region as compared to the rural

areas of KP and Punjab are as follows:

A significant proportion of population is practicing agriculture on highly limited

agricultural land that is mainly rain-fed.

In general due to lack of opportunities and literacy, the rate of unemployment is high.

Absence of major industries and under developed agriculture and livestock sectors do

not form a potential for labor absorption. As a result, the project is expected to have a

healthy effect on the labor and employment market of the project area.

Table 4.13: Income and Landholding in the Project Area


Households

Per Household Annual Income

(Rs.)

Total Population

Per Capital Annual

Income (Rs.)

Cultivable Land per Household

(kanals)


Soorbat Kali 60 154,281 680 13,613 33.33

Pataselay 200 91,135 1,600 11,392 15.20

Landay 50 155,407 470 16,533 38.40

Tarry 305 79,854 2,400 10,148 17.05

Islam Dehrai 125 100,785 1,150 10,955 13.44

Khayathy 980 102,684 9,600 10,482 15.35

Bandegi 310 79,417 2,250 10,942 17.55

Kulala 1,200 64,986 10,500 7,427 11.00

Project Area Total 3,230 85,276 28,650 9,614 14.71

-


Dop Sana 110 95,607 1,560 6,742 13.09

Largi Tan 150 110,827 2,550 6,519 13.87

Sharo Doghal 40 155,894 510 12,227 18.00

Dargi 220 62,623 2,350 5,863 10.18

Shamim Jan Kali 30 113,467 280 12,157 12.00

Otti Kali 90 129,069 1,300 8,936 11.56

Palosia 380 111,414 4,250 9,962 10.95


295 88,063 2,560 10,148 9.76


170 132,799 2,250 10,034 14.59

Project Area Total 1,485 103,074 17,610 8,692 11.72

4.4.5 Industries and Livelihoods

Majority of people in the project area are unemployed. More than 80% of population is still

engaged with sustenance agriculture. A small fraction of population is serving in government,


Page 4-38

whereas a very small number of persons are engaged in entrepreneurship and employment in

the private sector. Employment and unemployment in the project area is reflected in Table 4.14.

There are no significant industries along the project road. More settled conditions are required

for encouraging more industrial development in the region. Majority of people in the project

area are engaged with agriculture and livestock, but it is mostly for sustenance purpose not for

commercial. The commercial potential of agriculture is stymied by diminishing landholdings as

villages now have more people whereas the available land remains the same. Furthermore,

individual landholdings are getting smaller and smaller due to the practiced custom of land being

divided amongst the children as inheritance upon the death of the father. This has forced people

to opt for other professions such as government and non-government jobs, individual businesses

and working in mainland Pakistan or overseas. Generally, unemployment is very high in the

project area. Even sustenance agriculture cannot provide enough yields for the whole year. As

majority of people in the project area are not widely educated they migrate to nearby areas in

search of odd jobs or any kind of labor. Government services are a cherished source of livelihood

for many. Agricultural farming, micro-level entrepreneurial activities and working on daily wage

basis are also major sources employment in the agency.

Table 4.14: Livelihoods in the Project Area

Sector Area/Settlement

% Engaged in Agriculture, Farming & Livestock Herding

% Employed in Business, Govt., Pvt & Others

Male Female Male Female


Soorbat Kali 63.64 84.38 25.00 0.00

Pataselay 67.45 75.68 24.51 0.00

Landay 69.26 68.75 27.52 0.00

Tarry 68.21 68.87 22.56 0.00

Islam Dehrai 46.23 85.61 29.81 0.00

Khayathy 87.40 97.71 12.05 0.00

Bandegi 83.41 94.02 15.45 0.00

Kulala 84.60 91.14 8.17 0.00

Project Area Total 81.40 90.10 13.47 0.00

-


Dop Sana 61.05 82.32 17.44 0.00

Largi Tan 65.09 70.83 16.51 0.00

Sharo Doghal 71.00 72.73 27.50 0.00

Dargi 64.75 65.55 8.33 0.00

Shamim Jan Kali 47.46 78.57 30.51 0.00

Otti Kali 53.00 72.13 17.33 0.00

Palosia 68.49 76.31 17.29 0.00


54.56 73.65 15.90 0.00


73.15 78.66 10.90 0.00

Project Area Total 64.22 74.29 15.49 0.00


Page 4-39

4.4.6 Education

Though there are schools (nearly all supported by government) in many of the settlements of

the project area, three of the visited settlements in the Orakzai Agency lack any education

facility. The available schools do not adequately address the educational needs of the populace;

particularly for the girls and a major focus area for education should be schools for girls in the

region. The current education scenario is presented in the Table 4.15.

Table 4.15: Education Facilities in the Project Area

Area/Settlement

Primary Schools

Middle Schools High Schools Higher Secondary

Schools

Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female


Soorbat Kali 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0

Pataselay 0 2 1 0 0 0 0 0

Landay 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

Tarry 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

Islam Dehrai 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Khayathy 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0

Bandegi 3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0

Kulala 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 0

Project Area Total 14 12 1 0 0 0 0 0

Bajaur Agency Total* 366 165 23 12 22 2 4 1

-


Dop Sana 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0

Largi Tan 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0

Sharo Doghal 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0

Dargi 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0

Shamim Jan Kali 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Otti Kali 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Palosia 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0


0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0


0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Project Area Total 4 3 0 3 1 0 0 0

Orakzai Agency Total* 226 174 16 10 22 4 2 1

-

FATA Agency Total * 2,628 1,905 287 136 226 32 30 15 * Source: FATA Sustainable Development Plan (2006-2015)

It is evident that the enrollment of girls is a problem that has resulted in an overall female

literacy rate of 3% compared to 29% for the males. Several factors have contributed to the

gender disparity in education. Those factors are related to the special socio-economic conditions

under the tribal setting where males are the main breadwinners. Parents are not investing in

girl’s education on the belief that girls are more productive at home, helping the mothers in

household tasks, collecting fire wood, fetching water, looking after the small brothers and

sisters, livestock grazing etc. Early marriage of girls and the tradition of “purdha” are also major

contributing factors. Table 4.16 provides an overview of the literacy and enrollment in the

region.


Page 4-40

Table 4.16: Literacy Rate and Enrollment in the Project Area

Area/Settlement Literacy Ratio (%)

Gross Enrollment up to Primary Level (%)

Male Female Total Male Female Total


Soorbat Kali - - - 78.57 62.50 70.00

Pataselay - - - 43.90 53.92 48.90

Landay - - - 0.00 96.94 49.22

Tarry - - - 27.50 18.49 23.01

Islam Dehrai - - - 22.22 0.00 11.76

Khayathy - - - 20.71 13.49 17.06

Bandegi - - - 54.72 36.54 45.71

Kulala - - - 44.31 11.24 27.68

Project Area Total - - - 35.22 18.96 27.06

Bajaur Agency Total* 22.32 3.38 13.41 58.77 14.42 36.07

-


Dop Sana - - - 73.53 55.26 63.89

Largi Tan - - - 0.00 12.12 6.08

Sharo Doghal - - - 0.00 48.00 25.00

Dargi - - - 80.67 0.00 40.00

Shamim Jan Kali - - - 0.00 0.00 0.00

Otti Kali - - - 88.24 0.00 43.17

Palosia - - - 88.95 30.48 59.96


- - - 0.00 0.00 0.00

Brado Sam, Lalpura & Twekali - - - 0.00 0.00 0.00

Project Area Total - - - 46.36 15.44 30.78

Orakzai Agency Total* 19.65 1.28 10.63 60.64 30.30 45.04

-

FATA Agency Total* 29.50 3.00 17.40 61.37 29.49 44.83 *Source: Shaheed Bhutto Foundation FATA Figures

4.4.7 Political Parties

There are many political parties in FATA and they try to mobilize political opinion in their favor.

However, tribal affiliation, religion and family kinship are the main factors determining the shape

of political behavior. Important political parties are Jamiat-i-Ulmai–Islam (JUI), Pakistan Muslim

League (PML), Pakistan People’s Party (PPP) and Pakhtoonkhwa Milli Awami Party (PMAP) and

Pakistan Tehreek-e-Insaaf. The role of women in the politics is not significant.

4.4.8 Marriages

In the tribal system of the Bajaur and Orakzai agencies, the society is exceedingly patriarchal.

Marriages are, more often than not, arranged. Due to the practice of consistent segregation of

sexes there is no opportunity for boys or girls to choose their own spouses. The role of women in

decision-making concerning marriage is limited to some influence on selection of the bride for a

male family-member, based on her beauty and aptness in doing household chores. Girls have no

real say in their marriage despite the provision in Islamic Shariat that a woman has a right to

turn down a marriage offer.


Page 4-41

4.4.9 Social and Administrative Organization

Majority of the villagers still rely on the traditional tribal system for the resolution of conflicts

and managing the day-to-day affairs in the village. However, there is a limited role of the clergy

in the decision-making process, thereby bringing about a change in the power structure and

relations of the prevalent tribal system. Since most of the people are engaged with agricultural

practices, the tribal system is still relevant to a great extent because the villages were inhabited

under the old pattern of strictly adhered to tribal customs. Every settlement has its own tribal

elder/head or Malik, who is responsible for settling disputes and securing the interest of his

tribe. In the tribal system women do not have any role in the decision-making process. Every

problem of the community is resolved through tribal ‘Jirga’ or the council of tribal elders.

During the survey it was found that people still prefer the tribal Jirga as compared to modern

arbitration methods including the judicial system. The major cause of reliance on the tribal

system is the lack of trust in modern institutions. The Malik system introduced by the British

Govt: was the same in Orakzai and Bajaur Agency as functioning in other agencies of the FATA

region. Traditionally the Maliks have been working as the point of contact between the

administration and the tribe. Maliki is hereditary and devolves on the son and his son so on and

so forth, for which regular benefits and subsidies are sanctioned from time to time. In parallel,

‘Khasadars’ in agencies are another form of appointment within the tribes entrusted with the

protection of strategic roads and other Govt: utilities. They are working under the control of the

‘Political Agent’, and supervise levies ranging in ranks from subedar Major downward up to

sepoy. The Khasadars are appointed by the political Agent. Their recruitment is made in the ratio

of their tribal distribution, which is known as ‘Nikkat’.

Administratively the Political Agent is the overall in charge for the agency administration,

assisted by Assistant Political Agents. In case of Bajaur the agency headquarters is located at

Khar. Administratively, Bajaur Agency comprises of two sub-divisions, namely, Khar sub-division

and Nawagai sub-division under two Assistant Political Agents. Khar sub-division has further

been divided into three Tehsils, namely Khar, Salarzai, and Utmankhel, while Nawagai sub-

division consists of four tehsils, namely Chamarkand, Nawagai, Mamund and Barang. Thus, all

the seven Tehsils in the agency are under the charge of three Political Tehsildars and Political

Naib Tehsildars. In the Orakzai Agency there are two administrative sub-divisions Upper Orakzai

and Lower Orakzai. Each Sub-division consists of two tehsils. The Agency Headquarters is located

at Hangu, which geographically happens to be outside the agency.

Though FATA enjoys representation in the National Assembly of Pakistan, the laws framed by

the National Assembly do not apply in FATA unless so ordered by the President, who is also

empowered to issue regulations for the peace and good government of the tribal areas. Today,

FATA continues to be governed primarily through the Frontier Crimes Regulation (FCR) 1901. The

Governor of the KP administers it in his capacity as an agent to the President of Pakistan, under

the overall supervision of the Ministry of States and Frontier Regions in Islamabad (Khan, 2005).

4.4.10 Religious Beliefs

Almost entire population in the project area of Bajaur and Orakzai Agency are Muslims, in terms

of sect the population in Bajaur project area are 100 percent Sunni of Hanfi school, whereas


Page 4-42

entire population of Orakzai project area adhere to Shia Faith. No presence of any other religion

or sect was observed during the survey.

Religious functions are a significant force in the lives of all the people in FATA. Religious leaders

(Mullas) have a hold over a number of aspects of social life and some political parties are

organized along religious lines. Two major festivals observed in the project area are the religious

festivals of ‘Eid-ul-Fitr’ and ‘Eid-ul-Azha’. The people are strongly religious minded and tend to

practice the religious obligations meticulously. They, come what may, offer prayers five times a

day, observe Fasting in the month of Ramadhan and sacrifice animals on Eid-ul-Azha. The

however, do pay Zakat or perform Hajj and Umrah. In addition to Eids the Shia population

Orakzai Agency celebrate religious festivals like Ashura (mainly in the town of Hangu), Yom-e-Ali,

Navroz and Majalis-e-Aza. Most of the cultural festivals and sports are no more celebrated in the

villages of the project area.

4.4.11 Conflict Resolution

There is no major conflict among people on the basis of religion as majority belongs to one sect

in each segment of the project area. Even the relationship between different races, groups,

tribes and families is amicable. The small disputes within the communities are resolved through

the tribal Jirga and arbitration under the supervision of the Maliks.

All conflicts, including civil and criminal cases in FATA are decided under the Frontier Crimes

Regulation 1901 by a Jirga. Residents of the tribal areas may, however, approach the apex courts

(Supreme Court of Pakistan and Peshawar High Court) with a constitutional writ challenging a

decision issued under the 1901 Regulation. During the surveys it was learnt that normally there

are no major conflict within or with adjoined settlements/tribes, but sometimes a dispute

between two individuals, from two tribes, may generate tribal vendetta. Usually in such cases

the Jirga system is considered the only options for resolution of conflicts.

4.4.12 Custom of Carrying Fire Arms

Although the people in the area are inherently peaceful, yet it is customary among the people to

carry arms as a fashion or sign of prestige for tribal elders or notables. Advanced and automatic

weapons like Kalashnikov are preferred. The other reason for displaying arms is illiteracy and

tribal enmity.

Some people consider weapons as ornaments of men. Because of the war in Afghanistan and

influx of Afghan refugees into area, all sorts of weapons are smuggled into the extended project

area and are available at cheap prices.

4.4.13 Role, Position and Status of Women

Status of women is determined by the social pattern that clearly defines the role and

responsibilities of women and men in the different spaces and professions. Majority of the

women are engaged in agricultural activities and household chores. None of the women are

engaged in business or any other service sector job. The area in general is quite conservative,

and there is a clear cut differentiation in the fields where only men or women are allowed to

work.


Page 4-43

Women in tribal society for centuries have been victims of patriarchy, male chauvinism, social

discrimination, resource deprivation and denial of basic human rights. Despite constitutional and

legislative provisions, the customary law often prevails making it difficult for women to claim

their legal rights that are supposedly guaranteed. Although Islamic laws of inheritance provide a

share to daughter in father’s property but the local customs do not allow it. However, a person

can bestow gift to his daughter, sister or wife in his lifetime, again treating a woman with no

rights to the property.

In most of the social grouping men hold a monopoly of power in the public arena. In the political

arena, local level chiefs and tribal heads are always men, so are the members of the local council

of elders or Jirga. Religious leaders in authority are all males and men set local codes of value.

This includes denial of basic human rights as well as the inheritance rights to women as

stipulated by Islam.

The economic participation of women is different from that of men. Women participate in both

indoor and outdoor duties that are considered to be a free labor. Women fetch water, collect

fuel wood, look after animals, fetch fodder for cattle, process milk into butter, sour milk and

cheese, and work with wool. They are fully responsible for cooking, cleaning and taking care of

children and other dependent members. Some women are very good at producing handicrafts.

The traditional polygamy keeps them victims of ‘inferiority’ complexes. The family, including the

husband treats the women without children as an outsider.

4.4.14 Migration

All the settlements in the project areas of both Orakzai and Bajaur are tightly knit tribal societies.

There has been no major in and out migration in the villages during last 7 years in the project

area. In the total population of more than 46,000 people, only a combined 25 cases of

households migrating out of the area occurred. These out-migrations took place in both the

Bajaur and Orakzai segments of the project area. The main cause for the leaving the village was

better education for the children and economic opportunities in the urban centers of FATA and

KP (namely to Peshawar and Kohat). In terms of in-migration, many settlements consist of inter-

related families and generally do not allow alien tribes/races to settle in the village. Though the

villagers do tend to migrate seasonally from one location to another but they retain their

ownership in the village.

4.4.15 Housing

Most of the settlements in the project area are small and mid-sized villages with a mix of

concrete/masonry and traditional/mud houses. A typical middle class house in the region has a

guest room, toilet, kitchen, separate bathroom and a courtyard. In newly constructed houses

attached bathroom with flush is an important feature. In rural areas the guest room (called the

hujra) is more spacious than the other rooms and the courtyards are generally very spacious.

Toilets are located at the other end of the courtyard and are usually without any flush system.

Many people of rural area still use fields as open latrines.

The majority of families in the FATA region live in separate houses or part of compounds. Land is

abundant and nonproductive and, therefore, there is no limitation on the occupation of land for


Page 4-44

house construction in most areas. Many families construct big compounds with separate houses

for different relatives, mostly for grandsons. On average, 85.8% of households have separate

house/compound, while 11.2% have part of a house or compound.

Figure 4.21: A Typical Dense Settlement in FATA

Figure 4.22: Settlement with Agricultural Land in FATA

There is no tradition of living in apartments and less than one percent of occupants were

observed in flats/apartments in FATA. In urban areas, flats/apartments are becoming popular

due to scarcity of land, with 2.6% of households dwelling in flats/apartments. Many families in

poor communities cannot afford to construct adequate rooms within their house. As a result,

many family members sleep in one room and/ or keep livestock in the same room. This results in

a number of diseases, see Table 4.17 for details.

Table 4.17: Housing Data in the Project Area



Masonry Houses (%)

Mud/ Traditional Houses (%)


Soorbat Kali 60 680 11.33 15.00 85.00

Pataselay 200 1,600 8.00 17.50 82.50

Landay 50 470 9.40 10.00 90.00

Tarry 305 2,400 7.87 8.20 91.80

Islam Dehrai 125 1,150 9.20 8.00 92.00

Khayathy 980 9,600 9.80 6.63 93.37

Bandegi 310 2,250 7.26 12.90 87.10

Kulala 1,200 10,500 8.75 12.50 87.50


Bajaur Agency Total* 104,592 865,560 8.28 50.69 49.31

-


Dop Sana 110 1,560 14.18 13.64 86.36

Largi Tan 150 2,550 17.00 16.67 83.33

Sharo Doghal 40 510 12.75 15.00 85.00

Dargi 220 2,350 10.68 15.91 84.09

Shamim Jan Kali 30 280 9.33 26.67 73.33

Otti Kali 90 1,300 14.44 13.33 86.67

Palosia 380 4,250 11.18 10.53 89.47

Mama Masai, Amber 295 2,560 8.68 8.47 91.53


Page 4-45



Masonry Houses (%)

Mud/ Traditional Houses (%)

Khel & Hindikali


170 2,250 13.24 14.71 85.29


Orakzai Agency Total* 26,572 272,986 10.27 42.80 57.20

-

FATA Agency Total* 438,946 3,846,188 8.76 50.69 49.31 * Source: Rapid Needs Assessment Report of FATA, 2007

4.4.16 Services and Amenities Available in the Area

4.4.16.1 Energy/Power Sources

Where available, electricity is mostly used for lightning, cooking and heating purposes in the

settlements. Electricity is being provided to all the settlements in the project area through the

national grid. Due to the current energy shortfall the Pakistan, FATA is also faced with the energy

crisis. This power shortage forces the villagers to use firewood from adjacent forests and cutting

village trees for heating and cooking purposes. For lighting purposes LPG and kerosene are also

used, but only by the economically stable households. In terms of cost, electricity is the cheapest

power source for the villagers, as the population of FATA does not pay any electricity bills. Forest

wood is also a financial viable alternative for the villages for heating and cooking, as they can get

it free from the village owned forests. But in terms of economic cost an annually average

household consumes about 100 to 150 mounds of wood with an estimated market price of Rs.

400 per mound amounting to Rs. 40,000 to 60,000 per annum. Annually, the project area

consumes about 23,500 metric tons of firewood for household use, most of which is used in

winters for heating and cooking.

4.4.16.2 Telecommunication

In the project area, the network of telecommunication is still lagging behind the national and

regional coverage. In terms of landline telephones and cellular phones, there is a stark contrast

between Bajaur and Orakzai. The project area segment in Bajaur has 100 % mobile coverage,

through private telecom companies, with 12% of the population using cell phones. Whereas in

the Orakzai segment of the project area the mobile coverage is very limited, less than 1 percent

of the population has access to mobile phones. In terms of telephone lines, the project area

segment in Bajaur has no landline connections, whereas the major telecommunication means in

the Orakzai segment is landline telephone with 18.5% of the population having access to the

facility. Table 4.18 provides details regarding the facilities.

4.4.16.3 Radio and Television

Government-owned TV and Radio, Pakistan Television (PTV) and ‘Radio Pakistan’ are available in

parts of the Bajaur and Orakzai agencies. Both TV and radio services are operated from the

Peshawar center. FM wavelength radio services are also available in many parts of the FATA.

Currently no cable networks are available in the areas.


Page 4-46

Table 4.18: Services and Amenities Available in the Area

Agency

% Population Access to Facilities

Electricity

Gas Radio TV Telepho

ne Mobile phone

Computer

Internet

Bajaur Project Area Total

100.00 5.30 NA NA 0.00 12.14 NA NA


77.30 2.30 49.20 9.30 10.90 17.20 2.90 1.10

Orakzai Project Area Total

100.00 3.50 NA NA 18.52 0.58 NA NA


68.60 2.50 55.70 14.00 18.30 7.90 1.90 0.50

-

FATA Total* 69.70 2.90 64.10 20.90 18.30 29.60 4.50 1.90

FATA Urban Total*

98.70 15.20 74.80 69.50 45.50 76.10 17.60 8.00

FATA Rural Total*

68.40 2.30 63.60 18.80 17.10 27.60 3.90 1.60

*Source: FATA Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey (MICS FATA), 2009

4.4.17 Transport and Accessibility

FATA has 5399 km of road out of which 3398 km are high type whereas 2001 km are low type,

according to the estimates of 2005. Form the total mentioned above about 674 km long roads

are located in Bajaur and 513 km in Orakzai agency. Construction of roads as part of the

proposed project will not only add more length to the existing road network, but will also aid in

the economic development in the area.

Being situated in a harsh terrain, transport to major towns of the region is quite difficult for the

population of the project area. All the larger villages have their own transport facility, in the

form of pickups and jeeps, with daily services to major towns and urban centers of Kohat, Hangu

and Khar. Compulsory foot walk is a norm at the village level.

Table 4.19: Roads in the FATA Region

Total Roads (Kms) High Type (Kms) Low Type (Kms)

Road per Sq. Km. of Area

Bajaur Agency Total* 673.79 372.05 301.74 0.52


513.32 285.24 228.08 0.33

FATA Total* 5398.72 3398.06 2000.66 0.20 * Source: SBF Mainstreaming FATA, 2009

4.4.18 Health

A major problem in the project area is of health services. For a total population of about 46,200

there are no hospitals. The project area segment located in Bajaur has only 3 basic health units,

2 dispensaries and 1 private clinic for a population of 28,600. In Orakzai the situation is even

worse with just 1 BHU, 1 dispensary and a private clinic for a population of 17,600 people of the

project area. Another significant aspect of the health sector is that many of the facilities are

concentrated in the larger towns that leave the smaller villages without any significant facilities

and trained personal. Additionally the area covered by the project also lack any trained midwives


Page 4-47

or health workers, leaving the inhabitants vulnerable and exposed to risk of diseases and

epidemics.

In FATA as a whole, health facilities are totally inadequate in terms of availability and quality.

The state of public social services is even more devastating for women as the lack of

reproductive health facilities endangers the lives of women. However, it has been seen that even

in areas where government has provided infrastructure and staff, the utilization of these

faculties remain low. This is attributable to factors such as a lack of awareness about the

importance of reproductive health care and cultural limitations of female mobility in a tradition

bound area. Often, the rural health centers are located at a distance, necessitating considerable

expense of money or time for a visit making preventive healthcare a luxury which the poor

cannot afford. The coverage of health facilities in the project area is presented as Table 4.20.

Table 4.20: Health Facilities and Coverage in the Project Area

Number of Facilities

Hospital Dispensary R.H.Cs B.H.Us Beds

Bajaur Agency Total* 2 8 2 20 211

Orakzai Agency Total* 3 16 2 25 108

FATA Total* 33 302 8 172 1,654

-

Health Coverage

Pop. Per Bed Doctors Pop. Per Doctor Nurses Pop. Per Nurse

Bajaur Agency Total* 4102 129 6710 22 39343

Orakzai Agency Total* 2527 50 5460 4 68246

FATA Total* 2,325 550 6,993 117 32,873 * Source: SBF Mainstreaming FATA, 2009 & Shaheed Bhutto Foundation FATA Figures

Although the diseases vary from one area to the other and among genders, however, due to lack

of clean drinking water and sanitation facilities, digestive problems, dysentery and respiratory

diseases are very common in the project area. Osteoporosis in women and pneumonia in

children are also quite common pointing to the dietary deficiencies and cold winter

temperatures. Table 4.21 lists the major ailments reported in the project area.

Table 4.21: Major Ailments and Prevalence Reported in the Project Area

Major Ailments Prevalence in Men Prevalence in Women Prevalence in Children

Allergies 6.00 1.41 1.49

Anemia 0.00 8.45 0.00

Blood Pressure 2.00 4.23 0.00

Cancer 4.00 1.41 0.00

Diabetes 6.00 1.41 0.00

Digestive Problems 30.00 14.08 0.00

Dysentery 0.00 0.00 25.37

Heart Diseases 4.00 2.82 0.00

Hepatitis 18.00 7.04 5.97

Kidney Problems 4.00 2.82 0.00

Malaria 6.00 9.86 13.43

Osteoporosis 0.00 22.54 0.00

Pneumonia 0.00 0.00 13.43

Reproductive Diseases 0.00 7.04 0.00

Respiratory Diseases 12.00 12.68 19.40


Page 4-48

Major Ailments Prevalence in Men Prevalence in Women Prevalence in Children

Skin Diseases 2.00 2.82 14.93

Tuberculosis 4.00 1.41 0.00

Typhoid 2.00 0.00 5.97

Apart for the common diseases, there are about 129 physical or mentally challenged people in

the project area, the ratio being 3 in every 1000 individuals.

4.4.18.1 Drinking and Domestic Water

Drinking water in FATA is obtained through different sources. Tube wells, hand pumps, wells,

rivers and springs. Tube wells have become the major source of water supply, using plastic pipes.

All the villages in the project area have some source of water for drinking, household use and

irrigation. The population of the project area located in Bajaur depends solely on tube wells for

all the water needs save for some dependence on rain fed agriculture. On the other had the

people in Orakzai area depend on a mix of tube wells, pipelines, water channels and rains fed

streams.

Although not very dominant, but due to lack of proper care drinking water in the project area is

subject to contamination mostly due to sharing with livestock and exposure to dust. This leads to

significant increase in cases of digestive and kidney disorders.

4.4.18.2 Sanitation

The project is located in the rural setting; the overall hygienic conditions and the prevalent

sanitation systems are not satisfactory. In the project area, only 9 % people have covered pit or

flush latrines. Most people in rural areas use open fields for defecation. Women use open

surface latrines within the domestic compound; Younger children are formally allowed to

defecate in the courtyard. The presence of animals within the household compound often add to

the unhealthy living conditions. Sanitation facilities present in the project area are shown in

Table 4.22.

Table 4.22: Sanitation Facilities in the Project Area

Pit latrine

without slab

Flush toilet connected to

pit/septic tank

Flush toilet connected to public

sewerage

Open fields

Total Households


Soorbat Kali 25.00 15.00 0.00 60.00 60

Pataselay 35.00 15.00 0.00 50.00 200

Landay 35.00 18.00 0.00 47.00 50

Tarry 40.00 10.00 0.00 50.00 305

Islam Dehrai 30.00 10.00 0.00 60.00 125

Khayathy 35.00 5.00 0.00 60.00 980

Bandegi 35.00 12.00 0.00 53.00 310

Kulala 40.00 5.00 0.00 55.00 1,200

Project Area Total 36.95 7.34 0.00 55.71 3,230


44.70 13.60 0.00 41.70 104,592

-


Dop Sana 5.00 10.00 0.00 85.00 110


Page 4-49

Pit latrine

without slab

Flush toilet connected to

pit/septic tank

Flush toilet connected to public

sewerage

Open fields

Total Households

Largi Tan 10.00 5.00 0.00 85.00 150

Sharo Doghal 20.00 5.00 0.00 75.00 40

Dargi 15.00 10.00 0.00 75.00 220

Shamim Jan Kali 10.00 5.00 0.00 85.00 30

Otti Kali 10.00 15.00 0.00 75.00 90

Palosia 35.00 10.00 0.00 55.00 380


15.00 10.00 0.00 75.00 295


20.00 10.00 0.00 70.00 170

Project Area Total 19.18 9.56 0.00 71.26 1,485


21.00 8.50 0.80 69.70 26,572

-

FATA Agency Total*

22.60 18.70 1.00 57.70 438,946

* Source: FATA Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey (MICS FATA), 2009


Page 5-1

5 Analysis of Alternatives

From the ESIA point of view, the following available alternatives for the FATA ERRP were

considered.

(A) ROAD ALTERNATIVES

1. No project option

2. Project road to follow exactly the existing route with no alteration.

3. Project as proposed in feasibility i.e. double lane with suitable straightening of curves

where necessary.

(B) LOGISTIC SITES

1. Location of Contractor’s facilities e.g. labor campsite, machinery yard and on public land.

2. Location of Contractor’s facilities on private lands.

3. Location of Contractor’s facilities at most appropriate site be it public land or private

land.

(C) LABOR OPTIONS

1. All labor local

2. All labor from outside.

3. An admixture of local and outside labor as per skill required.

An analysis of all above alternatives is as follows:

5.1 Road Alternatives

5.1.1 No Project Option

Analysis

Advantages

If the project is not taken up at all then the MDTF money, efforts and time resource

allocated for the proposed activities will be saved. These resources may become

available for other projects in KP, FATA or Baluchistan that may not address the needs of

the people of Bajaur and Orakzai. No land will be required and no disturbance will be

caused to people through the land acquisition and resettlement processes.

Furthermore, the recurring cost of the maintenance of the new roads along with the

operational cost will be saved. No disturbance will be caused to any physical, biological

and social part of the environment. The status quo will remain and no benefit or

negative impact will be experienced by the communities of the project locations.


Page 5-2

Disadvantages

Not taking up the project would mean withholding the development in the severely

affected FATA area and the Bajaur and Orakzai agencies in particular. The proposed

project is of paramount importance in improving the access of the communities residing

within the project area, particularly the remote mountainous communities as well as the

respective agencies as a whole. If the project is not carried out, the opportunity to

improve access to better health, education facilities, access to emergency help and swift

movement outside the area (in case of a required evacuation). Furthermore, this would

also mean restricting the opportunities of the residents of the Bajaur and Orakzai

agencies to improved economic activity and trade enhancement with the rest of the

country. Lastly, the project would provide greater job opportunities to the local people,

both during the construction and operational phases.

Conclusion

For the No-project option, the analysis reveals that the weaknesses and threats far

outweigh the potential strengths and opportunities. Therefore, the “No project option”

is not recommended.

5.1.2 Project Road to Follow Exactly the Existing Route with No Alteration

Analysis

Advantages

No costs will be incurred on the survey and design of new roads proposed as part of the

project. No additional land acquisition would be required and the environmental impact

during the construction and operation of the roads would only be limited to the areas

located on either side of the existing roads / tracks.

Disadvantages

Access to new areas and settlements will not be developed and there will be no

improvement in the existing road routes or in their limitations regarding distance and

velocity. Furthermore, any geotechnical faults that exist with the existing road design,

condition and alignment will continue to exist. Fresh impacts on the environment will be

caused by improvement of the road quality without yielding any advantage.

Conclusion

Construction of new roads on exactly the previous alignment is not a sound engineering

proposal nor does it allow for all the envisaged benefits of the project to be realized.

Therefore, this option cannot be supported.


Page 5-3

5.1.3 Project as Proposed in Feasibility with Alterations Where Necessary

Analysis

Advantages

By virtue of a detailed feasibility study (including ESIA), the proposed project is designed

encompassing all the relevant technical, financial, environmental and social

considerations relevant to the project. The project, as a result, addresses the urgent

needs to the communities and is designed to be implemented in the most technically,

financially, environmentally and socially sound way.

All along the proposed project, during construction and after construction there will be

ample job opportunities for local population. Opening up of the area will result in better

education, health and social welfare opportunities. The project area will experience

definite poverty alleviation especially after the sufferings of the people during the

military actions undertaken in the area.

Alterations in sections will be done to render sharp curves gentler, avoid congested

points, negotiate slopes at easier gradients and build stronger road foundation. The

primary objective will be to ensure safety at higher speeds on paved roads.

In the long run, the project is financially viable, socially acceptable, environmentally

manageable, gender-neutral and pro-poverty alleviation.

Conclusion

The opportunity of building new roads and improving some of the existing ones in the

project area is recommended and will prove to be very beneficial for the recipient

communities.

5.2 Logistic Sites

5.2.1 Location of Contractor’s Facilities on Public Land

Analysis

Advantages

The land for setting up the construction camp(s) and the equipment and machinery yard

could be available to the contractor free of cost due to it having no private ownership.

This would reduce the overall contract cost for the project.

The likelihood of friction, disturbances or conflicts with the local communities would be

greatly reduced. With the local communities having no say on the land use, the

contractor would have more freedom and control to manage the activities. Due to the

possibility of supervision of the project proponents, the environmental management

activities ensuring no environmental spillover to the communities.

Disadvantages


Page 5-4

There may be limitations to the availability of public land along the RoW of the proposed

roads leading to greater distances between the construction locations and campsites

leading to a slight reduction in the efficiency of the project implementation.

Conclusion

In presence of adequate and encumbrance free state land located within a manageable

distance from the construction site(s), the contractor may be given the option of using it

for setting up the labor camp, machinery yard and work bases. This is an acceptable

option and where applicable is highly recommended.

5.2.2 Siting of Contractor’s Facilities on Private Lands

Analysis

Advantages

The contractor would be free to choose the land and would be able to acquire the most

appropriate location for setting up the required facilities. The contractor would

contribute positively to selected members of the community by providing money against

leasing of land for the duration of the construction resulting in greater ownership of the

project amongst members of the community.

No additional government land will have to be required for the project activities. No

obligations will fall upon the Works and Service Department FATA.

Disadvantages

The contractor will be free to hire comparatively flat agricultural lands and will

temporarily put productive land to non–productive use.

The contractor will include the cost of leasing land in his BOQ for the project costs

included in the bid. This will increase the cost of the bids and subsequently the project

expenditure.

Outside of the direct control of the project proponents, the contractor may indulge in

unplanned environmental social or physical activities which may not be acceptable

within the meanings of the project ESIA.

Conflicts pertaining to land ownership (within the community) and temporary

acquisition of land by the contractor could arise. Also the mobility of women would be

affected more so when the camp sites are located on land that was in the use of the

communities and the possibility of friction with the communities would also increase.

Conclusion

In presence of adequate state land adjacent to or within a manageable distance from

the construction sites acquisition of private land is not advisable. The weakness and

threats of this proposal outweigh strengths and opportunities. The proposal of siting

contractor’s facilities on private lands is therefore not supported. Should the contractor


Page 5-5

choose to establish his facilities and labor camp on hired private land then Works and

Services Department FATA bears no responsibility for his costs and commitments.

5.2.3 Siting the Contractor’s Facilities at Appropriate Site, be it Public Land

or Private Land

Analysis

Advantages

The option will create an operationally adjustable opportunity wherein the contractor

will choose the best site. However, the Executive Engineer (XEN) will approve all the

camp and equipment yard sites.

The contractor will not be bound to remain restricted to the sites proposed by the

Works and Services Department XEN and can plan his operations according his

operational convenience and availability of facilities and services.

Where enough state land is not available, and private land is available adjacently, the

contractor can make necessary adjustments without changing the site.

Disadvantages

To the extent that the contractor moves out of state lands, establishment of camps,

yards and facilities close to villages can cause social problems described in the earlier

alternative.

Conclusion

After settling the contractor on public land, this is the second best option. But for

contractors’ activities on privately owned lands the Works and Services Department

holds no responsibility for contractor’s cost and commitments.

5.3 Labor

5.3.1 All Labor Local

Analysis

Advantages

All labor will be local and their employment will fulfill a major social requirement of the

contract. Local economy will benefit and the project will contribute to the poverty

alleviation in the communities of the project area. The project will definitely be highly

socially responsible and will generate unprecedented community ownership and

support. Another big advantage of local labor will be that most of them will come from

and go to their homes daily and there will be very little pressure on labor camps.

Disadvantages


Page 5-6

Three types of labor will be required; unskilled, semiskilled and skilled. All types of labor

may not be available locally. So binding contractor to employ all labor locally can put

limitation on contractor and negatively affect the quality of the services offered by the

contractor.

Conclusion

It is not realistic to rely entirely on local labor for all trades. So this option is not

recommended. However, all unskilled labor openings must be given to locals through a

consultative process with the nearby communities ensuring equal opportunities and

reducing the risk of conflicts arising due to unequal opportunities for the communities.

5.3.2 All Labor from Outside

Analysis

Advantages

Labor from outside will be preselected and ergonomically sound. More efficient,

dependable and properly trained manpower will be available for the contractor. The

labor will not be able to erect undue pressure on the contractor or the project. The

outside labor will set a model for untrained labor that may improve. Any spending by

outside labor at local shops and businesses will bring an additional benefit, to local

economy.

Disadvantages

Bringing outside labor will take away the envisaged benefits of employment and

development of employable skills from the locals and will not develop a sense of

ownership for the project amongst the communities. The project objective of

contributing to poverty alleviation, social uplift and capacity building will be defeated

and several social problems including hampering of the mobility of women and

negatively perceived interactions between the locals and outsiders may take place

potentially leading to conflicts with and among the local communities.

Conclusion

In case the labor is brought from outside, the social losses will be much higher than the

economic gains. However, due to limited availability of individuals from the project area

having the required skill and experience may necessitate bringing in a small percentage

of outside manpower at skilled level. But as far as possible the local human resource will

have to be preferred.

5.3.3 An Admixture of Local and Outside Labor as per Skill Required

Analysis

Advantages

Unskilled labor can be locally procured entirely. Preference will be given to local

manpower for semi-skilled labor employment subject to the availability of locals with


Page 5-7

the requisite skills and experience. Most of the senior technicians and skilled workers

will have to be brought from outside the project area.

Disadvantages

Because of the presence of the outsiders there are likely to be some social losses.

Income of local communities will also be reduced.

Conclusion

From project implementation point of view, this option presents the best combination of

local and outside labor. This option also presents an opportunity to transfer of skills from

outside technicians to local workers and also contribute positively towards alleviation of

poverty in the project area.

5.4 Summary of Alternatives

i. The no-project option is not recommended.

ii. The option of following exactly the existing alignment may not be the most optimal

option in terms of the benefits that could result from the proposed project.

iii. Project as proposed in feasibility is fully recommended.

iv. Option of locating all Contractor’s facilities on public land is recommended as the best

logistic option.

v. Location of all Contractor’s facilities on privately owned lands is not supportable. Works

and Services Department FATA cannot accept any responsibility for such an option by

the contractor.

vi. Siting of Contractor’s facilities partly on state land and partly on private land is

supported as the second best logistical arrangement, provided that the Works and

Services Department is not held responsible for the cost and commitments of the

contractor pertaining to setting up of facilities on privately owned land.

vii. Option of having all categories of labor from project area is not possible.

viii. Option of bringing all categories of labor from outside is not recommended.

ix. Option of getting 100% local labor from local source, to the extent possible (subject to

availability of requisite skills in the community) semi–skilled labor would be hired from

the community and 100% skilled technicians from open market is the recommended

option.


Page 6-1

6 Stakeholder Consultations

6.1 General

This section describes the outcomes of the stakeholder consultation process as part of the ESIA.

This ensures that feedback from communities and other stakeholders directly or indirectly

affected by the project is collected so that it may be used to adjust and improve the project’s

design, planning, implementation and help structure the project that is both environmentally

and socially sound. The consultation process was carried out in accordance with the

requirements of the World Bank and Government of Pakistan on public consultation.

The objectives of this process was:

i. To disseminate information on the project and its expected impacts, long-term as well as

short-term, among primary and secondary stakeholders,

ii. To gather information on relevant issues so that the feedback received could be used to

address these issues at an early stage,

iii. To determine the extent of the negative impacts of different project activities and

suggest appropriate mitigation measures.

6.2 Identification of Stakeholders

Stakeholders are people, groups, institutions, or industrial units that may be affected by, can

significantly influence, or are important to the achievement of the stated purpose of a proposed

intervention. Following are two categories of stakeholders were identified:

Primary Stakeholders: People, groups or institutions affected positively or negatively by

the project

Secondary Stakeholders: People, groups, or institutions that are important

intermediaries in the project delivery process

6.3 Stakeholder Consultation Process

Stakeholder consultation for this project was planned in two stages. The first stage was part of

the ESIA process and documentation, which has already taken place, consisted of meetings with

individuals, groups, relevant organizations and government departments, which are in some way

linked to the project and therefore considered stakeholders. The meetings were conducted to

inform stakeholders about the project and how it may affect their lives/activities, and to record

their concerns, whether real or perceived. Through the use of various tools the study team tried

to involve the stakeholders in active decision-making. The results of this exercise are described

below, where mitigation measures have been developed addressing the pertinent stakeholder

concerns.

The second stage of the stakeholders’ consultation was part of the separate study conducted for

the preparation land acquisition and resettlement framework of the project. The results of this


Page 6-2

study and the proposed mitigation measures for potential social impacts will be documented

separately and will be included in the overall framework of the proposed project.

The tribal culture prevalent in the project area does not allow for outsiders to carry out

consultations with the women of the project area. It is also not possible to bring in non-local

females to interview the women of the area and as a result consultations with the women were

not possible. Data within the socioeconomic baseline pertaining to the women of the project

area is based on secondary extrapolated data.

6.4 Primary Stakeholders Consultation

Conducting primary stakeholders’ consultations in the project area was a challenging task mainly

due to volatile law and order situation in the area. Also there were many other constraints

specifically associated with the proposed project area due to local tribal customs. The women of

the area were not allowed for consultations and no women from outside was allowed to

participate in these consultations. However, the process was carried out by holding scoping

sessions with local communities. Table 6.1 provides a summary of the meetings held with

respect to venue, area, name of key respondent and number stakeholder participated.

Table 6.1: Summary of Public Consultations

No. Name of

Settlement District Zone

Nearest Main City/Town

Name of Key Respondent (s)

No of Respondents

1 Soorbat Kali Utman Khel Bajaur Khar Badshahzada Malik 10

2 Pataselay Utman Khel Bajaur Khar Gaous-ur-Rehman 7

3 Landay Utman Khel Bajaur Khar Dilawar Khan 5

4 Tarry Utman Khel Bajaur Khar Muhammad Anjum 9

5 Islam Dehrai Utman Khel Bajaur Khar Bacha Zada 6

6 Khayathy Utman Khel Bajaur Khar Gul Khan-ud-Din 10

7 Bandegi Utman Khel Bajaur Khar Gafar Malik 4

8 Kulala Utman Khel Bajaur Khar Fida Muhammad 8

9 Dop Sana Kalai Orakzai Kuraz Syed Abdul Hassan 8

10 Largi Tan Kalai Orakzai Kuraz Syed Ali Shah 10

11 Sharo Doghal Lower

Orakzai Orakzai Dargi Malik Kishwar Ali 9

12 Dargi Lower

Orakzai Orakzai Dargi Ahsraf Ali 6

13 Shamim Jan Kali Lower

Orakzai Orakzai Dargi Syed Shamim Jan 5

14 Otti Kali Lower

Orakzai Orakzai Palosia Ali Musa 5

15 Palosia Lower

Orakzai Orakzai Palosia Malik Yaqoob Ali 7

16 Mama Masai, Amber Khel

Lower Orakzai

Orakzai Palosia Ali Noor 8

17 Brado Sam, Lalpura

Lower Orakzai

Orakzai Palosia Ishrat Hussain,

Qurban Ali, Shah Hussain

10


Page 6-3

6.4.1 Topics for Discussion

Given below is a list of the topics that were covered during the meetings.

Employment

Public safety

Dust

Noise

Community development

Traffic

Non-local workforce

Cultural and gender related issues

6.4.2 Outcomes of Consultations

Concerns raised by stakeholders regarding the environmental implications of proposed project

during construction and operations:

The alignment of route and associated structures should be in consultation with local

communities and elders.

Existing traffic on the road shall be affected.

Noise and air pollution associated with trucking causing disturbance to residents along

the road.

Livestock safety during construction or use of roads.

New roads disturbing rain-fed agricultural production systems, increasing water

shortages may result in increased poverty.

Project related traffic causing congestion

Road safety measures required, such as speed breakers and restrictions, so speed limits

are observed and accidents avoided

Public safety for people crossing the road, particularly the elderly, women and children

Heavy traffic destroying road

Sanitation awareness in camping facilities

Privacy related matters and cultural sensitivities

Improve general standards of construction.

Blasting should not be carried out settlements.

The business of the people should not be affected due to project activities.

Protection walls should be constructed where needed.

Provide streams outlets to help drain away runoff from the highway into the river.

Plant trees along the highway that could be entrusted to the care of local communities.

Avoid relocating/dismantling mosques and other permanent structures.

Proper traffic management plan should be provided during construction activities.

Job opportunities should be provided to the locals during construction activities.

Safety of local residents along the road should be ensured particularly due to land sliding

and stones rolling.


Page 6-4

6.5 Secondary Stakeholder Consultations

Secondary stakeholder consultations were more formal as they involved a non-governmental

organization and government personnel who were consulted. They were briefed on the ESIA

process, the project design, and the potential negative and positive impact of the project on the

area’s environment and communities. Community development needs and programs were also

discussed. It was important not to raise community expectations unnecessarily or unrealistically

during the stakeholder consultation meetings in order to avoid undue conflict with tribal people

or government administration. The issues recorded in the consultation process were examined

and validated, and are addressed in the ESIA report.

The other departments of government of FATA and political administration were consulted

during project planning and their concerns were already included in the project design and

management.

6.5.1 Consultation with NGOs

During the field surveys it was found that only one non-governmental organization named Tribal

Development Network (TDN) that was involved in the project area. TDN is a Peshawar based

organization.

6.5.1.1 Tribal Development Network

The TDN operates in all seven agencies and six frontier regions. There are 62 local community

based organizations and village organizations networked under this umbrella. A formal meeting

with its members and coordinator was held to carry out this consultation process. Following

concerns were identified during this meeting;

The security matters are very sensitive in the project area. Therefore all security

arrangements for the execution of this project should be finalized after involvement and

inputs from local elders and tribal representatives.

Where possible all contracts and subcontracts should be provided to local contractors.

The contractors from the outside the project area should be involved only if no qualified

locals are available.

All contractors and subcontractors should be advised to hire local people for all unskilled

jobs.

If religious structures are to be affected as a result of construction work, then religious

leaders and tribal elders should be informed and taken into confidence.

A prior consent and approval shall be obtained from the owners if a private structure

needs to be removed or damaged. An agreement with private owners should be

initiated through local Maliks.

6.5.2 Consultation with EPA Khyber Pakhtunkhwa (KP)

Director EPA KP was consulted for the feedback on the project. He informed that a new

notification has recently been issues by Federal Government for the extension of Pakistan

Environmental Protection Act to the Federally Administrated Tribal Areas and Provincially

Administrated Tribal Areas. After this notification the jurisdiction of KP-EPA in not applicable to


Page 6-5

project area therefore he said that he cannot represent the EPA for feedback on the current

project. However as an environmentalist and a citizen of Pakistan he recommended following

areas to be considered during project design as well as management;

Project foot print should be minimized to the extent possible.

Routes of the proposed roads should be aligned in a way to minimize the clearance of

natural vegetation. Cutting of natural forest should be avoided.

Offsetting of the routes to avoid cultural sensitivities should be considered.

Awareness on environmental sensitivities should be created among the project

personnel through trainings and workshops.

The tribal norms and other privacy matters should be understood and the awareness of

such issues should be communicated all personnel onboard.

6.5.3 Consultation with Pak- EPA

The Pakistan EPA was contacted to know the level of its involvement in regulating the

environmental standards in the Federally Administrated Tribal Areas. It was learned that after

the implementation of 18th Amendment in the Constitution of Pakistan and the subsequent

notification for the extension of jurisdiction of Pakistan Environmental Protection Act 1997 to

these tribal areas, the role of Pak-EPA is not applicable to the project area. Therefore no specific

concerns were raised.

6.6 Land Acquisition and Resettlement–Related Concerns

Concerns related to land acquisition, both temporary and permanent, and the resettlements

were not recorded because a separate consultation in the second stage is being conducted

specifically to address these issues.

6.7 Addressing Stakeholders Concerns

The most of the concerns raised by stakeholders have been incorporated into the project’s

environmental and social assessment and ESMPs. In addition a Grievance Redress

Mechanism/Complaint Handling Mechanism will be developed at the implementation level by

forming Grievance Redress Committee which will receive and resolve complaints of the project

affected persons and other stakeholders of the project area.


Page 7-1

7 Environmental Impact Assessment and

Mitigation Measures

This section describes the environmental impacts that could occur as a result of the project

components. The impacts have been identified based on consideration of the information

presented in Chapters 1, 2, 4 and 5.

A summary of significant impacts evaluated in this chapter is given in Table 7.1, grouped into the

project components and impact groups.

Table 7.1: Summary of Evaluated Significant Environmental Impacts

Aspect Impact

Land and landscape transformation

Impact of taking material from the borrow site

Availability of water and change of drainage patterns

Activities for construction and improvement of road changing surface and sub-surface drainage affecting other water users. Activities for construction and improvement of road resulting in sediment mobilization and settlement in ephemeral streams and low-lying areas crossed by the route. Access to water for the community can be changed due to sharing of water resources for project needs.

Releases to air Activities for widening and improvement of road generating dust, including fine particulates, causing nuisance and health effects for nearby communities and commercial areas. Gaseous emissions from vehicles and construction machinery causing health effects for nearby communities. Gaseous emissions from vehicles during operational phase causing health effects for nearby communities.

Noise and vibrations Noise and blasting associated with construction disturbing local communities and wildlife. Project equipment and vehicles used in project resulting in unacceptable increases in noise and vibration levels in local communities. Vehicles movements during operational phase resulting in unacceptable increases in noise and vibration levels in local communities.

Ecology and biodiversity disturbance

Activities for construction and improvement of road resulting in ecological disturbance. Vehicle traffic resulting in animal disturbance both during construction and operational phases.

Contaminations of soil and water resource

Soil contamination from diesel and other spills from construction machinery. Release of construction water to any river structure such as bridge/culvert

Disturbances to the community Activities for construction and improvement of proposed road sections disturbing land used by local communities. Activities for construction and improvement of road disrupting community transport routes.

Monitoring and Evaluation as per operational manual and monitoring plan

M & E is required to ensure the implementation of proposed mitigation measures to avoid or minimized potential impacts during operational phases


Page 7-2

7.1 Potential Impact Sources

This section covers impacts associated with the following project activities:

Construction activities

Storage of construction material,

Use of local resources,

Construction and operations of camps and project auxiliary facilities

Operational phases of the roads.

Issues raised by stakeholders regarding the environmental implications of proposed project

during construction and operations:

The alignment of route and associated structures should be in consultation with local

communities and elders.

Existing traffic on the road shall be affected.

Noise and air pollution associated with trucking causing disturbance to residents along

the road.

Livestock safety during construction and use of roads.

New roads disturbing rain-fed agricultural production systems, increasing water

shortages may result in increased poverty.

Project related traffic causing congestion

Road safety measures required, such as speed breakers and restrictions, so speed limits

are observed and accidents avoided

Public safety for people crossing the road, particularly the elderly, women and children

Heavy traffic destroying road

Sanitation awareness in camping facilities

Privacy related matters and cultural sensitivities

Environmental and social impacts attributable to the project can broadly be classified into those

taking place during construction and those occurring during the operational phase. Some of

these impacts can be anticipated and avoided through appropriate adjustments / provisions in

the project design. Some can be mitigated by careful implementation of the project while some

other can be adjusted with by appropriately following the operational manual and an effective

collaboration with communities.

Construction related impacts are heavily dependent on:

The contractor’s work practices, especially those related to storage of construction

materials and cleanliness of work site;

Cooperation between local communities and local authorities and the contractor in

terms of observance of Social Framework Agreement (SFA) and use of public space and

utilities;

Project management’s enforcement of correct construction practices and standards;


Page 7-3

The incorporation of mitigation measures identified the ESIA into the tender documents

and specifications, in bid and Contracts documents and provision of linkage between

ESMP and contractors payments.

An effective collaboration with local communities in evolving a workable Social

Framework Agreement (SFA).

The quality of Monitoring and Reporting of EMP implementation.

Operational impacts of the proposed project are associated with the movement of vehicular

traffic on it and allied activities. These include air and noise pollution, safety hazards and other

similar impacts.

For this Project, potential impacts are reviewed under construction and operational phases. The

environment has been studied under the following sub–heads:

Physical Environment

o Land Resource

o Water Resource

o Air Quality

o Noise Level

Biological Environment

o Flora

o Fauna

o Fish

o Endangered Species

Cultural and Historical Sites

Socio–economic Environment

Table 7.2 provides a checklist of potential impacts likely to be associated with the construction

phase of the proposed project. In general these areas are divided into groups based on general

environmental aspects that are effected or likely to be affected from the modification in the flow

of traffic. The set of impacts based upon physical, biological, cultural and social aspects have

been classified as under construction and operational phases. Each sub–factor has been marked

as curable, reversible or irreversible. Each sub–factor so assessed has been shortly discussed and

explained in the part of the chapter 7 following the Assessment Table 7.2.


Page 7-4

Table 7.2: Evaluation of Environmental and Social Impacts

Aspects Impacts Assessed

Assessment

Slight Moderate Significant

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1. Land and landscape transformation

1.1.1 Site for disposal of waste construction material

1.1.2 Land slide, unstable soil or similar unforeseen conditions

1.1.3 Location of labor camps, material dumps, equipment yard and approach road.

1.1.4 Any natural disasters such as heavy rains, floods and earthquakes

1.1.5 Soil contamination from diesel and other spills from construction machinery

1.1.6 Damage/blockage of Drain, paths, roads, and cross drainage by moving machinery.

1.1.7 Scouring of Earthen embankment or concrete work edge

1.1.8 Release of construction water on unstable slope or any public/private property

1.1.9 Release of construction water to any river structure such as bridge/culvert.

1.1.10 Any discharge, spill or dumping on any building or house on riverbank.

1. Avoidable through design (Avoidance): Curable 2. Mitigation through contractor’s obligation or by communities through Social Framework

Agreement (SFA) (Curative): reversible 3. Non–reversible, Permanent change (to be adopted): irreversible


Page 7-5


Assessment


1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1.1.11 Impact of taking borrow martial from earth borrow site.

1.1.12 Impact on paths or road used for transport of construction material.

1.1.13 Impact of stone quarrying.

1.1.14 Any blasting during Construction

1.1.15 Activities for construction and improvement of proposed road sections disturbing land used by local communities.

2.Water Resources

1.2.1 Sourcing of construction water and potable water for camps.

1.2.2 Impact of surface water.

1.2.3 Impact of ground water.

1.2.4 Impact of drinking water.

1.2.5 Diesel and other fluids spilling over to river water form machinery.

1.2.6 Damages from floods of river or streams.

1.2.7 Obstruction of flow of water in the river or any stream.

1.2.8 Effect on surface flow conditions in rains.

3.Air Quality and Noise Pollution.

1.3.1 Dust, smoke and other pollutants from construction Machinery including asphalt and concrete batching plant.

1.3.2 Dust of other pollutants from stored material and spoil keeps.


Page 7-6


Assessment


1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1.3.3 Smoke from burning of waste material or burning firewood.

1.3.4 Noise from use of old or outdate machinery.

1.3.5 Noise due to any blasting.

1.3.6 Soil compaction due to labor camps and machinery yards.

4. Biological Resources

1.4.1 Damage to biological resources

1.4.2 Damage to Fisheries

1.4.3 Impact on (adjacent) open land

1.4.4 Impact on any migratory birds.

1.4.5 Impact on endangered spices.

5.Socio–Economic Cultural and Archeological Issues.

1.5.1 Existing services education, health, electricity, water supply communication.

1.5.2 Local ethnicity, Tribal Tensions, communal rivalries

1.5.3 Impact on area under crops

1.5.4 Land ownership / Land tenure system

1.5.5 Access to construction material.

1.5.6 Adverse effect on cultural and archaeological heritage (if any).

1.5.7 Graveyards or burials.

1.5.8 Public safety at construction site.

1.5.9 Health and safety of labor and employees on construction site.

1.5.10 Resettlement of Affectee land inhabitants of houses in RoW.


Page 7-7


Assessment


1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1.5.11 Loss of cultural ties and family lands due to involuntary shifting of population

1.5.12 Loss of livelihood due to loss of land and ancestral villages.

1.5.13 Loss of local technique and knowledge due to shifting of population

1.5.14 Employment

1.5.15 Women status: Exposure to employment and education opportunities.

1.5.16 Hurdle in cultural Reunion.

1.5.17 Hurdle in accessing market opportunities for agricultural produce.

1.15.18 Reduction in recreation opportunities.

7.2 Explanation of the Impact Assessment

Table 7.2 above provide a schematic presentation of the degree, significance and mitigation of

various environmental and social factors at construction and operational phases. This section

provides a brief explanation of these factors, also suggesting a line of action towards mitigation

measures for the adverse impacts.

7.2.1 Soil and Landscape

Potential Impact

Cutting and filling operations during construction may have a geophysical impact

leading to:

i. Physical Scarring of landscape

ii. Increased risk of land slippage

iii. Accelerated soil erosion

iv. Blockage of natural drainage.

These are discussed in more detail below.


Page 7-8

Evaluation of Impact

Physical Scarring

Physical Scarring occurs when changes in the physical appearance of the land affect

the aesthetic quality of the landscape. Physical changes to the landscape proposed by

the project include the construction of road, and construction of camps and auxiliary

facilities.

Land Slippage and Soil Erosion

The extent of potential land slippage depends on the following factors:

i. Type of soil (homogeneity, cohesiveness, compactness)

ii. Water content of the soil (depends on rainfall, drainage, vegetation, evaporation

rate, etc.)

iii. Topography (slope gradient)

iv. Vegetation cover

v. Exposed rocks.

If any of these factors change significantly, the risk of land slippage or soil erosion will

accelerate. In the context of the proposed project, the most important factor is

topography. Although the road widening involves some vegetation clearance and

change in soil characteristics, the subsequent compaction will significantly reduce any

risk of land slippage. The risk of land slippages near the stream banks will be reduced

by ensuring thorough maintenance of a gentle slope and by applying water.

Monitoring during construction will further minimize the risk.

Blockage of Irrigation systems and Natural Drainage

The routes may also cross many streams and channels. These channels and streams

may be blocked and the catchment of the downstream may be disturbed during

construction phase.

Mitigation Measures

To minimize the impact of the project on the geophysical environment, a number of

measures have been included in the design that will need to be taken into account

when constructing the project facilities. A second class of measures is related to the

day-to-day management of the project during construction. Following specific

measures are required to minimize potential impacts:

i. Unnecessary widening beyond the proposed design of the road shall be

avoided at straight portions and on bends.

ii. The alignment of the widening will be selected so as to minimize the clearing

of vegetation; and minimized trees cutting.

iii. Steep cut-and-fill will be avoided, and a gentle side slope maintained where

possible. Retaining walls will be constructed where necessary.


Page 7-9

iv. The natural drainage pattern will not be disturbed, and culverts will be

constructed where required.

v. Surplus soil and cleared vegetation will be disposed of so as to avoid

disturbing the natural drainage.

vi. The movement of construction equipment and vehicles will be restricted to

work areas.

vii. The one clear passage for transport will continue to be maintained during

the project, and measures such as spraying water implemented to reduce

dust emission and erosion.

viii. Safe driving practices must be encouraged to minimize soil erosion. A speed

limit of 40 kmph will be observed and monitored in the project area, and off-

road driving strictly prohibited.

ix. Environmental monitoring will involve checks for any signs of soil erosion so

that remedial actions, such as applying water and compaction, can be

implemented.

x. The state of the work corridor will be monitored during project to prevent

any spillover outside the corridor.

xi. All sections of the road close to or on steep slopes will be closely monitored

for any signs of soil erosion or land slippage.

xii. The Executive Engineer (XEN) of the Works and Service Department (FATA)

will allow local readjustments in foundation treatment or any other small

changes to the contractor.

7.2.2 Location of Labor Camps, Material Depots, Equipment Yards and

Approach Roads

Potential Impact

Location of camps near sensitive receptors like water resources, private lands without

prior consent of landowners and dumping and storage of construction material and

equipment in private lands may cause adverse impacts.


Location of labor camps material depot, equipment yard and approach roads will not

cause any serious problem if selected in consultation with local communities and

landowners. So this is a matter of slight significance and can easily be mitigated.

Mitigation

i. The contractor will, in consultation with XEN, select the location of all these

facilities after a rapid assessment through the Screening checklist (Annexure 3).

ii. The camp/other site facilities will be established on a flat land without much

natural vegetation, at least 500 m away from the communities.

iii. Satellite imagery can also be used to select the suitable sites, to record the pre-

construction conditions, and to monitor the condition of these sites during and

after the construction phase.


Page 7-10

7.2.3 Oil Spills from Construction Machinery

Potential Impact

Any leakage or spillage of diesel, oil or any other chemical will contaminate the soil

which may in turn impact the water sources, nearby community and/or productive

land.


The contamination of soil and water resources may affect the communities and

biodiversity of the area. Categories of spillages and requirements are discussed as

under;

Minor Spill / Leakage: Soil contaminated by minor spills / leakages (defined as leaks

from vehicles, machinery, equipment or storage containers such that the area and

depth of soil contaminated is less than 10 sq. ft. and 3 inches respectively) is to be

scraped and burnt in a burn pit, away from population.

Moderate Spills are defined as spills of volume less than or equal to 200 liters is to be

contained and controlled using shovels, sands and native soil. These equipment and

materials are to be made available at campsites during the operation. The

contaminated soil is to be excavated and stored in a burn area lined with an

impermeable base. Depending on the volume, the contaminated soil is either disposed

off by burning in the burn pit or by specialized treatment such as bioremediation.

Major Spills (defined as spills of volume much greater than 200 liters) requires

initiation of Emergency Response Procedures and Oil Spill Contingency Plan. These

spills are to be handled and controlled according to the plan and require special

treatment such as bioremediation.

Mitigation

Following measures shall be implemented to avoid such events;

i. Contractor will apply strict rules on his workers and labor to ensure that no spill

or leakages are caused. All fuels, oils and bitumen will be stored appropriately,

with concrete padding and bunding for containment in case of leakage.

ii. If the spills or leakages do take place, it must be followed by the treatment

prescribed below as per the degree of spill or leakages.

iii. The contractor will employ the general criteria for oil and leakage at

construction sites, as per standards set forth by “Guidelines for Oil Spill Waste

Minimization and Management” issued by International Petroleum Industry

Environmental Conservation Associate which are as follows: (Source: IPIECA

Report Series, Volume-12, “Guidelines for Oil Spill Waste Minimization and

Management”)


Page 7-11

7.2.4 Earthen Embankments or Concrete Work, Edge Scouring


Poor design and inappropriate construction procedures can potentially damage the

embankments, concrete works or road edges. The impact is moderately significant but

can easily be mitigated.

Mitigation

i. Edge scouring of earthen embankments or concrete work must first be dealt at

design stage. Wherever such a situation is anticipated, aprons should be

provided to secure edges and specifications must be kept of high standards.

ii. During the construction phase this aspect should be addressed through

appropriate construction methodology and employing appropriate techniques

such as protection walls and rip rap.

iii. Contractor will repair all damages to the earthen embankments, concrete works,

or pavement edges caused by the construction works.

iv. During the operation phase appropriate measures need to be incorporated in

the Operational Manual.

7.2.5 Impact of Borrowing Material from Earth Borrow Sites and Stone

Quarrying


A large quantity of earth will be removed from borrow pits located within the state

land on either side of the road. This can potentially cause slope instability, loss of

soil/land productivity, uneven terrain, and altered drainage.

Mitigation

i. The topsoil up to 30 cm shall be removed and stored prior to excavation of fill

material. After completion of borrowing the area would be leveled and the top

soil would be restored to ensure no loss in productivity of land.

ii. Borrow sites would not be deeper than 3 ft at any location to avoid alteration in

drainage pattern and reduce the risk of soil erosion

iii. The borrow areas will be selected after obtaining approval from the RE.

iv. The contractor will ensure that the borrowing does not cause slope instability,

loss of soil/land productivity, uneven terrain, and altered drainage.

v. Wherever possible/necessary, these places will be leveled and planted with

trees using appropriate planting technology/methodology.

7.2.6 Water Resources

The source of the project’s water will be mainly from the nearby rivers and small

tributaries and for the contractor’s camps can also be supplied by digging wells. This

section evaluates the potential environmental issues involved in using the area’s

surface and groundwater resources to meet project needs.


Page 7-12

Potential Issues

The potential environmental issues associated with the use of the area’s surface and

groundwater resources for the purposes of the project are as follows:

i. Long-term impact—Groundwater extraction over and above the sustainable

yield will reduce the volume of groundwater available

ii. Water rights—the local communities’ rights over water shall be recognized and

adequately compensated.


Long-Term Availability of Water

There are seasonal rain fed streams and rivers in the project area. Therefore water if

extracted from river will have no short or long term environmental issues.

Sustainability is broadly defined as a state in which utility (or consumption) remains

non-declining through time. There are two forms of sustainability: ‘weak sustainability’

implies that the value of total capital stock should not decline, i.e., individual

components of the aggregate may decline in value as long as other components are

increased in value (normally through investment) sufficiently to leave the aggregate

value unchanged. ‘Strong’ sustainability implies that the value of the remaining stock

of natural capital should not decrease.

In terms of the project’s water requirements, attempts to ensure ‘strong’

sustainability would require that water not be extracted beyond the sustainable yield

limit, defined as that volume of groundwater if used that can be extracted annually

from a groundwater basin without reducing the total size of the aquifer. On the other

hand, maintaining ‘weak’ sustainability would allow a decline in overall water

resources due to project activity as long as the total capital stock of the community did

not fall. Water for the project will be used on the basis of the strong sustainability

principle.

Water Rights

There is a third, but potentially more fundamental issue related to water rights. The

community residing in the area as well as the wildlife depends on the availability of

surface water. The community uses this water for drinking, for domestic purposes,

raising farm animals, and farming. The wildlife also needs drinking water, as does the

vegetation on which they graze. The water is a scarce resource in the project area,

therefore it should be considered that locals have rights to allow or not allow the use

for the project. Limited sources shall be avoided where possible.

Mitigation Measures

Based on the discussion above, the following measures are proposed:

i. The community will be compensated for the water extracted from the area’s

water resources.


Page 7-13

ii. Water will be extracted only from a major source or main stream.

iii. Given that water is to be extracted from a ground water aquifer whose recharge

rate, (like the actual volume of water available or its rate of depletion) is not

known, the extraction will be monitored to ensure that it does not lead to

irreversible environmental damage.

iv. The depth of the aquifer water table will be monitored.

7.2.7 Contamination of Soil and Water

Potential Issues

Effluents released as a result of the project activities, if not contained properly, may

contaminate the soil and water. Water quality is likely to deteriorate if pollutants or

contaminated soil mix with surface runoff during the rains and are carried downhill to

water bodies. If allowed to leach into the ground, the contaminants may also pollute

groundwater. Potential sources of pollution in such cases include:

i. domestic waste (sanitary and kitchen discharge)

ii. oil and grease

iii. chemicals


There is a causal link between effluent discharge and health, the impact of which is

analyzed based on:

i. The nature of pollutants (oil and grease, chemicals, organic substances, etc.)

ii. Discharge rate and duration

iii. Discharge conditions

iv. Characteristics of surface drainage and receiving water body e.g. water quality,

flow rate etc.

v. Location of receptors (communities) with respect to the discharge point

vi. Communities’ exposure to pollutants (concentration of pollutants in water)

vii. Current and potential uses of water in the community

viii. Health risks due to pollutants.

Mitigation Measures

Mitigation measures to reduce the impact of waste effluents produced during project

activities are listed below.

i. The camps will be located as to avoid proximity drinking water sources,

maintaining a minimum distance of 500 m from such natural resources.

ii. No contaminated effluents will be released into the environment without having

been treated.

iii. Sewage and other waste effluents will be handled so as to avoid contaminating

surface and groundwater.

iv. Water from washing areas and kitchen will be released into sumps.


Page 7-14

v. An appropriately designed septic tank will be used to treat sewage, and outlets

will release treated effluents into sumps. The integrity of the entire system will

be maintained and monitored.

vi. Septic tanks and sumps will be built at a safe distance from any water hole,

stream or dry streambed, so as to prevent the entry of surface water, and the

bottom of the sump will be kept above groundwater level.

vii. Sumps will be located in a position such that they are:

a. Fixed in absorbent soil

b. Down-slope and away from the camp (and downwind, if practical)

c. Downstream from the camp water source and above the high-water mark of

any nearby water body (if any).

viii. When abandoning sumps, an extra cap of soil will be placed over them to allow

compaction.

ix. Solid waste (including food waste) will be segregated and disposed of as follows:

x. Materials suitable for recycling will be stored separately and sold to approved

recycling contractors

xi. Combustible waste, Non-combustible, non-recyclable rubbish will be sent to a

landfill

xii. Solid residue from the septic tanks will be transported to municipal sewage

treatment drains.

xiii. Vehicle and equipment maintenance, including washing, will be allowed only in

designated areas underlain with concrete slabs and a system to catch runoff.

xiv. Fuels, oils, and other hazardous substances will be handled and stored according

to standard safety practices.

xv. Fuel tanks will be appropriately marked by content, and along with oils, and

chemicals will be stored in dyked areas lined with an impervious base.

xvi. Precautions, such as drip pans, will be used to avoid any spills that may occur

during fuel and oil transfer operations.

xvii. Fuels, oil, and chemical storage facilities will be checked daily for any signs of

leakage.

xviii. Precautionary materials, including shovels, plastic bags and absorbent materials

will be kept available near fuel and oil storage areas.

7.2.8 Releases to Air

Potential Issues

Emissions generated during the project are likely to include:

i. Dust emissions from vehicular traffic,

ii. Dust emissions from earthworks along the road,

iii. Exhaust fumes from vehicles and construction machinery,

iv. Emissions from asphalt plants


Page 7-15


Dust emissions caused by vehicular traffic on unpaved roads are an important

concern, primarily when such traffic passes near community settlements. It is not

uncommon to see a huge cloud of dust following vehicles traveling on unpaved roads.

Where these roads are paved, the problem is usually not as serious. The exception is

when two vehicles coming from opposite directions cross on a single-lane paved road

two to three meters wide. In such situations, usually one or both the vehicles are

partially forced off the paved surface, producing dust emissions since the road

shoulder is generally unpaved. Dust emissions cause the amount of particulate matter

in the air to increase, and thus become a health concern. Crops may be damaged

when dust settles on them although the significance of such damage varies from crop

to crop. Dust clouds also reduce road visibility, creating a traffic hazard.

Emissions produced by vehicles and equipment will be similar to those produced by

diesel generators in terms of the resulting pollutants (SO2, NOx, PM, etc.). However,

the extent to which they are produced will be considerably lower, since much smaller

diesel engines are used in vehicles and construction machinery.

Smoke emission from asphalt plants is an important aspect. The location of such plants

and proximity to the receptors is a matter of concern. Such plants are generally kept

away from sensitive receptors.

Mitigation Measures

None of the potential effects are expected to exceed acceptable limits. The mitigation

measures given below will further reduce their impact, and ensure that they remain

within acceptable limits.

i. All equipment, generators and vehicles used during the project will be properly

tuned and maintained in good working condition in order to minimize exhaust

emissions.

ii. Imposing speed limits and encouraging more efficient journey management will

reduce the dust emissions produced by vehicular traffic. Water will be sprinkled

where necessary to contain dust emissions.

iii. Dust emissions at the construction sites will be minimized using good

housekeeping and management practices.

iv. The asphalt plant will not be operated without properly functioning dust control

system such as wet scrubber.

7.2.9 Noise and Vibrations

Potential Issues

Potential sources of noise and vibrations include:

i. Equipment and vehicular noise,

ii. Noise from materials handling,

iii. Blasting noise and vibrations,


Page 7-16

iv. Transport related noise and vibrations.

Mitigation Measures

Following the good practice management measures:

i. Equipment in good working conditions shall be used and regularly maintained.

ii. Horns shall be avoided near sensitive receptors like schools, mosques etc.

iii. Special care shall be exercised during loading and unloading of materials to

minimize vibration and noise near receptors.

iv. Plan for blasting times to be outside of hours when people are most disturbed

by noise (such as prayer and night times).

v. Develop and implement standard operating procedures, blasting rules and a

safety management plan that:

a. delineates the danger zone associated with each blast of at least 500m and

clear people and animals from this zone before, during and after (30

minutes) each blast;

b. provides an audible warning at least three minutes before blast is fired; and

c. Informs local communities of blasting timetable in advance and provide

adequate notices of blasts are required outside of the planned schedule.

vi. The use of blasting will be kept to an absolute minimum.

vii. Basting near the communities will be avoided to the extent possible.

viii. A detailed protocol for management and monitoring of blasting operation will

be established.

ix. The intended target of the blasting will be marked prior to its start.

x. If any significant damage to the ground is observed, the blasting parameters will

be modified or the blasting will be re-planned.

xi. Standard safety procedures for handling explosives will be used to protect the

staff, the community, and the environment.

7.2.10 Ecology and Biodiversity Disturbance

Potential Issues

Aspects affecting ecology and biodiversity along the corridors:

i. Temporary or permanent surface disturbance during construction

ii. Vehicle travel

iii. Equipment noise

iv. Blasting noise and vibrations during cut and fill construction activities

v. Transport related noise and vibrations

vi. Illumination of Project infrastructure

vii. Fugitive dust from road transportation

viii. Change in chemical characteristics of water bodies as a result of spills

ix. Temporary construction camps, accommodation and waste disposal facilities


Page 7-17


Construction of road will lead to direct and indirect ecological disturbance. Direct

ecological disturbance as a result of land take will include habitat loss and habitat

fragmentation from removal of vegetation and burrows, and presence of barriers to

movement such as embankments, camps and lay down areas. This will result in a

temporary loss of food, shelter and range for small mammals. Accidental death of

individuals may also occur although mobile species such as reptiles and small

mammals are expected to move away from the area due to the noise of the machines

prior to surface disturbance. The impacts of habitat loss will be further exacerbated by

indirect ecological disturbance during construction, which will include increased noise,

blasting, vibrations, light, dust and increased access for hunting.

The direct impacts discussed above will be largely temporary and reversible. Following

construction, the restoring habitat and removing barriers to movement reverse all

impacts.

The project activities may potentially cause some disturbances for the wildlife of the

area, however, this impact is not significant. The area has already underwent

modification because of human settlements, building of the road, and associated

vehicular traffic, therefore most of the wild fauna species would have already left the

area

Mitigation Measures

i. No clearance of vegetation or killing/hunting/trapping of wild animal will be

allowed.

ii. Compensation will be paid for any tree cutting on the private land.

iii. Compensatory tree plantation will be carried out for Forest Department owned

trees and for each tree removed, five saplings will be planted.

iv. The Project will ensure appropriate care and monitoring of this plantation.

v. Camps and other temporary facilities will be established in a manner that

minimizes loss of natural vegetation including trees.

vi. Borrow material will be obtained without causing any damage to the natural

vegetation.

7.2.11 Acquisition of Private Assets and Compensation

A separate study Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) has been carried out to address the

issues related to acquisition of private assets and compensation. The same study is

submitted separately.

7.2.12 Increased Risk of Accidents Caused by Partial Closure of Road during

Construction

Current traffic on the road being constructed or improved in the proposed project is

not very high, however, the traffic flow is likely to be affected during construction

activities. Some of the roads in the project function as the vital link for the settlements

for daily supplies and trade activities. At sections passing through populated areas,


Page 7-18

there will be limited scope for providing diversion tracks for the mobility of local and

thorough traffic. During the project implementation phase the traffic volume will

increase, there may be safety hazards for the locals residing along the edge of the road

as well as vehicular traffic.

Mitigation

Proper site-specific measures will be carried out in consultation with supervisory

consultants to ensure the safety of population residing along and around the project

corridor. A detailed Traffic Management Plan (TMP) will be prepared and

implemented by the contractor with the approval of the Works and Service

Department (FATA), XEN.

Necessary measures will be taken to ensure the safety of traffic during construction,

including barricades (including signs, pavement markings, flags, and lights) erected as

required by the Works and Services Department (FATA) and set up as per local

regulations.

The construction work will be managed such that part of the carriageway at a time is

upgraded leaving the other part available to serve one-way traffic. Construction work

will be carried out in small stretches instead of a long stretch.

During operation stage Works and Services Department (FATA) will make

arrangements with some organization/contractor for proper maintenance and

operation of the road. Periodic inspections will be made by contracted firm

particularly in monsoon season to identify the landslide areas and their remedial

measures. In case of any land slide contracted firm will clear the road within minimum

time. For this purpose the firm should be fully equipped and there should be

contingency plan in case of any emergency/natural disaster.

7.2.13 Safety and Health Hazards

Occurrence of accidents/incidents during the construction activities, particularly from

excavation activities is generally common. The workers and general public residing

along the project corridor or near the work sites will particularly be at risk. In addition,

contractor staff while on work may get injuries.

Mitigation

The contractor will comply with the safety precautions for construction workers as per

International Labor Organization (ILO) Convention No. 62, as far as applicable to the

project contract. The construction workers will be trained in construction safety

procedures, social awareness, equipping all construction workers with safety boots,

helmets, gloves, and protective masks, and monitoring their proper and sustained

usage. Contractor will ensure the provision of medicines, first aid kits, vehicle, etc. at

the campsite.


Page 7-19

7.2.14 Restricted Mobility of Local Population

During the construction phase the general mobility of the local residents and their

livestock in and around the project area is likely to be hindered. Likewise access to the

natural resource may be affected. This particularly implies to the women folk and

children, especially in the context of FATA where women observe proper veil and do

not interact with non-locals. Construction activities, particularly excavation and

movement of haul truck and machinery may disrupt the existing tracks leading from

the main road to settlements. This will limit the accessibility of the local population to

the main road.

Mitigation

The contractor will ensure that the mobility of the local communities and their

livestock is not hindered by the construction activities. The contractor will provide

crossing points at the road at appropriate places to facilitate the people for going

across the road for their daily works and having free access to the natural resources.

Generally the contractor will avoid using the village tracks for hauling the construction

material. However, if it is unavoidable, the existing ones will be widened, overlaid with

shingle or surface treated to accommodate local as well as contractors traffic under

the approval of the Project Engineer.

The contractor will always consider the local sensitivities while performing the project

activities. All the personnel engaged would also be properly briefed about the local

norms and ethics prior to commencement of work.

7.2.15 Gender Issues

Findings of the socioeconomic survey reveal that the privacy of women is a major

cause of concern for the communities of the project area. Due to the project activities

local women many not be able to perform their daily outdoor chores. Women in the

project are participate in other outdoor activities such as livestock rearing, bringing of

potable water, collection of fire wood etc. that may also be affected by the project

activities.

The induction of outside labor may create social and gender issues due to the labor

force being unaware of local customs and norms. It may also cause hindrance to the

mobility of local women for working in the field, herding livestock, picking fuel wood,

etc.

Mitigation

The Contractor will select the specific timings for the construction activities

particularly near the settlements, so as to cause least disturbance to the local

population particularly women.

The Contractor will carry out the construction activities in such a way that the open

defecation timings by the local community particularly women, should not be


Page 7-20

affected. The normal defecation timings are early in the morning and at late in the

evening. So, the Contractor will have to take care of these timings.

Contractor will take due care of the local community and observe sanctity of local

customs and traditions by his staff. Contractor will warn the staff strictly not to involve

in any unethical activities and to obey the local norms and cultural restrictions

particularly with reference to women.

During construction activities, if privacy of the nearby households is affected, the

Contractor will inform the house owner to make some arrangements. Similarly,

Contractor will take care as much as possible that the construction activities should

not affect the privacy particularly with reference to women.

7.2.16 Social Conflicts and Employment of Locals on the Project

The areas of Bajaur and Orakzai, where the project is proposed, present very distinct

local settings. Both the locations have an over-whelming majority of one sectarian

group. In such a situation, presence of outside construction workers may cause some

degree of social disruption and even active disputes with the local community as a

result of differences of religious opinions and culture. This particularly relates to the

non-local work force adhering to a different religious sect that many result in

escalation of sectarian issues. This coupled with decline of economic activities and the

disruption of the privacy of women folk working in the fields or even in the yards of

their houses, should the house be lying at a lower elevation than the working sites.

Likewise the risk of theft of the community assets by the Contractor workers and vice

versa may occur.

Mitigation

Good relations with the local communities will be promoted by encouraging

Contractors to provide opportunities for skilled and unskilled employment to the

locals, as well as on-the-job training in construction for young people.

Sectarian sensitivities should be given due consideration in engaging labor for the

project. Where possible local labor should be engaged for the project, this will not only

provide economic opportunities for the locals but will help the contractor in gaining

local trust and security.

7.2.17 Rise in the Prices of Essential Commodities

Due to induction of outside labor for project works, the demand for basic items will

increase thereby causing an increase in the prices of essential commodities.

Additionally, the road improvement activities during the construction phase may

disrupt the normal flow of trade and supply of essential goods.

Mitigation

In terms of labor induction the project will exert no significant impacts on the prices of

essential commodities. To avoid risk of such price hikes, majority of the unskilled and

semi-skilled labor will be recruited from the local areas. As such there will be no


Page 7-21

extraordinary increase in the demand for essential or other commodities. The

contractor should normally procure the field camps supplies from the main markets of

Kohat, Khar, Peshawar or any nearby commercially active city.

7.2.18 Use of Local Water Supplies and Other Common Resources

Many of the settlements in Bajaur and Orakzai depend on village tube wells for their

daily water requirements. The campsites will also be depending on these local water

resources to meet personal use and construction requirements. This will put strain on

the limited supply of water, putting the construction workers in competition with the

locals for the resource. Local water may be affected due to implementation of project

both in quantity as well as quality.

The project campsites may also use other local resources like fire wood, game and

public resources. This again will affect the availability of these resources to the locals,

as already these areas have very limited resources. Locals have devised a finely

balanced way of life in these harsh conditions and any external influence threatens to

disturb this balance.

Mitigation

The contractor will explore the alternative water resource so that the existing

community water resources are not impacted. No existing water source under the use

of community will be exploited by the Contractor for campsite facilities as well as

construction purposes.

Availability of water for campsite facilities and construction purposes will be ensured

by the Contractor prior to start of construction activities. As per local customs and

government regulations, the contractor will seek approval from the local community

and government for exploitation of the water resources.

The Contractor will be required to maintain close liaison with local communities to

ensure that any potential conflicts related to common resource utilization for project

purposes are resolved quickly.

The contractor will prepare guidelines for the workers for minimizing the wastage of

water during construction activities and at campsites.

7.2.19 Adverse Effects on Archaeological Sites

No known archeological sites exist along the project corridor or its close vicinity.

Mitigation

The Contractor will be required to instruct the construction crew(s) and site

supervisors in archaeological / cultural / historical site and artifact recognition,

conservation procedures, and temporary site protection.

In case of a chance find during excavation, the Contractor must halt work at the site

immediately, inform the XEN and notify the Department of Archaeology and Museums

through the Works and Services Department.


Page 7-22

7.2.20 Graveyards

Graveyards and burial sites are very sensitive for the local communities. The shifting of

graves falling in the RoW may cause social disruption leading to possible conflicts,

ultimately affecting the project works. However, in the proposed project, no graves or

burial site would be affected.

Mitigation

Though the proposed project poses no destruction and disturbance to graveyards,

however, if such a requirement were to arise, a detailed consultation with the local

communities would be carried out. After the agreement and approval of the local

community the affected graves would be shifted to some other site. For this, a proper

shifting allowance would be provided.

7.2.21 Spread of Communicable Diseases amongst the Project Labor and

Adjoining Population

The presence of a large number of construction workers and other associated

personnel may lead to the spread of communicable diseases such as HIV/AIDS and

hepatitis.

Mitigation

The Contractor should excise due diligence in avoidance and control of such mishaps.

Contractor will arrange awareness programs for the communicable diseases in the

field camps on regular basis by a qualified expert/doctor. Contractor will provide

recreational facilities such as playing volleyball of football after work hours. Similarly,

he will provide indoor recreation in terms of radio and TV at the eating-place. The

Contractor will ensure regular medical check–up of the camp staff from a qualified

doctor on fortnightly basis. If any person found affected with any of the transmittal

diseases will be immediately shifted from the camp to the hospital for detailed check–

up and treatment. The cost will be borne by the Contractor. Contractor will restrict his

permanent staff to mix with the locals to avoid any social and health problems.

7.2.22 Recreational Facilities for Public

The construction activities may damage any nearby parks or recreation areas used by

the local population or the tourists.

Mitigation

Currently there are no such damages envisaged however the Contractor will ensure

the restoration and rehabilitation of construction and campsites on completion of the

project. Works and Service Department (FATA) will develop parks, particularly for

children and ladies, at appropriate sites along the road to provide them better

recreational opportunities. This will also attract the outside tourists as well, thus

increasing the incomes of the local people through increased socio–economic

activities. The Works and Service Department (FATA) would carry out tree plantation

along the road.


Page 7-23

7.2.23 Operational and Management Phase

At operational phase the Project Manager will develop a comprehensive operational

and Management Manual of the roads and an effective monitoring plan. Mistakes at

operational level or handling of operations by untrained staff can prove very risky and

costly. Important points to be attended at operational stage are as follows:

i. Strict application of prescribed M&E plan

ii. Continuous evaluation of design efficiencies

iii. Understanding and training of Operational and Maintenance Manual

iv. Regular maintenance of engineering works (mechanical as well as civil).

v. Continued Public consultation and feed back

vi. Continued attention towards Gender issues and women consultation

vii. Refresher Training Courses for operational and maintenance staff

7.2.24 Socioeconomic Impacts on the Overall Project Area

In ultimate analysis the impacts of project on social and economic activities in the

Project area will be mostly positive. The economic analysis shows very high economic

benefits compared to the cost. Salient economic benefits of the project are:

i. Many of the settlements in the project area lack proper health facilities. In case

of malignant diseases the locals generally head to nearby towns and cities for

medical help. Improved roads as a result of the proposed project will ease

access to medical help for the communities of the project area.

ii. The improved mobility of human and material resource leads to a better

economy. The construction of roads in the area will not only provide markets to

material resources, but will also give the local population access to job markets.

iii. Boosting of trade through ensured and enhanced capacity to take additional

traffic.

iv. Increased economic activity with improved transport will ensure easy marketing

of agriculture and livestock produce.

v. With improved economy, there will be further improvement in services in the

area and opportunities for employment, education, healthcare, especially for

women and children, will improve.

vi. Possible stimulus to other diversified economic development, such as Tourism

development programmers, will be generated

vii. Employment during construction phase will employ and train a large number of

unemployed youth. They will receive a life time benefit through skill training,

capacity building and poverty alleviation. A large number of semi and unskilled

workers in the project area will be hired.

viii. Greater awareness about Health care and infectious diseases amongst the labor

and the close by community will be created.

ix. As populations grow, the limited village lands and resources cannot sustain the

local community. To sustain the future communities, villages and settlements

needs to expand, this is only possible through transportation networks.


Page 7-24

x. At micro-level the better roads lead to active communities, which in term

enhance economic activities. This not only improves the quality of life but also

brings down the cost of living by making essential commodities available at

cheaper rates. This combined with higher incidence of employments will bring

the poverty line and crime rate much lower.

xi. Areas of Bajaur and Orakzai where the project is proposed have many untapped

natural resources like marble and minerals etc. Being inaccessible the locals and

outside investors cannot benefit from these resources. Improved roads will no

doubt open up venue for investment and business that could potentially result

in accelerated development and the area and significant economic benefit for

the communities..

xii. FATA, due to its mountainous terrain and other socio-political factors has been

facing unrest and violence. A prime cause for this situation is its remote location

and minimum interaction with outside world, construction of roads will not only

create economic opportunities, but will also expose the people to modernity

and if required would provide fast and efficient evacuation routes.


Page 8-1

8 Environmental and Social Management Plan

(Phase I)

8.1 General

This chapter contains the Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) for phase I of the

proposed project. Phase I of the project as described in Section 3 of the ESIA report consists of

one road in Bajaur and four roads in Orakzai, with the stretch of road in Bajaur being 20 km long

whereas the four stretches of road in Orakzai being 2, 2, 2 and 3 km respectively.

This ESMP encompasses the following components:

Potential Environmental and Social Impacts (summary)

Monitoring Program

Institutional Agreements

Comprehensive Mitigation Plans

Most of the mitigation activities proposed in ESMP will be included under provisions in the

construction contract, engineering supervision contract and necessary agreement with the

communities.

8.2 Mitigation through Avoidance of Adverse Impacts by

Suitable Design

Negative impacts to the natural and socioeconomic environment can take place due to improper

design and management of the project. Most negative factors can be avoided (eliminated)

through the use of proper and environmentally sound technical design.

Lessons can be learnt from the construction and operation of other roads and highways built in

the country, particularly in the FATA region. A number of inherent shortcomings and defects can

be avoided by following good design principles and practices used by successful models for

development of rural road infrastructure. Record of such models is available within the Works

and Services Department and it would be made compulsory for all project implementation and

management entities to follow such a model (selected by the department) for their respective

activities.

8.3 Tender and Construction Phase

8.3.1 Impact Reduction Measures

There are specific measures required of the contractor to reduce the potential impacts of

physical works and also the proposal for monitoring contractor’s compliance / performance

during construction phase.

The contract document will contain requirements for:


Page 8-2

Preparation and implementation of a health, safety and environment (HSE) Plan,

addressing occupational health, safety, and environmental aspects.

Preparation of traffic management plan, addressing movement of vehicles for

material/construction manpower transportation, full/partial road closure during road

construction, warning signs, and other necessary measures.

Preparation and maintenance of documentation record of any road accidents or site

accidents. Provision of insurance coverage to the construction workers.

Proper management of construction waste and preparation of waste management plan

Control measures for waste fuel

Reduction of oil / lubricants, spill or leakage, noise and dust level

Rehabilitation of areas used for construction detours and sites used to temporarily store

construction materials.

Use and proper maintenance of equipment with appropriate noise and smoke

abatement

Restoration of borrow areas or stone quarry areas.

Other requirements as obligation of the contractor, emanating from the Mitigation Plan

and the ESMP.

Specific provision will also include mandating the use of formal health including

protection against communicable diseases, safety and group insurance measures to

minimize accidents and avoid fatalities during the construction process.

Advisory element to address a number of other issues will also be included in the

contract. These will include Implementation of ESMP and its monitoring through the

Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring Plan (EMMP).

8.3.1.1 Road Closures

If a road would have to be closed for a particular duration of time, it must be done with the

permission of the Works and Services Department and in consultation with the communities in

the vicinity. Furthermore, to the extent possible alternate route(s) are to be provided through

diversions, adequate signage and traffic management plan.

8.3.1.2 Cultural and Historical Resources

Local communities will be requested to identify all known sites of cultural and historical

significance in the project area that may be affected by the project, prior to the commencement

of the construction activities to ensure adequate measures for their protection by the contractor


8.3.1.3 Archaeological Field Support

The Works and Services Department will request the Archaeological Department to make

available (where required) a qualified archaeologist to conduct field investigations when

important search work and new material sites are opened. No such site is yet in view but just in

case it does; the services of archeologist would be available.

8.3.1.4 Graveyard and Burials

If unrecorded graveyards and / or burials are found during the course of construction activities,

the supervisions agency will contact and work with local communities within the immediate


Page 8-3

project area to allow for possible identification of the remains and where required, properly

undertake relocation and burial.

8.3.1.5 Local Employment

The contractor is advised to hire all unskilled labor from the local communities. Furthermore,

where individuals with the required skills and experience are available from the local

communities they should be preferred for jobs. It is unlikely, due to the existing level of

education and technical capacity of the local communities, that the contractor would be able to

find any skilled workforce within the project area and so may hire it from elsewhere. There is no

legal obligation to hire local labor but it is desirable that maximum employment benefits are

made available to local communities.

8.3.1.6 Resources use Agreement–Construction Materials

Earth is available in the state-owned lands on either side of the road. It has been estimated that

the entire quantity of the earth required for the construction of the proposed road

infrastructure will be available from the proposed borrow sites. The stream-bed sand is fit for

use in rough construction. Stones may be available from local or nearby quarries. Yet there may

be a need for additional agreement with public to obtain certain materials. In that case

agricultural land would be given the lowest priority in the procurement of fill material.

Whenever the borrow pits are dug, considerable care should be taken in their location. The site

may invariably be rehabilitated after use. Ideal situation would be that site is made good to a

condition almost similar to that prior to the project. It will be helpful if photographs of pre–

project condition are used for the purpose of comparison.

8.3.1.7 Resources Use Agreements - Water

The contractor will be required to provide details of water demands and indicate source of

water prior to the start of construction. Disposal plan for wastewater without polluting the

fertile soil, clean river water or ambient air, will be produced by the contractor for approval of

Executive Engineer and the Project Manager (PM) assisted by an Environmental Consultant.

8.3.2 Pre–Tender Conference

To ensure full understanding of above clauses by prospective contractors, all prequalified

contractors will attend a pre–tender conference, where they will be briefed on their

responsibilities with regard to environmental, social, health and safety issues. These briefings

will review specific provisions of the construction tender documents and contracts.

8.3.3 Pre-Construction Coordination Meeting

Once the contract is awarded the contractor will be required to regularly attend coordination

meeting(s) with project authorities and the local communities. At these meetings, the Project

Manager (PM) and the Executive Engineer (XEN) will further explain the Terms and Conditions of

the Contract, especially those narrated above, if possible.

8.4 Operational Phase - Management of Operational Impact

The Project will also address future maintenance impacts. These will be implemented through

specially requested financial support from Works and Services Department (FATA) and the Multi


Page 8-4

Donor Trust Fund (MTDF) as recurring budget to avoid any deterioration in the functioning of

the newly constructed and rehabilitated roads. Maintenance agency / contractor will be

required to follow procedures similar to those for the construction contractor concerning proper

disposal of construction waste, control measures, for waste fuel, oil and lubricants and adoption

of health and safety measures for personnel.

8.5 Management of Social Impacts

To assess, address and manage the social aspects of the project, a social assessment has been

included in this ESIA during which social impacts and their mitigation have been identified in

detail. In addition, social impacts will be managed through the Social Framework Agreement

(SFA), which will be made available with the XEN as representative of the Works and Services

Department, Construction Supervision Consultants (CSC) the contractor and the communities

residing within the project area.

The SFA will be drafted and signed when the project is finally approved and the implementation

commences. A draft illustrative agreement has been provided which may be updated, if

necessary.

8.6 Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring Plan (EMMP)

The environmental mitigation and monitoring plan (EMMP) is a very important component of

the ESMP. The implementation of the ESMP will be the contractual obligation of the contractor.

For that the contracted will engage a full time technical staff capable of a carrying out the

prescriptions of the ESMP as contractual obligations under the contract document. The

engineering consultants will have on their team a full time professional level environmental

expert to provide an overall professional cover to the environmental monitoring process and the

procedures and develop required reports and point out any gaps in the implementation of the

mitigation measures or enforcement of the prescriptions of the ESMP. In Works and Services

Department there is an Environmentalist, who will be responsible for the monitoring and

evaluation (M&E) of environmental and social mitigation measures at the detailed design,

bidding, construction and implementation stages. The results of the M&E activities will be

included in the reports prepared for the project manager and XEN of the Works and Services

Department.

The monitoring program will comprise site inspection designed to determine contractor’s

compliance or otherwise with ESMP and applicable regulations and statutes.

A monitoring program designed providing ex-ante and ex-post quality assessments of the

environmental parameters of the project are not proposed. It is however to be noted that:

Project impacts will be identified by site inspections and in discussion with site in

charge(s), XEN and local communications

The project is a localized activity and changes in the environment are likely to be

minimum.


Page 8-5

Except for some unanticipated factors, originating from offsite facilities, the project is

not likely to cause significant discomfort/disturbance to communities. For offsite

facilities, if needed, inspections (and response to complaints, if any) will indicate

whether any further action needs to be taken or not.

The proposed site inspections by the consultants’ environmentalist and the Works and Services

Department will be carried out on regular basis as per their own time schedules, but not

necessarily as minimum level of M&E activities by each monitoring agency. The program

outlined in Table 8.1 below should be observed.

Table 8.1: Minimum Monitoring Plan

Project Phase Proposed Minimum Inspections

Pre-Construction

One visit to main project site

One visit each to proposed Borrow site, Camp site, Material Depot site, Proposed machinery yard and other proposed sites.

One visit to each community

One visit to proposed water sources

Construction

Visits to main project site at 20%, 50%, 75% and 100% completion stage.

One visit to other project sites every quarter.

Two visits per quarter in response to complaints

Post Construction

One visit to each construction site (part) site during construction.

Two visits to each component site 12–18 months after the completion of the highway

Two visits per quarter on response to any complaints

It is also anticipated that additional inspection will be required in response to any complaints by

local communities. So another two visits per quarter may be budgeted for M&E personnel. All

officers concerned with M&E will prepare their own M&E Implementation Plans for information

of all concerned. All M&E personnel will be given optimal mobility and flexibility to implement

their M&E implementation plans.

8.7 Visits / Inspection Authorization

For the inspection process to function, access to the project and other related sites must be

guaranteed by Works and Services Department. Accordingly, the contract documents and

operating documents will incorporate a phrase with similar intent to that outlined below:

Any officer authorized in writing by the Works and Services Department or

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), may at any time enter any premises whether

prescribed or otherwise, and may:

o Examine and inspect materials, machinery, control equipment and monitoring

equipment. Take samples of any pollutants that are emitted, discharged or

deposited, or are likely to be or are of a class or kind that are usually emitted,

discharged or deposited from such premises.

o Examine any books, records or documents relating to the performance or use of

such equipment, control equipment, monitoring equipment or relating to the

emission, discharge or deposit from such premises.


Page 8-6

o Photograph such premises as he/she considers necessary or make copies of any

book, records or documents seen in the course of such examination.

8.8 ESMP Implementation Arrangements

8.8.1 Institutional Arrangements

The overall responsibility of ESMP implementation will rest with the Chief Engineer of the Works

and Services Department, FATA. A Project Management Unit (PMU) will be established headed

by the Project Director (FATA ERRP). The PMU will ensure the implementation of ESMP through

Field Implementation Units (FIU) which will be established within each of the agency (district)

offices of W&SD in Bajaur and Orakzai Agencies. PIUs will be headed by the respective Executive

Engineer (XEN) and supported by Sub Divisional Officer (SDO) and Deputy Director Environment

(DDE).

A professional consulting firm will be responsible for Contract Administration & Construction

Supervision. The firm will be fully empowered as the ‘Construction Supervision Consultant’ (CSC).

The CSC will have a full time field based environmental specialist to ensure the implementation

of ESMP. The environmental specialist of CSC will also develop training modules and conduct

environmental trainings for the contractor’s staff.

The contractor will be responsible for the implementation of ESMP. A full time field based

environmental expert will be hired whose responsibility will be to monitor and report all the

ESMP implementation related activities on a regular basis.

An independent external monitor will be hired to monitor and provide external monitoring

reports of the ESMP implementation. The figure below illustrates the institutional set-up for the

ESMP and EMMP.

The organogram below gives the overall implementation arrangements for the project.


Page 8-7

Figure 8.1: Organogram for Implementation of ESMP

8.8.2 Management Responsibility

The following entities constitute the project organization. Their specific roles and responsibilities

for environmental management during the construction phase of the project are explained in

the subsequent paragraphs.

(i) The Implementation

Agency (IA)

Works and Services Department, FATA through the Project

Management Unit (PMU) will be responsible for the

implementation of ESMP. Main responsibilities of the IA will be to:

i. Monitor the ESMP implementation.

ii. Review monthly, quarterly and annual progress reports

from contractor, CSC and IEM as vetted by the project

consultants.

iii. Facilitate coordination with the XEN.

iv. Submitting monthly and quarterly progress and monitoring

reports to the Client.

v. Hiring of external monitor as per the guidelines and

approval of the client to monitor the implementation of

the ESMP.

vi. Provide financing to cover all expenses for the tasks

included in the project budget.







Contractor



Page 8-8

(ii) Construction Supervision

Consultant

Construction Supervision consultant (CSC) will be responsible for

the supervision of contractor for the implementation of civil works

as well as ESMP. Full time field based environmental and social

expert will be employed to ensure the implementation of ESMP.

The CSC will also be responsible to design and impart

environmental and social trainings for the contractor’s staff.

(iii) Contractor The engineering procurement and construction (EPC) company

contracted by the implementation agency to carry out the

construction of the proposed roads. Implementation of the ESMP

will be the responsibility of the contractor for which well-qualified

environmental engineer and a full time field based environmental

expert will be employed.

All mitigation measures for adverse impacts proposed in the ESMP

will be duly and timely implemented in letter and spirit. For this

purpose, daily, monthly and annual checklists will be formulated

and maintained.

(iv) General Assistance to all

above agencies in their

respective tasks

Works and Services Department, Executive Engineer (XEN) of the

Project will facilitate communications, logistics and data collection

as and when required. . For all M&E activities in the field the XEN

will act as the focal person.

(v) External Monitoring An Independent Environmental Monitor (IEM) will be engaged by

the Works and Services Department to periodically monitor the

implementation of ESMP. The IEM will monitor the compliance

status develop external monitoring reports on a quarterly basis.

8.8.3 Summary of Finances for Various Agencies

As provided above in different paragraphs, following is the summary of Finances for various tiers

of ESMP implementation:

Agency Financial Agreement

Contractor’s technical staff for ESMP implementation and allied logistics.

Cost provided in BOQ as per PC–1.

Consultants environmental expert, the support staff and allied logistics.

Included as consultants fees in the consultants costs as per PC–1.

Environmental officer(s) of the Works and Services Department consisting of Deputy Director Environment and Deputy Director Sociology, support staff and allied logistics.

Included in the Works and Services Department Budget estimate as per PC–1.

Executive engineer Included in Works and Services Department Budget as per PC–1.

Donor external monitoring mission Included in donor procurement costs.


Page 8-9

8.8.4 Reporting and Supervision

The environmental expert of the CSC will receive information from contractor’s environmentalist

in the form of periodical reports as well as inspection notes based upon his monitoring and

inspection at the project site. This information will make a basis for the environment section /

unit of the Works and Services Department for their further reporting. All reports will be location

and activity specific. The reports will especially identify areas of contractor’s non–compliance

with the ESMP and provide guiding remarks on actions to be taken. The significance of the non–

compliance will also be noted.

The Works and Services Department will prepare and submit periodical reports to the Bank on

quarterly basis. Copies of these reports will also be sent to the Project Manager as well as the

Project Director for their information and necessary action. The non-compliance by contractor

will be linked with the system of payment of bills by classifying the non-compliances as minor,

moderate or major depending upon the period over which the non-compliance is continued.

Within one month the non-compliance is minor, after two months it is moderate and after three

months it becomes major.

The Environmental Expert, in his routine reports, will include a summary status of activities

relating to the ESMP. As and when necessary, supplemental reports with greater detail than the

routine reports should also be prepared. These reports will reinforce the information for the

environmental staff of the Works and Services Department who may use it for sending

additional reports to the Bank.

Works and Services Department will also engage Independent Environmental Monitor (IEM) to

periodically verify the effective implementation of the ESMP, IEM will submitreports to the

Works and Services Department on regular basis.


Page 8-10

8.9 Mitigation Plans

Table 8.2: Environmental Impacts during Construction Phase

Impact

Mitigation Responsibility

Mitigation Measure Contract and Social

Framework Agreement (SFA) Clauses

Implementation Supervision Monitoring

1. Soil and Landscape

1.1 Physical Scarring of landscape

Unnecessary widening beyond the proposed design of the road shall be avoided at straight portions and on bends. The movement of construction equipment and vehicles will be restricted to work areas. Safe driving practices must be encouraged to minimize soil erosion. A speed limit of 40 kmph will be observed and monitored in the project area, and off-road driving strictly prohibited. The alignment of the widening will be selected so as to minimize the clearing of vegetation and minimized trees cutting. Steep cut-and-fill will be avoided, and a gentle side slope maintained where possible. Retaining walls will be constructed where necessary.

Contractor’s obligation as defined in the Tender and Contract Documents

Contractor in Collaboration with XEN

Environmentalist of CSC

(i) DDE of Works and Services Department (ii) Independent Environmental Monitor (IEM)

1.2 Increased risk of land slippage and accelerated soil erosion

The one clear passage for transport will continue to be maintained during the project, and measures such as spraying water implemented to reduce dust emission and erosion. All sections of the road close to or on steep slopes will be closely monitored for any signs of soil erosion or land slippage. Environmental monitoring will involve checks for any signs of soil erosion so that remedial actions, such as applying water and compaction, can be implemented. The state of the work corridor will be monitored during project to prevent any spillover outside the corridor. The Executive Engineer (XEN) of the Works and Service

Contractor’s obligation as defined in contract and the Tender document

Contractor and XEN CSC (i) DDE (ii) IEM


Page 8-11

Impact





Department (FATA) will allow local readjustments in foundation treatment or any other small changes to the contractor.

1.3 Blockage of natural drainage.

The natural drainage pattern will not be disturbed, and culverts will be constructed where required. Surplus soil and cleared vegetation will be disposed of so as to avoid disturbing the natural drainage.

Contactor’s obligation defined in the Tender and contract data and SFA with community


2. Location of Labor Camps, Material Depots, Equipment Yards and Approach Roads

2.1 Location of camps near sensitive receptors like water resources, private lands without prior consent of landowners and dumping and storage of construction material equipment in private lands may cause adverse impacts to the environment within the vicinity of the facilities

The contractor will, in consultation with XEN, select the location of all these facilities within a prior approved land. The camp/other site facilities will be established on a flat land without much natural vegetation, at least 500 m away from the communities. Satellite imagery can also be used to select the suitable sites, to record the pre-construction conditions, and to monitor the condition of these sites during and after the construction phase.

Contract Documents and Contractor’s obligations


3. Oil Spills from Construction Machinery

3.1 Any leakage or spillage of diesel, oil or any other chemical will contaminate the soil which may in turn impact the water

Contractor will apply strict rules on his workers and labor to ensure that no spill or leakages are caused. All fuels, oils and bitumen will be stored appropriately, with concrete padding and bunding for containment in case of leakage. If the spills or leakages do take place, it must be




Page 8-12

Impact





sources, nearby community and/or productive land

followed by the treatment prescribed below as per the degree of spill or leakages. The contractor will employ the general criteria for oil and leakage at construction sites, as per standards set forth by “Guidelines for Oil Spill Waste Minimization and Management” issued by International Petroleum Industry Environmental Conservation Associate which are as follows: (Source: IPIECA Report Series, Volume-12, “Guidelines for Oil Spill Waste Minimization and Management”)

4. Earthen Embankments or Concrete Work, Edge Scouring

4.1 Poor design and inappropriate construction procedures can potentially damage the embankments, concrete works or road edges. The impact is moderately significant but can easily be mitigated

Edge Scouring of earthen embankments or concrete work must first be dealt at design stage. Wherever such a situation is anticipated, aprons should be provided to secure edges and specifications must be kept of high standards. During the construction phase this aspect should be addressed through appropriate construction methodology and employing appropriate techniques such as protection walls and rip rap. Contractor will repair all damages to the earthen embankments, concrete works, or pavement edges caused by the construction works. During the operation phase appropriate measures need to be incorporated in the Operational Manual.

Contractor’s obligation defined in the Tender and contract documents


5. Impact of Borrowing Material from Earth Borrow Sites and Stone Quarrying

5.1 A large quantity of earth will be

The topsoil up to 30 cm shall be removed and stored prior to excavation of fill material. After completion of

Contactor’s obligation defined in the Tender and



Page 8-13

Impact





removed from borrow pits located within the state land on either side of the road. This can potentially cause slope instability, loss of soil/land productivity, uneven terrain, and altered drainage.

borrowing the area would be leveled and the top soil would be restored to ensure no loss in productivity of land Borrow sites would not be deeper than 3 ft at any location to avoid alteration in drainage pattern and reduce the risk of soil erosion The borrow areas will be selected after obtaining approval from the XEN. The contractor will ensure that the borrowing does not cause slope instability, loss of soil/land productivity, uneven terrain, and altered drainage. Wherever possible/necessary, these places will be leveled and planted with trees using appropriate planting technology/methodology.

contract data and SFA with community.

6. Water Resources

6.1 Groundwater extraction over and above the sustainable yield will reduce the volume of groundwater available

Water will not be extracted beyond the sustainable yield limit, defined as that volume of groundwater if used that can be extracted annually from a groundwater basin without reducing the total size of the aquifer. Given that water is to be extracted from a ground water aquifer whose recharge rate, (like the actual volume of water available or its rate of depletion) is not known, the extraction will be monitored to ensure that it does not lead to irreversible environmental damage. The depth of the aquifer water table will be monitored

Contactor’s obligation defined in the Tender and contract data and SFA with community.



Page 8-14

Impact





6.2 The local communities’ rights over water shall be recognized and adequately compensated

Water will be extracted only from a major source a main stream. The community will be compensated for the water extracted from the area’s water resources in recognition of their rights



7. Contamination of Soil and Water

7.1 Effluents released as a result of the project activities, if not contained properly, may contaminate the soil and water

No contaminated effluents will be released into the environment without having been treated. When abandoning sumps, an extra cap of soil will be placed over them to allow compaction. Fuels, oils, and other hazardous substances will be handled and stored according to standard safety practices. Fuels, oil, and chemical storage facilities will be checked daily for any signs of leakage.



7.2 Water quality is likely to deteriorate if pollutants or contaminated soil mix with surface runoff during the rains and are carried downhill to water bodies

The camps will be located as to avoid proximity drinking water sources, maintaining a minimum distance of 500 m from such natural resources. Sumps will be located in a position such that they are: Fixed in absorbent soil Down-sloped and away from the camp (and downwind, if practical) Downstream from the camp water source and above the high-water mark of any nearby water body (if any). Vehicle and equipment maintenance, including washing, will be allowed only in designated areas underlain with concrete slabs and a system to catch runoff. Solid waste (including food waste) will be segregated and disposed of as follows: Materials suitable for recycling will be stored separately




Page 8-15

Impact





and sold to approved recycling contractors Combustible waste, Non-combustible, non-recyclable rubbish will be sent to a landfill Solid residue from the septic tanks will be transported to municipal sewage treatment drains. Precautions, such as drip pans, will be used to avoid any spills that may occur during fuel and oil transfer operations. Precautionary materials, including shovels, plastic bags and absorbent materials will be kept available near fuel and oil storage areas.

7.3 If allowed to leach into the ground, the contaminants may also pollute groundwater.

Sewage and other waste effluents will be handled so as to avoid contaminating surface and groundwater. Water from washing areas and kitchen will be released into sumps. An appropriately designed septic tank will be used to treat sewage, and outlets will release treated effluents into sumps. The integrity of the entire system will be maintained and monitored. Septic tanks and sumps will be built at a safe distance from any water hole, stream or dry streambed, so as to prevent the entry of surface water, and the bottom of the sump will be kept above groundwater level. Fuel tanks will be appropriately marked by content, and along with oils, and chemicals will be stored in dyked areas lined with an impervious base.



8. Releases into the Air

8.1 Dust emissions from vehicular traffic

Imposing speed limits and encouraging more efficient journey management will reduce the dust emissions produced by vehicular traffic. Water will be sprinkled where necessary to contain dust emissions.



8.2 Dust emissions Dust emissions at the construction sites will be Contactor’s obligation Contractor and XEN CSC (i) DDE


Page 8-16

Impact





from earthworks along the road

minimized using good housekeeping and management practices.

defined in the Tender and contract data and SFA with community.

(ii) IEM

8.3Exhaust fumes from vehicles and construction machinery,

All equipment, generators and vehicles used during the project will be properly tuned and maintained in good working condition in order to minimize exhaust emissions



8.4 Emissions from asphalt plants

The asphalt plant will not be operated without properly functioning dust control system such as wet Scrubber.



9. Noise and Vibrations

9.1 Equipment and vehicular noise

Equipment and vehicles will be maintained on regular basis



9.2 Blasting noise and vibrations

Plan for blasting times to be outside of hours when people are most disturbed by noise (such as prayer and night times). Develop and implement standard operating procedures, blasting rules and a safety management plan that: delineates the danger zone associated with each blast of at least 500m and clear people and animals from this zone before, during and after (30 minutes) each blast; provides an audible warning at least three minutes before blast is fired; and Informs local communities of blasting timetable in advance and provide adequate notices of blasts are required outside of the planned schedule The use of blasting will be kept to an absolute minimum. Rock basting near the communities will be avoided to




Page 8-17

Impact





the extent possible. A detailed protocol for management and monitoring of blasting operation will be established. The intended target of the blasting will be marked prior to its start. If any significant damage to the ground is observed, the blasting parameters will be modified or the blasting will be re-planned. Standard safety procedures for handling explosives will be used to protect the staff, the community, and the environment

10. Ecology and Biodiversity Disturbance

10.1Temporary or permanent surface vegetation clearance during construction

No clearance of vegetation or killing/hunting/trapping of wild animal will be allowed. Compensation will be paid for any tree cutting on the private land. C compensatory tree plantation will be carried out for Forest Department owned trees and for each tree removed, five saplings will be planted. The Project will ensure appropriate care and monitoring of this plantation. Camps and other temporary facilities will be established in a manner that minimizes loss of natural vegetation including trees. Borrow material will be obtained without causing any damage to the natural vegetation.




Page 8-18

Table 8.3: Social Impacts

Social Risk Mitigation Responsibility Construction Stage

1. Land Acquired on Temporary and Permanent Basis

A separate study Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) has been carried out to address the issues related to acquisition of private assets and compensation. The same study shall be submitted separately.

2. Increased risk of accidents caused by partial closure of road during construction

During construction activities, traffic flow will be disturbed. At sections passing through populated areas, there will be limited scope for providing diversion tracks for the mobility of local and thorough traffic that will increase the risk of accidents.

Proper site-specific measures will be carried out in consultation with supervisory consultants to ensure the safety of population residing along and around the project corridor. A detailed Traffic Management Plan (TMP) will be prepared and implemented by the contractor with the approval of the Works and Service Department (FATA), XEN

Contractor / XEN Construction

Necessary measures will be taken to ensure the safety of traffic during construction, including barricades (including signs, pavement markings, flags, and lights) erected as required by the Works and Services Department (FATA) and set up as per local regulations.


The construction work will be managed such that part of the carriageway at a time is upgraded leaving the other part available to serve one-way traffic. Construction work will be carried out in small stretches instead of a long stretch.


As a result of road improvement the traffic volume will increase during operation stage, there may be safety hazards for the locals residing along the edge of the road as well as vehicular traffic.

During operation stage Works and Services Department (FATA) will make arrangements with some organization/contractor for proper maintenance and operation of the road. Periodic inspections will be made by contracted firm particularly in monsoon season to identify the landslide areas and their remedial measures. In case of any land slide contracted firm will clear the road within minimum time. For this purpose the firm should be fully equipped and there should be contingency plan in case of any emergency/natural disaster.

Works and Services Department

Operation

3. Health and Safety Hazards

Occurrence of The contractor will comply with the safety precautions for Contractor / XEN Construction


Page 8-19


accidents/incidents during the construction activities, particularly from excavation activities is generally common. The workers and general public residing along the project corridor or near the work sites will particularly be at risk. In addition, contractor staff while on work may get injuries.

construction workers as per International Labor Organization (ILO) Convention No. 62, as far as applicable to the project contract. The construction workers will be trained in construction safety procedures, social awareness, equipping all construction workers with safety boots, helmets, gloves, and protective masks, and monitoring their proper and sustained usage. Contractor will ensure the provision of medicines, first aid kits, vehicle, etc. at the campsite.

4. Gender Issues

Findings of the socioeconomic survey reveal that the privacy of women is a major cause of concern for the communities of the project area. Due to the project activities local women many not be able to perform their daily outdoor chores. Women in the project are participate in other outdoor activities such as livestock rearing, bringing of potable water, collection of fire wood etc. that may also be affected by the project activities.

The Contractor will select the specific timings for the construction activities particularly near the settlements, so as to cause least disturbance to the local population particularly women.


The Contractor will carry out the construction activities in such a way that the open defecation timings by the local community particularly women, should not be affected. The normal defecation timings are early in the morning and at late in the evening. So, the Contractor will have to take care of these timings.


Findings of the socioeconomic survey reveal that the privacy of women is a major cause of concern for the communities of the project area. Due to the project activities local women many not be able to perform their daily outdoor chores. Women in the project are

Contractor will take due care of the local community and observe sanctity of local customs and traditions by his staff. Contractor will warn the staff strictly not to involve in any unethical activities and to obey the local norms and cultural restrictions particularly with reference to women.


During construction activities, if privacy of the nearby households is affected, the Contractor will inform the house owner to make some arrangements. Similarly, Contractor will take care as much as possible that the construction activities should not affect the



Page 8-20


participate in other outdoor activities such as livestock rearing, bringing of potable water, collection of fire wood etc. that may also be affected by the project activities.

privacy particularly with reference to women.

5. Social Conflicts and Employment of Locals on the Project

Both the locations have an over-whelming majority of one sectarian group. In such a situation, presence of outside construction workers may cause some degree of social disruption and even active disputes with the local community as a result of differences of religious opinions and culture. This particularly relates to the non-local work force adhering to a different sect that many result in escalation of sectarian issues. This coupled with decline of economic activities and the disruption of the privacy of women folk working in the fields or even in the yards of their houses, should the house be lying at a lower elevation than the working sites. Likewise the risk of theft of the community assets by the Contractor workers and vice versa may occur.

Good relations with the local communities will be promoted by encouraging Contractors to provide opportunities for skilled and unskilled employment to the locals, as well as on-the-job training in construction for young people. Sectarian sensitivities should be given due consideration in engaging labor for the project. Where possible local labor should be engaged for the project, this will not only provide economic opportunities for the locals but will help the contractor in gaining local trust and security.


6. Rise in the Prices of Essential Commodities

Due to induction of outside labour for project works, the

The project will exert no negative impacts on the prices of essential In terms of labor induction the project will exert no

Contractor Construction


Page 8-21


demand for basic items will increase thereby causing an increase in the prices of essential commodities

significant impacts on the prices of essential commodities. To avoid risk of such price hikes, majority of the unskilled and semi-skilled labor will be recruited from the local areas. As such there will be no extraordinary increase in the demand for essential or other commodities. The contractor should normally procure the field camps supplies from the main markets of Kohat, Khar, Peshawar or any nearly by commercially active city.

7. Use of Local Water Supplies and Other Common Resources

The campsites will also be depending on local water supplies to meet personal use and construction requirements. This will put strain on the limited supply of water, putting the construction workers in competition with the locals for the resource. Local water may be affected due to implementation of project both in quantity as well as quality.

The contractor will explore the alternative water resource so that the existing community water resources are not impacted. The Contractor for campsite facilities as well as construction purposes will exploit no existing water source under the use of community.


The project campsites may also use other local resources like fire wood, game and public resources. This again will affect the availability of these resources to the locals, as already these areas have very limited resources. Locals have devised a finely balanced way of life in these harsh conditions and any external influence threatens to disturb this balance.

The Contractor prior to start of construction activities will ensure availability of water for campsite facilities and construction purposes. As per local customs and government regulations, the contractor will seek approval from the local community and government for exploitation of the water resources.

Contractor / XEN / Local Govt.

The Contractor will be required to maintain close liaison with local communities to ensure that any potential conflicts related to common resource utilization for project purposes are resolved quickly.

Contractor

The contractor will prepare guidelines for the workers for minimizing the wastage of water during construction activities and at campsites.

Contractor


Page 8-22


The presence of a large number of construction workers and other associated personnel may lead to the spread of communicable diseases such as hepatitis.

The Contractor should excise due diligence in avoidance and control of such mishaps. Contractor will arrange awareness programs for the communicable diseases in the field camps on regular basis by a qualified expert/doctor. Contractor will provide recreational facilities such as playing volleyball of football after the work hours. Similarly, he will provide indoor recreation in terms of radio and TV at the eating-place. The Contractor will ensure regular medical check–up of the camp staff from a qualified doctor on fortnightly basis. If any person found affected with any of the transmittal diseases will be immediately shifted from the camp to the hospital for detailed check–up and treatment. The cost will be borne by the Contractor. Contractor will restrict his permanent staff to mix with the locals to avoid any social and health problems.

Contractor Post -Construction

The construction activities may damage any nearby parks or recreation areas used by the local population or the tourists.

The Contractor will ensure the restoration and rehabilitation of construction and campsites on completion of the project. Works and Service Department (FATA) will develop parks, particularly for children and ladies, at appropriate sites along the road to provide them better recreational opportunities. This will also attract the outside tourists as well, thus increasing the incomes of the local people through increased socio–economic activities. The Works and Service Department (FATA) would carry out tree plantation along the road.

8. Restricted Mobility

During the construction phase the general mobility of the local residents and their livestock in and around the project area is likely to be hindered. Likewise access to the natural resource may be affected. This

The contractor will ensure that the mobility of the local communities and their livestock is not hindered by the construction activities. The contractor will provide crossing points at the road at appropriate places to facilitate the people for going across the road for their daily works and having free access to the natural resources.



Page 8-23


particularly implies to the women folk and children, especially in the context of FATA where women observe proper veil and do not interact with non-locals. Construction activities, particularly excavation and movement of haul truck and machinery may disrupt the existing tracks leading from the main road to settlements. This will limit the accessibility of the local population to the main road.

Generally the contractor will avoid using the village tracks for hauling the construction material. However, if it is unavoidable, the existing ones will be widened, overlaid with shingle or surface treated to accommodate local as well as contractors traffic under the approval of the Project Engineer.

9. Adverse Effects on Graveyards and Archaeological Sites (if any)

The shifting of graves falling in the RoW may cause social disruption leading to possible conflicts, ultimately affecting the project works

A detailed consultation with the local communities would be carried out. After the agreement and approval of the local community the affected graves would be shifted to some other site. For this, a proper shifting allowance would be provided. The Contractor will be required to instruct the construction crew(s) and site supervisors in archaeological / cultural / historical site and artifact recognition, conservation procedures, and temporary site protection. In case of a chance find during excavation, the Contractor must halt work at the site immediately, inform the XEN and notify the Department of Archaeology and Museums through the Works and Services Department.

Contractor / XEN Contractor / XEN / Archaeological Department

Construction Construction


Page 8-24

Table 8.4: Operational Phase

1. Strict application of prescribed Monitoring & Engineering plan

Works and Services Department Staff

Works done through contractor to according to strict specification and in commutation with communities

XEN In charge of the road

Officer(s), authorized by Works and Services Department

2. Continuous evaluation of design efficiencies


Works done through contractor to according strict specification and in communication with communities


Works and Services Department or whosever is i/c of the road

3. Understanding and training of operational manual


Works done through contractor to according to strict specification and in communication with communities



4. Environmental Annual Audit


Works done through maintenance contractor to according to strict specification and in communication with communities



5. Regular Maintenance of engineering works



XEN In charge of the road with the assistance of contractor


6. Continued Public Consultant




Works and Services Department or whosever is I/c of the road

7. Continued Gender issues and women Consultants


Works done through contractor to according to strict specification and in communication with communities. To have gender-neutral policy


Works and Services Department or whosever takes over the management and maintenance of the road

8. Refresher courses for the operational staff


Works done through contractor to according to strict specification and in communication with communities.


Works and Services Department or whoever takes the management and maintenance of the road


Page 8-25

8.10 Environmental Monitoring

8.10.1 Compliance Monitoring

The environmental monitoring will be carried out with the help of checklists prepared on the

basis of the mitigation plans provided in Tables 8.2 and 8.3. These checklists will be filled by the

contractor’s environment specialist on a regular basis, and provided to the CSC. All non-

compliances recorded in the filled checklists will be followed up for remediation. The summary

of filled checklists, non-compliances and remedial actions will be included in the progress

reports.

8.10.2 Effects Monitoring

Works and Services Department will engage a competent consultant to conduct effects

monitoring on a periodic basis. The effects monitoring plan is provided in the Table 8.5. The

overall objective of the effects monitoring is to ensure that the key environmental parameters in

the project area remain within the acceptable limits specified by the National Environmental

Quality Standards (NEQS) (and other relevant benchmarks) throughout the project execution.

For this purpose, the Independent Environmental Monitor (IEM) will carry out the periodic

sampling, monitoring, and analysis of the key environmental parameters specified in the ESMP

and provide their results to the Works and Services Department.

8.10.3 Third Party Monitoring

Works and Services Department will engage a suitable consultant to carry out environmental

audit of the project on a bi-annual basis. During these audits, the ESMP compliance and its

effectiveness will be assessed. This monitoring will help identify weaknesses in the ESMP

implementation and also recommend the corrective measures.

8.10.4 Checklists for Environmental Monitoring

For the purpose of conducting environmental monitoring, the following checklists will be

prepared and used at the site:

i. Campsite Checklist

a. Location of labor camps, material dumps, equipment yards and approach roads

b. Pollution from diesel and other oil spills from machinery

c. Smoke from burning of waste material or burning firewood

d. Soil Compaction due to Labor Camps and machinery yards.

e. Infection diseases in Labor employees and nearby public.

f. Water sources used and its impact on community water sources

ii. Borrow Area and Quarries Checklist (for each site)

a. Impact of taking borrow material from earth borrow site.

b. Access to other construction materials.

iii. Waste Material Disposal

a. Site for disposal of waste construction material

b. Material and construction waste management after completion of road

construction


Page 8-26

c. Diesel and other fluids spilling over to the construction site machinery.

iv. Construction Site Checklist

a. Adjustments with unstable locations appearing during construction.

b. Limitations of construction sites resolved appropriately.

c. Earthen embankment or concrete work edge Scouring.

d. Discharge to unstable slopes or leakages on construction.

e. Any damage / discharge diversion of water to any spur/bund avoided.

f. Any discharge spill or dumping on any building or house on any surface water

body

g. Effect on surface flow conditions in case of rain.

h. Dust smoke and other polluting impacts from construction machinery.

i. Dust or other pollutants from stored material / spoil heaps.

j. Noise from use of old or outdated machinery.

k. Noise due to blasting in hilly tract

l. Public safety at construction site.

m. Health and safety of labor and employees at construction site.

v. Water Extraction Point Checklist

a. Impacts on source of construction water.

b. Impacts on sources of surface water.

c. Impacts on sources of groundwater.

d. Impacts on sources of drinking water.

vi. Road Checklist

a. Drains, paths roads crossed by moving machinery and the damage suitably

repaired.

b. Impacts on roads used for transport of construction material.

c. Impact of stone quarrying.

vii. Operational Checklist

a. Strict application of prescribed M&E plan.

b. Continuous evaluation of design efficiency.

c. Understanding and training of operational manual.

d. Annual environmental audit.

e. Regular maintenance.

f. Staff welfare.

g. Continued public consultation.

h. Continued mitigation of gender issues and women consultation.

i. Refresher courses for operational staff.

j. Staff and labor colony reconstruction.

k. Construction of some additional / support structures.

viii. Biological Checklist

a. Damage to Flora.

b. Damage to Fauna.

c. Damage to Fisheries (where applicable)

d. Impact on adjacent open lands.

e. Impact on Endangered species.


Page 8-27

ix. Sociological Checklist

a. Impact on existing services, education, health, electricity, water supply,

communication.

b. Impact on local ethnicity, tribal tension, community rivalries and canal water

disputes.

c. Impact on land ownership.

d. Adverse effect on cultural and archaeological heritage.

e. Chance find during construction.

f. Graveyards or burials.

g. Employment.

h. Women status, exposure to employment and education opportunities

i. Cultural reunion through better communication.

j. Market opportunities.

k. Recreation opportunities and Tourism.

x. General Check List

a. Is ESIA complete

b. Is ESIA, IEE, training complete

c. Is HSE management complete

This monitoring plan will cover the entire project implementation period, which will be 24

months.


Page 8-28

Table 8.5: Effects Monitoring Plan

Project Stage Parameters Details Applicable Standard

Location Frequency Duration

Air Quality

Pre-construction PM10, SO2, NOX, CO

15 m downwind from the edge of the pavement and asphalt plant location

NEQS for Ambient Air Quality; WHO

Three locations along the road, and near the asphalt plant site

Once; prior to construction commencement

Continuous 24 hours

Construction

PM10, SO2, NOX, CO, HC

40 m downwind from Hot Mix Plant and Asphalt Plant


Three locations along the road, and near the asphalt plant

Once in 4 months Continuous 24 hours


15 m from pavement NEQS for Ambient Air Quality; WHO

Stretch of highway where work is in progress


Water Quality

Pre-construction Pb, BOD5, total coliforms, fecal coliforms, TDS

Community water sources NEQS for Drinking Water; WHO

5 locations near the CoI-2 (RoW, campsite, asphalt plant site)

Once about a fortnight before contractor mobilization

-

Construction

Common ions, Pb, BOD5, total coliforms, fecal coliforms, TDS


5 locations near CoI-2 (number of locations to be determined according to requirement)

Once in 4 months -

Common ions, TSS, TDS, Turbidity

River water near the CoI-2 NEQS/other relevant standards


Once in 4 months -

32 parameters per the NEQS

Waste effluents from camps, asphalt plant and offices

NEQS camps, asphalt plant and offices Once in 4 months -

Noise

Pre-construction Noise level on dB(A) Scale

15 m from edge of pavement /site for other facilities

NEQS standards for Ambient Noise; WHO

Three locations along stretch of highway where work is in progress; near asphalt plant site; near camp site


24 hours

Construction Noise level on 7 m from equipment / NEQS; WHO At equipment yard, asphalt plant and Once in 4 months 24 hours


Page 8-29



dB(A) Scale machinery construction site

Noise level on dB(A) Scale

15 m from edge of pavement /other facilities



Once in 4 months 24 hours

Soil

Construction Oil and grease Relevant international standards

Three locations in equipment yard and other locations specified by CSC

Once in 4 months -


Page 8-30

8.11 Environmental and Social Trainings

The capacity building and awareness raising of the project staff for the environmental and social

aspects is critically important to ensure effective implementation of the ESMP and its various

elements particularly the EMMP. The supervision consultants (CSC) and the contractor will be

responsible to impart these trainings. The indicative training plan is presented in Table 8.6,

which will be finalized by the CSC.

Table 8.6: Environmental and Social Trainings

Contents Participants Responsibility

General environmental and socioeconomic awareness; Environmental and social sensitivity of the project area; Key findings of the ESIA; Mitigation measures; EMMP; Social and cultural values of the area.

Selected project management staff

CSC

General environmental and socioeconomic awareness; Environmental and social sensitivity of the project area; Mitigation measures; Community issues; Safety issues; Awareness of transmissible diseases Social and cultural values.

All site personnel CSC and Contractor’s Environment Specialist

EMMP; Safety issues; Waste disposal

Construction crew Contractor’s Environment Specialist

Road safety; Defensive driving; Waste disposal; Cultural values and social sensitivity.

Drivers Contractor’s Environment Specialist

Camp operation; Waste disposal; Natural resource conservation; Safety Housekeeping.

Camp staff Contractor’s Environment Specialist

Restoration requirements; Waste disposal

Restoration teams CSC and Contractor’s Environment Specialist

8.12 Environmental and Social Management Budget

The environmental and social management cost includes tree plantation program and health

and safety measures. The environmental monitoring cost has been worked out on the basis of

Effects Monitoring Plan is given in Table 8.5 As the project is scheduled for completion in two

years, therefore, environmental monitoring cost has been worked out for two years. The staff


Page 8-31

responsible for operation of the project road will be trained to implement environmental

safeguard in post construction period and respective cost has been worked out. The total

environmental and social management cost including the resettlement cost is estimated to be

about Rs. 7.917 Million.

Table 8.7: Cost Estimates for Environmental Management

Environmental Component Quantity Amount Pak Rs.

Details/Basis

i. Tree Plantation

660 790,000 Cost includes plantation and maintenance up to three years

ii. Health & Safety Measures L.S. 350,000 Lump sum

iii. Miscellaneous Cost L.S. 160,000 Lump sum

iv. Air Quality Monitoring 50 1,500,000 50 samples @ Rs. 30,000/sample

v. Water Quality Monitoring 80 1,200,000 80 samples @ Rs. 15,000/sample

vi. Noise Level Monitoring 65 325,000 65 samples @ Rs. 5,000/sample

vii. Soil Tests 30 1,940,000

Training 1,650,000 Lump sum

External Monitoring 4,100,000

Total Environmental and Social Management Cost 7,917,000

8.13 Recommendations

8.13.1 Avoidance

Based upon the lessons learnt from the past experience regarding rural roads the Works and

Services Department designers or their design consultants will avoid any model that may

become environmental or social hazard at any stage.

8.13.2 Contractor’s Obligations

The following conditions should be included, in addition to general conditions provided for

environmental and socioeconomic impact mitigation in the tender document(s):

Clause regarding disposal of waste construction material

The Contractor will in consultation with and with the approval of the project XEN and the

recommendation of the environmental experts, select a site for disposal of waste construction

material. Contravention to this clause may tantamount to non–compliance to the contract and

the contractor will be responsible for removing the non-approved material dumped at his own

expense and pay a fine for the negligence.

Clause regarding adjustment with unstable locations appearing during construction especially

the foundation

In case an unstable location appears during construction, especially the foundation, of the road,

contractor will immediately inform the XEN providing full technical details about the problem.

The XEN will inspect the site; preferably the same day the report is received and will, if

necessary, agree to make modifications and changes in the design to stabilize the situation such

as change in the depth of foundation. Contractor will not make any changes in the specification


Page 8-32

without express approval of the XEN. Contravention to this provision will mean unauthorized

construction carried out for which XEN may issue dismantling orders.

Clause regarding Location of Labor Camps, Material Dumps / Depots, Equipment and

Machinery Yards, approach roads and routes

State land is available for location of labor camps, material depots, equipment and machinery

yard, link road / diversion or any other facility(s) related to the proposed project. The Contractor

will choose particular sites within the overall campus indicated in consultation with XEN. These

activities will not be allowed outside the state land, located on either side of highway. If the

Contractor chooses to locate his facilities on a private land, he will himself be responsible for any

compensation, resettlement or rehabilitation process and related costs and XEN or Works and

Services Department will not be involved in acquiring or using the land in making any payments

for doing so.

Clause regarding Rehabilitation of Construction and extraction sites

The Contractor will carry out construction work exactly on the same site and according to the

same design as provided in the tender documents. Also the campsite, material depot, machinery

and equipment yard, link roads, borrow areas will, after the completion of construction, be

restored and rehabilitated and brought to at least the same condition, in which these were

handed over to the contractor. A set of photographic and video record will be made of the sites

prior to construction to ensure proper restoration and rehabilitation. Final payments and the

release of securities deposited will be subject to compliance with this clause.

Clause regarding drainage, paths, roads, Linear Fixtures crossed / damaged by Machinery

moving to and from the construction sites

During the construction, if the contractor’s vehicles moving to and from the construction site(s)

causing any damage or disruption of services pertaining to drainage systems, paths, roads linear

fixtures e.g., transmission lines and fences, the contractor, will get the damage repaired and

services restored within 24 hours of the damage, failing which the XEN will get an assessment of

the damage and losses and debit that amount to the contractors account and the next payment

will be made to the contractor after deducting the debited amount.

Clause regarding earthen embankments or Concrete Work vicinity Scouring

All such spots where there is a possibility of Scouring of earthen embankments or concrete work

as mentioned in the tender and the subsequent construction contract, the contractor will

protect the embankments by erecting protection walls and stone rip–rap work, failing which the

payment of the contractor will be withheld.

Clause regarding discharge spill or dumping on any building, House, graveyard, archaeological

site (established or newly found), unstable slopes, un-compacted embankment or leaking into

construction area

The contractor will be contractually bound to not to allow or cause discharge spill or dumping on

any building, house, graveyard, archaeological site (established or newly found), unstable slopes,

un-compacted embankment or leakage into the construction area. Any such failure will be duly

noted by the XEN during site inspections and the contractor will immediately remedy the


Page 8-33

situation failing which the payment of the contractor will be withheld and the damage so caused

will be debited to contractor’s account under the contractual provisions.

Clause regarding diesel and other fluids spilling over to stream water or open areas from

construction machinery

The contractor will ensure that his construction machinery is always in an excellent working

order and no spilling of diesel or any other fluids into the water stream or open areas, is caused

by the contractor’s machinery. For any such spill the contractor will pay the environmental

compensation to be assessed by XEN in consultation with Pak–EPA and the said amount will be

debited towards the payment of the contractor.

Clause regarding providing proper diversion of water

The contractor will, in consultation with the XEN provide proper diversion to water flowing cross

stream, and by collaboration with local communities as per the Social Framework Agreement

and preparing them for any such diversions or closures. Losses caused to construction work due

to poor or mismanaged stream flow diversion will be considered as negligence on the part of

contractor any damages or losses caused due to this negligence will be borne by the contractor.

Clause regarding control on air quality by not allowing machinery to cause dust, smoke or

noise pollution

The contractor will not cause deterioration of air quality by using old or ill maintained machinery

that cause excessive dust emissions, smoke or noise pollution. The contractor will follow strict

standards of maintenance of machinery, provide qualified and trained drivers and operations for

the vehicles. The contractor will also sprinkle water on dirt roads to be used as link roads, and

sites where the earth is to be dumped to suppress dust emissions. Furthermore, the contractor

will provide protective masks to his work force. Failure to do so will be taken as serious

contravention of the contract and will cause the payment to be deferred till the correction of the

situation.

Clause regarding control on dust or other pollutants from Stored materials, material depots or

spoil heaps

The Contractor will:

locate his material depots and spoil dump as far away from the villages / community

“Hujras” as possible.

keep all such materials covered for effective control of the fugitive dust.

Failing to do so the contractor will bear the cost which may have to be incurred on remedial

actions or compensation to be paid to the local community member(s).

Clause regarding use of outdated machinery

The Contractor will obtain a certificate from the Vehicle Examiner working under the XEN but

paid by the contractor, that all the machinery employed is either new or in first class working

condition so as not to cause smoke or oil leakages. XEN will not allow the use of any outdated

machinery.


Page 8-34

Clause to Protect the Biological Resources

The Contract will ensure that:

i. Unnecessary and out of bound activities/movements are not conducted outside the

campus allotted for setting–up the labor camp, material depots and machinery yard.

ii. No firearms are carried by any of the employees or labor except for any security officers

/ guards.

iii. All Forest, Wildlife and Fisheries Laws are fully respected and abided by both the

contractor and the work force.

iv. The Biodiversity is respected and protected along with its terrestrial, aquatic and aerial

habitats.

v. Necessary signboards are displayed to remind the labor force, visitors and members of

public about their obligations towards the biological resources of the project area.

vi. Inspections by Wildlife, Forest and Fisheries Officers are facilitated in camps to facilitate

a proper implementation of relevant Laws.

vii. Communities are made aware and are involved in proper protection of the biological

resources within and around the project site(s).

viii. Any contravention to any of the above sub–clauses will be considered as breach of

contract and could lead to disqualification of the contractor.

Clause regarding respect for Socio–economic and Cultural Values and physical cultural

The Contractor will be bound to:

i. Ensure that no damage or disruption is caused to the social infrastructure or public

services being provided to the people e.g., education, health, electricity supply, drinking

water supply facilities for public gathering or religious congregations.

ii. Ensure the Contractor or his employees remain aloof of the local tribal tensions

especially the strife’s over distribution of canal water.

iii. Ensure that existing ownership of land around the project is respected.

iv. Ensure that if some construction material has to be procured from or through a member

of the local community, it must be carried out under the provisions of the Social

Framework Agreement with the local communities.

v. Ensure that no damage or adverse effect is caused to archaeological (present or chance

find) sites, graveyards and burial places.

Clause regarding Public Safety, Health and Safety at Construct Site, including measures against

HIV/AID and Life insurance.


i. put up temporary but prominent sign boards warning people against likely hazards

which can be caused due to certain activities. (Also to be reflected in SFA).

ii. arrange to run a proper campaign in the labor camp, to make people aware of the

causes, mode of transmission and consequences of HIV/AIDS and other infectious

diseases particularly Hepatitis and Cholera.

iii. upgrade the nearest existing BHU(s) for the benefit of the labor as well as the

surrounding villages.


Page 8-35

iv. ensure proper cleanliness and hygienic conditions at labor camps by ensure a clean

mess, proper drainage and suitable disposal of solid waste. Inoculation against Cholera

and Hepatitis will be arranged at intervals as recommended by the Health Department.

v. keep all the camps, offices, material depots, machinery yards and work sites open for

the inspection of health and safety measures and related documents.

vi. provide proper safety gear such as overalls, helmets, field boots and earplugs to all the

workers as a precaution against any mishap, interlink various parts of the construction

complex with local wireless telephones for quick reporting of any accident / mishap and

also provide standby vehicles for transportation in case of a serious injury.

vii. Provide a comprehensive group insurance cover to the workers and labor working on

site or in the camp, against accidents, mishaps or loss of life on duty.

Clause regarding employment of Locals in the Construction work

The Contractor as an obligation of the Contract will employ, subject to availability and work

ability, maximum number of local labor for construction work.

Note: The aforementioned clauses have been suggested purely from a technical point of view.

These may be vetted by a qualified legal professional / officer before incorporating them into

the tender or contract document(s).

8.13.3 Social Frame Work Agreement (SFA)

A social Frame Work Agreement (SFA) will be signed through mutual open consent between the

local village leaders project contractor and the XEN of the Project. At least two confirmed

leaders / elders will be chosen from each of the villages situated adjacent to the area where

construction activity is going to be witnessed. These leaders / elders will constitute a villagers

committee and they will choose a Chairman from among themselves. The SFA will be signed by

the XEN, the Contractor and by the Chairman of villager’s committee from the village’s side. SFA

will be drafted on the lines of legal agreements signed amongst three parties and should

preferably be on a stamped paper to be provided by the XEN at the project cost. All the

mitigation measures where reference to SFA has been made in the ESMP, will be included in the

SFA. The Works and Services Department obligations through XEN, village’s social obligations

and Contractor’s obligations will be listed separately. Copies of SFA will be kept by XEN, the

villagers chairman and the Contractor. The SFA will be considered as a natural follow up of the

public consultation and public hearing and an indication that Works and Services Department

and the local people are mutually facilitating the construction of new the proposed road

infrastructure.


Page 8-36

8.13.4 Social Frame Work Agreement

1. This is a sample Social Frame Work Agreement between Executive Engineer (XEN) and

the villagers committee of the project Area.

Village Name

(Two of each village) Father’s Name

1. 1

2

2. 1

2

3. 1

2

4. 1

2

5. 1

2

6. 1

2

7. 1

2

8. 1

2

9. 1

2

10. 1

2

2. We the committee of village leader / elders of the project area have agreed unanimously

to nominate ________________________________S/O ______________________ as

our chairman and authorize him to enter into an SFA with the project XEN on our behalf

and on his own behalf. We understand and pledge that this SFA will be a binding

between us and the XEN throughout the duration of the construction work as well as the

operational phase.

SR. No. Name Signatures / LTI

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.


Page 8-37

3. By mutual consent it is agreed the Works and Services Department, their consultants

and contractors:

a. Will not occupy any agricultural land or acquire any other land during the construction

of this project.

b. Will not cause any damage or reduction in the water supply in the stream flowing in the

area through any of actions to the projects.

c. Will not cause any disturbance to Forest Wildlife, any public archeological heritage or a

place of worship.

d. Will not interfere in the social political or tribal balance of the area.

e. Will / wherever possible, facilitate better services and supplies to the area e.g. schooling,

health, awareness on epidemic diseases, electricity and road/rail communication.

f. (More commitments can be added if required)

Also, by mutual consent it is agreed that all the villagers residing in the area located within 2 km

on either side of the roads proposed in the project (names of villages listed in para I above,

collectively and severally:

a. Will not interfere in the location of labor camps, material depots, equipment yards and

all the approach roads to be used during project construction phase, all of which will be

located on the state land.

b. Will not interfere if the Works and Services Department decides to shift the construction

to a more suitable site as long as the activity remains on state land.

c. Will not receive any discharge of water slurry or oil spills to any graveyard or

archaeological site.

d. Will not cause any damage to wildlife, or fisheries forest resources of the area. No

villagers will be involved in killing, poaching or hunting of animals.

e. Will not allow reduction or official interference in our existing services and facilities e.g.

education, health, electricity, drinking water supply, religious and social congregations.

f. Will not allow any interference in our tribal, commercial or social norms, and we

understand that no land acquisition is involved under the project.

g. Agree that in case the contractor wishes to obtain some material from the private lands

or wishes to make use of any piece of land outside the state land that would invoke a

new bi-lateral agreement between the villager(s) and the contractor and the Works and

Services Department (FATA) will not be involved in that in any way.

h. Agree to respect and observe the cautions on the sign boards displayed by project

authorities and will not remove or cause to be removed any signboards or installations

authorized by the XEN.

Note: Add more conditions if required as per the prevailing circumstances.

This SFA has been signed this _____________day of _________, at _________


Page 8-38

Signatures Signatures Executive Engineer Chairman Villager’s Committee (Name and address) (Name and Address)

Signatures Signatures Local XEN Contractor (Name and address) (Name and Address) Counter singed

Signature Project Director, Works and Services Department (Name and address)


Page 8-39

8.13.5 Operational Manual

For post construction phase of the project, it is recommended, that a broad based team of

experts is assigned the development of a comprehensive operation manual for the proposed

roads. The manual should also include a provision for continuous training of the staff that have

to be assigned operational or maintenance duties. An effective monitoring and evaluation (M&E)

system should make an integral part of the operation manual by way of providing a check list for

every operational and maintenance stage. As stated in the ESMP, the following points must be

part of the operation manual:

a. Strict application of the prescribed M&E plan.


c. Training sessions for understanding and operating the manual.

d. Annual audit of environment (comparison of what is happening vis-à-vis set standards)

to be conducted by an independent party.


f. Staff welfare.

g. Continuous public consultation and Public Relations (PR).

h. Continue address of gender issues and women consultation.

Refresher courses for the operational staff are recommended.


Page 9-1

9 Environmental Management Plan (Phase II)

9.1 General

This chapter contains the Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) for phase II of the

proposed project. Phase II of the project consists of six stretches of road in the Bajaur agency

totaling 35.5 km, whereas the total length of the four stretches of road in the Orakzai agency is

11 km. The exact alignment of these roads is not known at this stage, therefore it was not

possible to collect site specific environmental and social data for these stretches of road.

Since both the phases have roads in both the Orakzai and Bajaur agencies, are of the same width

/ type and are located in the same areas (within the respective agency), the associated potential

issues, their proposed mitigation and subsequent monitoring requirements would be very

similar. Similarly, the overall framework of the ESMP presented in Section 8 for phase I of the

proposed project would also apply to phase II, just as the SFA, construction contracts and the

engineering supervision (consultancy) contracts, etc. and their requirements for phase II of the

proposed project would be identical to that of phase I.

This ESMP encompasses the following components:

Potential Environmental and Social Impacts (summary)

Monitoring Program

Institutional Agreements

Comprehensive Mitigation Plans

Most of the mitigation activities proposed in ESMP will be included under provisions in the

construction contract, engineering supervision contract and necessary agreement with the

communities.

9.2 Mitigation through Avoidance of Adverse Impacts by

Suitable Design

Negative impacts to the natural and socioeconomic environment can take place due to improper

design and management of the project. Most negative factors can be avoided (eliminated)

through the use of proper and environmentally sound technical design.

Lessons can be learnt from the construction and operation of other roads and highways built in

the country, particularly in the FATA region. A number of inherent shortcomings and defects can

be avoided by following good design principles and practices used by successful models for

development of rural road infrastructure. Record of such models is available within the Works

and Services Department and it would be made compulsory for all project implementation and

management entities to follow such a model (selected by the department) for their respective

activities.


Page 9-2

9.3 Tender and Construction Phase

9.3.1 Impact Reduction Measures

There are specific measures required of the contractor to reduce the potential impacts of

physical works and also the proposal for monitoring contractor’s compliance / performance


The contract document will contain requirements for:

Preparation and implementation of a health, safety and environment (HSE) Plan,

addressing occupational health, safety, and environmental aspects.

Preparation of traffic management plan, addressing movement of vehicles for

material/construction manpower transportation, full/partial road closure during road

construction, warning signs, and other necessary measures.

Preparation and maintenance of documentation record of any road accidents or site

accidents. Provision of insurance coverage to the construction workers.

Proper management of construction waste and preparation of waste management plan

Control measures for waste fuel

Reduction of oil / lubricants, spill or leakage, noise and dust level

Rehabilitation of areas used for construction detours and sites used to temporarily store

construction materials.

Use and proper maintenance of equipment with appropriate noise and smoke

abatement

Restoration of borrow areas or stone quarry areas.

Other requirements as obligation of the contractor, emanating from the Mitigation Plan

and the ESMP.

Specific provision will also include mandating the use of formal health including

protection against communicable diseases, safety and group insurance measures to

minimize accidents and avoid fatalities during the construction process.

Advisory element to address a number of other issues will also be included in the

contract. These will include Implementation of ESMP and its monitoring through the

Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring Plan (EMMP).

9.3.1.1 Road Closures

If a road would have to be closed for a particular amount of time, it must be done with the

permission of the Works and Services Department and in consultation with the communities in

the vicinity. Furthermore, to the extent possible alternate route(s) are to be provided through

diversions, adequate signage and traffic management plan.

9.3.1.2 Cultural and Historical Resources

Local communities will be requested to identify all known sites of cultural and historical

significance in the project area that may be affected by the project, prior to the commencement

of the construction activities to ensure adequate measures for their protection by the contractor



Page 9-3

9.3.1.3 Archaeological Field Support

The Works and Services Department request the Archaeological Department to make available

(where required) a qualified archaeologist to conduct field investigations when important search

work and new material sites are opened. No such site is yet in view but just in case it does; the

services of archeologist would be available.

9.3.1.4 Graveyard and Burials

If unrecorded graveyards and / or burials are found during the course of construction activities,

the supervisions agency will contact and work with local communities within the immediate

project area to allow for possible identification of the remains and where required, properly

undertake relocation and burial.

9.3.1.5 Local Employment

The contractor is advised to hire all unskilled labor from the local communities. Furthermore,

where individuals with the required skills and experience are available from the local

communities they should be preferred for semi-skilled jobs. It is unlikely, due to the existing

level of education and technical capacity of the local communities, that the contractor would be

able to find any skilled workforce within the project area and so may hire it from elsewhere.

There is no legal obligation to hire local labor but it is desirable that maximum employment

benefits are made available to local communities.

9.3.1.6 Resources use Agreement–Construction Materials

Earth is available in the state-owned lands on either side of the road. It has been estimated that

the entire quantity of the earth required for the construction of the proposed road

infrastructure will be available from the proposed borrow sites. The stream-bed sand is fit for

use in rough construction. Stones may be available from local or nearby quarries. Yet there may

be a need for additional agreement with public to obtain certain materials. In that case

agricultural land would be given the lowest priority in the procurement of fill material.

Whenever the borrow pits are dug, considerable care should be taken in their location. The site

may invariably be rehabilitated after use. Ideal situation would be that site is made good to a

condition almost similar to that prior to the project. It will be helpful if photographs of pre–

project condition are used for the purpose of comparison.

9.3.1.7 Resources Use Agreements - Water

The contractor will be required to provide details of water demands and indicate source of

water prior to the start of construction. Disposal plan for wastewater without polluting the

fertile soil, clean river water or ambient air, will be produced by the contractor for approval of

Executive Engineer and the Project Manager (PM) assisted by an Environmental Consultant.

9.3.2 Pre-Tender Conference

To ensure full understanding of above clauses by prospective contractors, all prequalified

contractors will attend a pre–tender conference, where they will be briefed on their

responsibilities with regard to environmental, social, health and safety issues. These briefings

will review specific provisions of the construction tender documents and contracts.


Page 9-4

9.3.3 Pre-Construction Coordination Meeting

Once the contract is awarded the contractor will be required to regularly attend coordination

meeting(s) with project authorities and the local communities. At these meetings, the Project

Manager (PM) and the Executive Engineer (XEN) will further explain the Terms and Conditions of

the Contract, especially those narrated above, if possible.

9.4 Operational Phase – Management of Operational Impact

The Project will also address future maintenance impacts. These will be implemented through

specially requested financial support from Works and Services Department (FATA) and the Multi

Donor Trust Fund (MTDF) as recurring budget to avoid any deterioration in the functioning of

the newly constructed and rehabilitated roads. Maintenance agency / contractor will be

required to follow procedures similar to those for the construction contractor concerning proper

disposal of construction waste, control measures, for waste fuel, oil and lubricants and adoption

of health and safety measures for personnel.

9.5 Management of Social Impacts

To assess, address and manage the social aspects of the project, a social assessment has been

included in this ESIA during which social impacts and their mitigation have been identified in

detail. In addition, social impacts will be managed through the Social Framework Agreement

(SFA), which will be made available with the XEN as representative of the Works and Services

Department, construction Supervision Consultants (CSC) the contractor and the communities

residing within the project area.

The SFA will be drafted and signed when the project is finally approved and the implementation

commences. A draft illustrative agreement has been provided which may be updated, if

necessary.

9.6 Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring Plan (EMMP)

The environmental mitigation and monitoring plan (EMMP) is a very important component of

the ESMP. The implementation of the ESMP will be the contractual obligation of the contractor.

For that the contracted will engage a full time technical staff capable of a carrying out the

prescriptions of the ESMP as contractual obligations under the contract document. The

engineering consultants will have on their team a full time professional level environmental

expert to provide an overall professional cover to the environmental monitoring process and the

procedures and develop required reports and point out any gaps in the implementation of the

mitigation measures or enforcement of the prescriptions of the ESMP. In Works and Services

Department there is an Environmentalist, who will be responsible for the monitoring and

evaluation (M&E) of environmental and social mitigation measures at the detailed design,

bidding, construction and implementation stages. The results of the M&E activities will be

included in the reports prepared for the project manager and XEN of the Works and Services

Department.


Page 9-5

The monitoring program will comprise site inspection designed to determine contractor’s

compliance or otherwise with ESMP and applicable regulations and statutes.

A monitoring program designed providing ex-ante and ex-post quality assessments of the

environmental parameters of the project are not proposed. It is however to be noted that:

Project impacts will be identified by site inspections and in discussion with site in

charge(s), XEN and local communications

The project is a localized activity and changes in the environment are likely to be

minimum.

Except for some unanticipated factors, originating from offsite facilities, the project is

not likely to cause significant discomfort/disturbance to communities. For offsite

facilities, if needed, inspections (and response to complaints, if any) will indicate

whether any further action needs to be taken or not.

The proposed site inspections by the consultants’ environmentalist and the Works and Services

Department will be carried out on regular basis as per their own time schedules, but not

necessarily as minimum level of M&E activities by each monitoring agency. The program

outlined in Table 9.1 below should be observed.

Table 9.1: Minimum Monitoring Plan

Project Phase Proposed Minimum Inspections

Pre-Construction

One visit to main project site

One visit each to proposed Borrow site, Camp site, Material Depot site, Proposed machinery yard and other proposed sites.

One visit to each community

One visit to proposed water sources

Construction Visits to main project site at 20%, 50%, 75% and 100% completion stage.

One visit to other project sites every quarter.

Two visits per quarter in response to complaints

Post Construction

One visit to each construction site (part) site during construction.

Two visits to each component site 12–18 months after the completion of the highway

Two visits per quarter on response to any complaints

It is also anticipated that additional inspection will be required in response to any complaints by

local communities. So another two visits per quarter may be budgeted for M&E personnel. All

officers concerned with M&E will prepare their own M&E Implementation Plans for information

of all concerned. All M&E personnel will be given optimal mobility and flexibility to implement

their M&E implementation plans.

9.7 Visits / Inspection Authorization

For the inspection process to function, access to the project and other related sites must be

guaranteed by Works and Services Department. Accordingly, the contract documents and

operating documents will incorporate a phrase with similar intent to that outlined below:


Page 9-6

Any officer authorized in writing by the Works and Services Department or

Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), may at any time enter any premises whether

prescribed or otherwise, and may:

o Examine and inspect materials, machinery, control equipment and monitoring

equipment. Take samples of any pollutants that are emitted, discharged or

deposited, or are likely to be or are of a class or kind that are usually emitted,

discharged or deposited from such premises.

o Examine any books, records or documents relating to the performance or use of

such equipment, control equipment, monitoring equipment or relating to the

emission, discharge or deposit from such premises.

o Photograph such premises as he/she considers necessary or make copies of any

book, records or documents seen in the course of such examination.

9.8 ESMP Implementation Arrangements

9.8.1 Institutional Arrangements

The overall responsibility of ESMP implementation will rest with the Chief Engineer of the Works

and Services Department, FATA. A Project Management Unit (PMU) will be established headed

by the Project Director (FATA ERRP). The PMU will ensure the implementation of ESMP through

Field Implementation Units (FIU) which will be established within each of the agency (district)

offices of at W&SD in Bajaur and Orakzai Agencies. PIUs will be headed by the respective

Executive Engineer (XEN) and supported by Sub Divisional Officer (SDO) and Deputy Director

Environment (DDE).

A professional consulting firm will be responsible for Contract Administration & Construction

Supervision. The firm will be fully empowered as the ‘Construction Supervision Consultant’ (CSC).

The CSC will have a full time field based environmental specialist to ensure the implementation

of ESMP. The environmental specialist of CSC will also develop training modules and conduct

environmental trainings for the contractor’s staff.

The contractor will be responsible for the implementation of ESMP. A full time field based

environmental expert will be hired whose responsibility will be to monitor and report all the

ESMP implementation related activities on a regular basis.

An independent external monitor will be hired to monitor and provide external monitoring

reports of the ESMP implementation. The figure below illustrates the institutional set-up for the

ESMP and EMMP.

The organogram below gives the overall implementation arrangements for the project.


Page 9-7

Figure 9.1: Organogram for Implementation of ESMP

9.8.2 Management responsibility

The following entities constitute the project organization. Their specific roles and responsibilities

for environmental management during the construction phase of the project are explained in

the subsequent paragraphs.

(i) The Implementation

Agency (IA)

Works and Services Department, FATA through the Project

Management Unit (PMU) will be responsible for the

implementation of ESMP. Main responsibilities of the IA will be to:

vii. Monitor the ESMP implementation.

viii. Review monthly, quarterly and annual progress reports

from contractor, CSC and IEM as vetted by the project

consultants.

ix. Facilitate coordination with the XEN.

x. Submitting monthly and quarterly progress and monitoring

reports to the Client.

xi. Hiring of external monitor as per the guidelines and

approval of the client to monitor the implementation of

the ESMP.

i. Provide financing to cover all expenses for the tasks

included in the project budget.







Contractor



Page 9-8

(ii) Construction Supervision

Consultant

Construction Supervision consultant (CSC) will be responsible for

the supervision of contractor for the implementation of civil works

as well as ESMP. Full time field based environmental and social

expert will be employed to ensure the implementation of ESMP.

The CSC will also be responsible to design and impart

environmental and social trainings for the contractor’s staff.

(iii) Contractor The engineering procurement and construction (EPC) company

contracted by the implementation agency to carry out the

construction of the proposed roads. Implementation of the ESMP

will also be the responsibility of the contractor for which well-

qualified environmental engineer and a full time field based

environmental expert will be employed.

All mitigation measures for adverse impacts proposed in the ESMP

will be duly and timely implemented in letter and spirit. For this

purpose, daily, monthly and annual checklists will be formulated

and maintained.

(iv) General Assistance to all

above agencies in their

respective tasks

Works and Services Department, Executive Engineer (XEN) of the

Project will facilitate communications, logistics and data collection

as and when required. . For all M&E activities in the field the XEN

will act as the focal person.

(v) External Monitoring An Independent Environmental Monitor (IEM) will be engaged by

the Works and Services Department to periodically monitor the

implementation of ESMP. The IEM will monitor the compliance

status develop external monitoring reports on a quarterly basis.

9.8.3 Summary of Finances for Various Agencies

As provided above in different paragraphs, following is the summary of Finances for various tiers

of ESMP implementation:

Agency Financial Agreement

Contractor’s technical staff for ESMP implementation and allied logistics.

Cost provided in BOQ as per PC–1.

Consultants environmental expert, the support staff and allied logistics.

Included as consultants fees in the consultants costs as per PC–1.

Environmental officer(s) of the Works and Services Department consisting of Deputy Director Environment and Deputy Director Sociology, support staff and allied logistics.

Included in the Works and Services Department Budget estimate as per PC–1.

Executive engineer Included in Works and Services Department Budget as per PC–1.

Donor external monitoring mission Included in donor procurement costs.


Page 9-9

9.8.4 Reporting Supervision

The environmental expert of the CSC will receive information from contractor’s environmentalist

in the form of periodical reports as well as inspection notes based upon his monitoring and

inspection at the project site. This information will make a basis for the environment section /

unit of the Works and Services Department for their further reporting. All reports will be location

and activity specific. The reports will especially identify areas of contractor’s non–compliance

with the ESMP and provide guiding remarks on actions to be taken. The significance of the non–

compliance will also be noted.

The Works and Services Department will prepare and submit periodical reports to the Bank on

quarterly basis. Copies of these reports will also be sent to the Project Manager as well as the

Project Director for their information and necessary action. The non-compliance by contractor

will be linked with the system of payment of bills by classifying the non-compliances as minor,

moderate or major depending upon the period over which the non-compliance is continued.

Within one month the non-compliance is minor, after two months it is moderate and after three

months it becomes major.

The Environmental Expert, in his routine reports, will include a summary status of activities

relating to the ESMP. As and when necessary, supplemental reports with greater detail than the

routine reports should also be prepared. These reports will reinforce the information for the

environmental staff of the Works and Services Department who may use it for sending

additional reports to the Bank.

Works and Services Department will also engage Independent Environmental Monitor (IEM) to

periodically verify the effective implementation of the ESMP. IEM will submit reports to the

Works and Services Department on regular basis.


Page 9-10

9.9 Mitigation Plans

Table 9.2: Environmental Impacts during Construction Phase

Impact





1. Soil and Landscape

1.1 Physical Scarring of landscape

Unnecessary widening beyond the proposed design of the road shall be avoided at straight portions and on bends. The movement of construction equipment and vehicles will be restricted to work areas. Safe driving practices must be encouraged to minimize soil erosion. A speed limit of 40 kmph will be observed and monitored in the project area, and off-road driving strictly prohibited. The alignment of the widening will be selected so as to minimize the clearing of vegetation and minimized trees cutting. Steep cut-and-fill will be avoided, and a gentle side slope maintained where possible. Retaining walls will be constructed where necessary.

Contractor’s obligation as defined in the Tender and Contract Documents

Contractor in Collaboration with XEN

Environmentalist of CSC

(i) DDE of Works and Services Department (ii) Independent Environmental Monitor (IEM)

1.2 Increased risk of land slippage and accelerated soil erosion

The one clear passage for transport will continue to be maintained during the project, and measures such as spraying water implemented to reduce dust emission and erosion. All sections of the road close to or on steep slopes will be closely monitored for any signs of soil erosion or land slippage. Environmental monitoring will involve checks for any signs of soil erosion so that remedial actions, such as applying water and compaction, can be implemented. The state of the work corridor will be monitored during project to prevent any spillover outside the corridor. The Executive Engineer (XEN) of the Works and Service

Contractor’s obligation as defined in contract and the Tender document



Page 9-11

Impact





Department (FATA) will allow local readjustments in foundation treatment or any other small changes to the contractor.

1.3 Blockage of natural drainage.

The natural drainage pattern will not be disturbed, and culverts will be constructed where required. Surplus soil and cleared vegetation will be disposed of so as to avoid disturbing the natural drainage.

Contactor’s obligation defined in the Tender and contract data and SFA with community


2. Location of Labor Camps, Material Depots, Equipment Yards and Approach Roads

2.1 Location of camps near sensitive receptors like water resources, private lands without prior consent of landowners and dumping and storage of construction material equipment in private lands may cause adverse impacts to the environment within the vicinity of the facilities

The contractor will, in consultation with XEN, select the location of all these facilities within a prior approved land. The camp/other site facilities will be established on a flat land without much natural vegetation, at least 500 m away from the communities. Satellite imagery can also be used to select the suitable sites, to record the pre-construction conditions, and to monitor the condition of these sites during and after the construction phase.



3. Oil Spills from Construction Machinery

3.1 Any leakage or spillage of diesel, oil or any other chemical will contaminate the soil which may in turn impact the water

Contractor will apply strict rules on his workers and labor to ensure that no spill or leakages are caused. All fuels, oils and bitumen will be stored appropriately, with concrete padding and bunding for containment in case of leakage. If the spills or leakages do take place, it must be




Page 9-12

Impact





sources, nearby community and/or productive land

followed by the treatment prescribed below as per the degree of spill or leakages. The contractor will employ the general criteria for oil and leakage at construction sites, as per standards set forth by “Guidelines for Oil Spill Waste Minimization and Management” issued by International Petroleum Industry Environmental Conservation Associate which are as follows: (Source: IPIECA Report Series, Volume-12, “Guidelines for Oil Spill Waste Minimization and Management”)

4. Earthen Embankments or Concrete Work, Edge Scouring

4.1 Poor design and inappropriate construction procedures can potentially damage the embankments, concrete works or road edges. The impact is moderately significant but can easily be mitigated

Edge Scouring of earthen embankments or concrete work must first be dealt at design stage. Wherever such a situation is anticipated, aprons should be provided to secure edges and specifications must be kept of high standards. During the construction phase this aspect should be addressed through appropriate construction methodology and employing appropriate techniques such as protection walls and rip rap. Contractor will repair all damages to the earthen embankments, concrete works, or pavement edges caused by the construction works. During the operation phase appropriate measures need to be incorporated in the Operational Manual.



5. Impact of Borrowing Material from Earth Borrow Sites and Stone Quarrying

5.1 A large quantity of earth will be

The topsoil up to 30 cm shall be removed and stored prior to excavation of fill material. After completion of

Contactor’s obligation defined in the Tender and



Page 9-13

Impact





removed from borrow pits located within the state land on either side of the road. This can potentially cause slope instability, loss of soil/land productivity, uneven terrain, and altered drainage.

borrowing the area would be leveled and the top soil would be restored to ensure no loss in productivity of land Borrow sites would not be deeper than 3 ft at any location to avoid alteration in drainage pattern and reduce the risk of soil erosion The borrow areas will be selected after obtaining approval from the XEN. The contractor will ensure that the borrowing does not cause slope instability, loss of soil/land productivity, uneven terrain, and altered drainage. Wherever possible/necessary, these places will be leveled and planted with trees using appropriate planting technology/methodology.

contract data and SFA with community.

6. Water Resources

6.1 Groundwater extraction over and above the sustainable yield will reduce the volume of groundwater available

Water will not be extracted beyond the sustainable yield limit, defined as that volume of groundwater if used that can be extracted annually from a groundwater basin without reducing the total size of the aquifer. Given that water is to be extracted from a ground water aquifer whose recharge rate, (like the actual volume of water available or its rate of depletion) is not known, the extraction will be monitored to ensure that it does not lead to irreversible environmental damage. The depth of the aquifer water table will be monitored




Page 9-14

Impact





6.2 The local communities’ rights over water shall be recognized and adequately compensated

Water will be extracted only from a major source a main stream. The community will be compensated for the water extracted from the area’s water resources in recognition of their rights



7. Contamination of Soil and Water

7.1 Effluents released as a result of the project activities, if not contained properly, may contaminate the soil and water

No contaminated effluents will be released into the environment without having been treated. When abandoning sumps, an extra cap of soil will be placed over them to allow compaction. Fuels, oils, and other hazardous substances will be handled and stored according to standard safety practices. Fuels, oil, and chemical storage facilities will be checked daily for any signs of leakage.



7.2 Water quality is likely to deteriorate if pollutants or contaminated soil mix with surface runoff during the rains and are carried downhill to water bodies

The camps will be located as to avoid proximity drinking water sources, maintaining a minimum distance of 500 m from such natural resources. Sumps will be located in a position such that they are: Fixed in absorbent soil Down-sloped and away from the camp (and downwind, if practical) Downstream from the camp water source and above the high-water mark of any nearby water body (if any). Vehicle and equipment maintenance, including washing, will be allowed only in designated areas underlain with concrete slabs and a system to catch runoff. Solid waste (including food waste) will be segregated and disposed of as follows: Materials suitable for recycling will be stored separately




Page 9-15

Impact





and sold to approved recycling contractors Combustible waste, Non-combustible, non-recyclable rubbish will be sent to a landfill Solid residue from the septic tanks will be transported to municipal sewage treatment drains. Precautions, such as drip pans, will be used to avoid any spills that may occur during fuel and oil transfer operations. Precautionary materials, including shovels, plastic bags and absorbent materials will be kept available near fuel and oil storage areas.

7.3 If allowed to leach into the ground, the contaminants may also pollute groundwater.

Sewage and other waste effluents will be handled so as to avoid contaminating surface and groundwater. Water from washing areas and kitchen will be released into sumps. An appropriately designed septic tank will be used to treat sewage, and outlets will release treated effluents into sumps. The integrity of the entire system will be maintained and monitored. Septic tanks and sumps will be built at a safe distance from any water hole, stream or dry streambed, so as to prevent the entry of surface water, and the bottom of the sump will be kept above groundwater level. Fuel tanks will be appropriately marked by content, and along with oils, and chemicals will be stored in dyked areas lined with an impervious base.



8. Releases into the Air

8.1 Dust emissions from vehicular traffic

Imposing speed limits and encouraging more efficient journey management will reduce the dust emissions produced by vehicular traffic. Water will be sprinkled where necessary to contain dust emissions.



8.2 Dust emissions Dust emissions at the construction sites will be Contactor’s obligation Contractor and XEN CSC (i) DDE


Page 9-16

Impact





from earthworks along the road

minimized using good housekeeping and management practices.

defined in the Tender and contract data and SFA with community.

(ii) IEM

8.3Exhaust fumes from vehicles and construction machinery,

All equipment, generators and vehicles used during the project will be properly tuned and maintained in good working condition in order to minimize exhaust emissions



8.4 Emissions from asphalt plants

The asphalt plant will not be operated without properly functioning dust control system such as wet scrubber.



9. Noise and Vibrations

9.1 Equipment and vehicular noise

Equipment and vehicles will be maintained on regular basis



9.2 Blasting noise and vibrations

Plan for blasting times to be outside of hours when people are most disturbed by noise (such as prayer and night times). Develop and implement standard operating procedures, blasting rules and a safety management plan that: delineates the danger zone associated with each blast of at least 500m and clear people and animals from this zone before, during and after (30 minutes) each blast; provides an audible warning at least three minutes before blast is fired; and Informs local communities of blasting timetable in advance and provide adequate notices of blasts are required outside of the planned Schedule The use of blasting will be kept to an absolute minimum. Rock basting near the communities will be avoided to




Page 9-17

Impact





the extent possible. A detailed protocol for management and monitoring of blasting operation will be established. The intended target of the blasting will be marked prior to its start. If any significant damage to the ground is observed, the blasting parameters will be modified or the blasting will be re-planned. Standard safety procedures for handling explosives will be used to protect the staff, the community, and the environment

10. Ecology and Biodiversity Disturbance

10.1Temporary or permanent surface vegetation clearance during construction

No clearance of vegetation or killing/hunting/trapping of wild animal will be allowed. Compensation will be paid for any tree cutting on the private land. C compensatory tree plantation will be carried out for Forest Department owned trees and for each tree removed, five saplings will be planted. The Project will ensure appropriate care and monitoring of this plantation. Camps and other temporary facilities will be established in a manner that minimizes loss of natural vegetation including trees. Borrow material will be obtained without causing any damage to the natural vegetation.




Page 9-18

Table 9.3: Social Impacts


1. Land Acquired on Temporary and Permanent Basis

A separate study Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) has been carried out to address the issues related to acquisition of private assets and compensation. The same study shall be submitted separately.

2. Increased risk of accidents caused by partial closure of road during construction

During construction activities, traffic flow will be disturbed. At sections passing through populated areas, there will be limited Scope for providing diversion tracks for the mobility of local and thorough traffic that will increase the risk of accidents.

Proper site-specific measures will be carried out in consultation with supervisory consultants to ensure the safety of population residing along and around the project corridor. A detailed Traffic Management Plan (TMP) will be prepared and implemented by the contractor with the approval of the Works and Service Department (FATA), XEN


Necessary measures will be taken to ensure the safety of traffic during construction, including barricades (including signs, pavement markings, flags, and lights) erected as required by the Works and Services Department (FATA) and set up as per local regulations.


The construction work will be managed such that part of the carriageway at a time is upgraded leaving the other part available to serve one-way traffic. Construction work will be carried out in small stretches instead of a long stretch.


As a result of road improvement the traffic volume will increase during operation stage, there may be safety hazards for the locals residing along the edge of the road as well as vehicular traffic.

During operation stage Works and Services Department (FATA) will make arrangements with some organization/contractor for proper maintenance and operation of the road. Periodic inspections will be made by contracted firm particularly in monsoon season to identify the landslide areas and their remedial measures. In case of any land slide contracted firm will clear the road within minimum time. For this purpose the firm should be fully equipped and there should be contingency plan in case of any emergency/natural disaster.

Works and Services Department

Operation

3. Health and Safety Hazards

Occurrence of The contractor will comply with the safety precautions for Contractor / XEN Construction


Page 9-19


accidents/incidents during the construction activities, particularly from excavation activities is generally common. The workers and general public residing along the project corridor or near the work sites will particularly be at risk. In addition, contractor staff while on work may get injuries.

construction workers as per International Labor Organization (ILO) Convention No. 62, as far as applicable to the project contract. The construction workers will be trained in construction safety procedures, social awareness, equipping all construction workers with safety boots, helmets, gloves, and protective masks, and monitoring their proper and sustained usage. Contractor will ensure the provision of medicines, first aid kits, vehicle, etc. at the campsite.

4. Gender Issues

Findings of the socioeconomic survey reveal that the privacy of women is a major cause of concern for the communities of the project area. Due to the project activities local women many not be able to perform their daily outdoor chores. Women in the project are participate in other outdoor activities such as livestock rearing, bringing of potable water, collection of fire wood etc. that may also be affected by the project activities.

The Contractor will select the specific timings for the construction activities particularly near the settlements, so as to cause least disturbance to the local population particularly women.


The Contractor will carry out the construction activities in such a way that the open defecation timings by the local community particularly women, should not be affected. The normal defecation timings are early in the morning and at late in the evening. So, the Contractor will have to take care of these timings.


Findings of the socioeconomic survey reveal that the privacy of women is a major cause of concern for the communities of the project area. Due to the project activities local women many not be able to perform their daily outdoor chores. Women in the project are

Contractor will take due care of the local community and observe sanctity of local customs and traditions by his staff. Contractor will warn the staff strictly not to involve in any unethical activities and to obey the local norms and cultural restrictions particularly with reference to women.


During construction activities, if privacy of the nearby households is affected, the Contractor will inform the house owner to make some arrangements. Similarly, Contractor will take care as much as possible that the construction activities should not affect the



Page 9-20


participate in other outdoor activities such as livestock rearing, bringing of potable water, collection of fire wood etc. that may also be affected by the project activities.

privacy particularly with reference to women.

5. Social Conflicts and Employment of Locals on the Project

Both the locations have an over-whelming majority of one sectarian group. In such a situation, presence of outside construction workers may cause some degree of social disruption and even active disputes with the local community as a result of differences of religious opinions and culture. This particularly relates to the non-local work force adhering to a different sect that many result in escalation of sectarian issues. This coupled with decline of economic activities and the disruption of the privacy of women folk working in the fields or even in the yards of their houses, should the house be lying at a lower elevation than the working sites. Likewise the risk of theft of the community assets by the Contractor workers and vice versa may occur.

Good relations with the local communities will be promoted by encouraging Contractors to provide opportunities for skilled and unskilled employment to the locals, as well as on-the-job training in construction for young people. Sectarian sensitivities should be given due consideration in engaging labor for the project. Where possible local labor should be engaged for the project, this will not only provide economic opportunities for the locals but will help the contractor in gaining local trust and security.


6. Rise in the Prices of Essential Commodities

Due to induction of outside labour for project works, the

The project will exert no negative impacts on the prices of essential In terms of labor induction the project will exert no



Page 9-21


demand for basic items will increase thereby causing an increase in the prices of essential commodities

significant impacts on the prices of essential commodities. To avoid risk of such price hikes, majority of the unskilled and semi-skilled labor will be recruited from the local areas. As such there will be no extraordinary increase in the demand for essential or other commodities. The contractor should normally procure the field camps supplies from the main markets of Kohat, Khar, Peshawar or any nearly by commercially active city.

7. Use of Local Water Supplies and Other Common Resources

The campsites will also be depending on local water supplies to meet personal use and construction requirements. This will put strain on the limited supply of water, putting the construction workers in competition with the locals for the resource. Local water may be affected due to implementation of project both in quantity as well as quality.

The contractor will explore the alternative water resource so that the existing community water resources are not impacted. The Contractor for campsite facilities as well as construction purposes will exploit no existing water source under the use of community.


The project campsites may also use other local resources like fire wood, game and public resources. This again will affect the availability of these resources to the locals, as already these areas have very limited resources. Locals have devised a finely balanced way of life in these harsh conditions and any external influence threatens to disturb this balance.

The Contractor prior to start of construction activities will ensure availability of water for campsite facilities and construction purposes. As per local customs and government regulations, the contractor will seek approval from the local community and government for exploitation of the water resources.

Contractor / XEN / Local Govt.

The Contractor will be required to maintain close liaison with local communities to ensure that any potential conflicts related to common resource utilization for project purposes are resolved quickly.

Contractor

The contractor will prepare guidelines for the workers for minimizing the wastage of water during construction activities and at campsites.

Contractor


Page 9-22


The presence of a large number of construction workers and other associated personnel may lead to the spread of communicable diseases such as hepatitis.

The Contractor should excise due diligence in avoidance and control of such mishaps. Contractor will arrange awareness programs for the communicable diseases in the field camps on regular basis by a qualified expert/doctor. Contractor will provide recreational facilities such as playing volleyball of football after the work hours. Similarly, he will provide indoor recreation in terms of radio and TV at the eating-place. The Contractor will ensure regular medical check–up of the camp staff from a qualified doctor on fortnightly basis. If any person found affected with any of the transmittal diseases will be immediately shifted from the camp to the hospital for detailed check–up and treatment. The cost will be borne by the Contractor. Contractor will restrict his permanent staff to mix with the locals to avoid any social and health problems.

Contractor Post -Construction

The construction activities may damage any nearby parks or recreation areas used by the local population or the tourists.

The Contractor will ensure the restoration and rehabilitation of construction and campsites on completion of the project. Works and Service Department (FATA) will develop parks, particularly for children and ladies, at appropriate sites along the road to provide them better recreational opportunities. This will also attract the outside tourists as well, thus increasing the incomes of the local people through increased socio–economic activities. The Works and Service Department (FATA) would carry out tree plantation along the road.

8. Restricted Mobility

During the construction phase the general mobility of the local residents and their livestock in and around the project area is likely to be hindered. Likewise access to the natural resource may be affected. This

The contractor will ensure that the mobility of the local communities and their livestock is not hindered by the construction activities. The contractor will provide crossing points at the road at appropriate places to facilitate the people for going across the road for their daily works and having free access to the natural resources.



Page 9-23


particularly implies to the women folk and children, especially in the context of FATA where women observe proper veil and do not interact with non-locals. Construction activities, particularly excavation and movement of haul truck and machinery may disrupt the existing tracks leading from the main road to settlements. This will limit the accessibility of the local population to the main road.

Generally the contractor will avoid using the village tracks for hauling the construction material. However, if it is unavoidable, the existing ones will be widened, overlaid with shingle or surface treated to accommodate local as well as contractors traffic under the approval of the Project Engineer.

9. Adverse Effects on Graveyards and Archaeological Sites (if any)

The shifting of graves falling in the RoW may cause social disruption leading to possible conflicts, ultimately affecting the project works

A detailed consultation with the local communities would be carried out. After the agreement and approval of the local community the affected graves would be shifted to some other site. For this, a proper shifting allowance would be provided. The Contractor will be required to instruct the construction crew(s) and site supervisors in archaeological / cultural / historical site and artifact recognition, conservation procedures, and temporary site protection. In case of a chance find during excavation, the Contractor must halt work at the site immediately, inform the XEN and notify the Department of Archaeology and Museums through the Works and Services Department.

Contractor / XEN Contractor / XEN / Archaeological Department

Construction Construction


Page 9-24

Table 9.4: Operational Phase

1. Strict application of prescribed Monitoring & Engineering plan


Works done through contractor to according to strict specification and in commutation with communities


Officer(s), authorized by Works and Services Department

2. Continuous evaluation of design efficiencies


Works done through contractor to according strict specification and in communication with communities



3. Understanding and training of operational manual





4. Environmental Annual Audit





5. Regular Maintenance of engineering works





6. Continued Public Consultant




Works and Services Department or whosever is I/c of the road

7. Continued Gender issues and women Consultants


Works done through contractor to according to strict specification and in communication with communities. To have gender-neutral policy


Works and Services Department or whosever takes over the management and maintenance of the road

8. Refresher courses for the operational staff


Works done through contractor to according to strict specification and in communication with communities.


Works and Services Department or whoever takes the management and maintenance of the road


Page 9-25

9.10 Environmental Monitoring

9.10.1 Compliance Monitoring

The environmental monitoring will be carried out with the help of checklists prepared on the

basis of the mitigation plans provided in Tables 9.2 and 9.3. These checklists will be filled by the

contractor’s environment specialist on a regular basis, and provided to the CSC. All non-

compliances recorded in the filled checklists will be followed up for remediation. The summary

of filled checklists, non-compliances and remedial actions will be included in the progress

reports.

9.10.2 Effects Monitoring

Works and Services Department will engage a competent consultant to conduct effects

monitoring on a periodic basis. The effects monitoring plan is provided in the Table 9.5. The

overall objective of the effects monitoring is to ensure that the key environmental parameters in

the project area remain within the acceptable limits specified by the National Environmental

Quality Standards (NEQS) (and other relevant benchmarks) throughout the project execution.

For this purpose, the Independent Environmental Monitor (IEM) will carry out the periodic

sampling, monitoring, and analysis of the key environmental parameters specified in the ESMP

and provide their results to the Works and Services Department.

9.10.3 Third Party Monitoring

Works and Services Department will engage a suitable consultant to carry out environmental

audit of the project on a bi-annual basis. During these audits, the ESMP compliance and its

effectiveness will be assessed. This monitoring will help identify weaknesses in the ESMP

implementation and also recommend the corrective measures.

9.10.4 Checklist for Environmental Monitoring

For the purpose of conducting environmental monitoring, the following checklists will be

prepared and used at the site:

i. Campsite Checklist

a. Location of labor camps, material dumps, equipment yards and approach roads

b. Pollution from diesel and other oil spills from machinery

c. Smoke from burning of waste material or burning firewood

d. Soil Compaction due to Labor Camps and machinery yards.

e. Infection diseases in Labor employees and nearby public.

f. Water sources used and its impact on community water sources

ii. Borrow Area and Quarries Checklist (for each site)

a. Impact of taking borrow material from earth borrow site.

b. Access to other construction materials.

iii. Waste Material Disposal

a. Site for disposal of waste construction material

b. Material and construction waste management after completion of road

construction


Page 9-26

c. Diesel and other fluids spilling over to the construction site machinery.

iv. Construction Site Checklist

a. Adjustments with unstable locations appearing during construction.

b. Limitations of construction sites resolved appropriately.

c. Earthen embankment or concrete work edge Scouring.

d. Discharge to unstable slopes or leakages on construction.

e. Any damage / discharge diversion of water to any spur/bund avoided.

f. Any discharge spill or dumping on any building or house on any surface water

body

g. Effect on surface flow conditions in case of rain.

h. Dust smoke and other polluting impacts from construction machinery.

i. Dust or other pollutants from stored material / spoil heaps.

j. Noise from use of old or outdated machinery.

k. Noise due to blasting in hilly tract

l. Public safety at construction site.

m. Health and safety of labor and employees at construction site.

v. Water Extraction Point Checklist

a. Impacts on source of construction water.

b. Impacts on sources of surface water.

c. Impacts on sources of groundwater.

d. Impacts on sources of drinking water.

vi. Road Checklist

a. Drains, paths roads crossed by moving machinery and the damage suitably

repaired.

b. Impacts on roads used for transport of construction material.

c. Impact of stone quarrying.

vii. Operational Checklist

a. Strict application of prescribed M&E plan.


c. Understanding and training of operational manual.

d. Annual environmental audit.


f. Staff welfare.

g. Continued public consultation.

h. Continued mitigation of gender issues and women consultation.

i. Refresher courses for operational staff.

j. Staff and labor colony reconstruction.

k. Construction of some additional / support structures.

viii. Biological Checklist

a. Damage to Flora.

b. Damage to Fauna.

c. Damage to Fisheries (where applicable)

d. Impact on adjacent open lands.

e. Impact on Endangered species.


Page 9-27

ix. Sociological Checklist

a. Impact on existing services, education, health, electricity, water supply,

communication.

b. Impact on local ethnicity, tribal tension, community rivalries and canal water

disputes.

c. Impact on land ownership.

d. Adverse effect on cultural and archaeological heritage.

e. Chance find during construction.

f. Graveyards or burials.

g. Employment.

h. Women status, exposure to employment and education opportunities

i. Cultural reunion through better communication.

j. Market opportunities.

k. Recreation opportunities and Tourism.

x. General Check List

a. Is ESIA complete

b. Is ESIA, IEE, training complete

c. Is HSE management complete

This monitoring plan will cover the entire project implementation period, which will be 24

months.


Page 9-28

Table 9.5: Effects Monitoring Plan



Air Quality

Pre-construction PM10, SO2, NOX, CO

15 m downwind from the edge of the pavement and asphalt plant location


Three locations along the road, and near the asphalt plant site

Once; prior to construction commencement

Continuous 24 hours

Construction


40 m downwind from Hot Mix Plant and Asphalt Plant


Three locations along the road, and near the asphalt plant



15 m from pavement NEQS for Ambient Air Quality; WHO

Stretch of highway where work is in progress


Water Quality

Pre-construction Pb, BOD5, total coliforms, fecal coliforms, TDS


5 locations near the CoI-2 (RoW, campsite, asphalt plant site)


-

Construction

Common ions, Pb, BOD5, total coliforms, fecal coliforms, TDS



Once in 4 months -

Common ions, TSS, TDS, Turbidity

River water near the CoI-2 NEQS/other relevant standards


Once in 4 months -

32 parameters per the NEQS

Waste effluents from camps, asphalt plant and offices

NEQS camps, asphalt plant and offices Once in 4 months -

Noise

Pre-construction Noise level on dB(A) Scale

15 m from edge of pavement /site for other facilities




24 hours

Construction

Noise level on dB(A) Scale

7 m from equipment / machinery

NEQS; WHO At equipment yard, asphalt plant and construction site

Once in 4 months 24 hours

Noise level on 15 m from edge of NEQS standards Three locations along stretch of Once in 4 months 24 hours


Page 9-29



dB(A) Scale pavement /other facilities for Ambient Noise; WHO

highway where work is in progress; near asphalt plant site; near camp site

Soil

Construction Oil and grease Relevant international standards

Three locations in equipment yard and other locations specified by CSC

Once in 4 months -


Page 9-30

9.11 Environmental and Social Trainings

The capacity building and awareness raising of the project staff for the environmental and social

aspects is critically important to ensure effective implementation of the ESMP and its various

elements particularly the EMMP. The Construction Supervision Consultants (CSC) and the

contractor will be responsible to impart these trainings. The indicative training plan is presented

in Table 9.6, which will be finalized by the CSC.

Table 9.6: Environmental and Social Trainings

Contents Participants Responsibility

General environmental and socioeconomic awareness; Environmental and social sensitivity of the project area; Key findings of the ESIA; Mitigation measures; EMMP; Social and cultural values of the area.

Selected project management staff

CSC

General environmental and socioeconomic awareness; Environmental and social sensitivity of the project area; Mitigation measures; Community issues; Safety issues; Awareness of transmissible diseases Social and cultural values.

All site personnel CSC and Contractor’s Environment Specialist

EMMP; Safety issues; Waste disposal

Construction crew Contractor’s Environment Specialist

Road safety; Defensive driving; Waste disposal; Cultural values and social sensitivity.

Drivers Contractor’s Environment Specialist

Camp operation; Waste disposal; Natural resource conservation; Safety Housekeeping.

Camp staff Contractor’s Environment Specialist

Restoration requirements; Waste disposal

Restoration teams CSC and Contractor’s Environment Specialist

9.12 Environmental and Social Management Budget

The environmental and social management cost includes tree plantation program and health

and safety measures. The environmental monitoring cost has been worked out on the basis of

Effects Monitoring Plan is given in Table 9.5 As the project is Scheduled for completion in two

years, therefore, environmental monitoring cost has been worked out for two years. The staff


Page 9-31

responsible for operation of the project road will be trained to implement environmental

safeguard in post construction period and respective cost has been worked out. The total

environmental and social management cost including the resettlement cost is estimated to be

about Rs. 12.692 Million.

Table 9.7: Cost Estimates for Environmental Management

Environmental Component Quantity Amount Pak Rs.

Details/Basis

i. Tree Plantation 1,060 1,272,000 Cost includes plantation and maintenance up to three years

ii. Health & Safety Measures L.S. 530,000 Lump sum

iii. Miscellaneous Cost L.S. 265,000 Lump sum

iv. Air Quality Monitoring 80 2,400,000 50 samples @ Rs. 30,000/sample

v. Water Quality Monitoring 130 1,950,000 80 samples @ Rs. 15,000/sample

vi. Noise Level Monitoring 105 525,000 65 samples @ Rs. 5,000/sample

vii. Soil Tests 45 3,100,000

Training 2,650,000 Lump sum

External Monitoring 6,650,000

Total Environmental and Social Management Cost 12,692,000

9.13 Recommendations

9.13.1 Avoidance

Based upon the lessons learnt from the past experience regarding rural roads the Works and

Services Department designers or their design consultants will avoid any model that may

become environmental or social hazard at any stage.

9.13.2 Contractor’s Obligations

The following conditions should be included, in addition to general conditions provided for

environmental and socioeconomic impact mitigation in the tender document(s):

Clause regarding disposal of waste construction material

The Contractor will in consultation with and with the approval of the project XEN and the

recommendation of the environmental experts, select a site for disposal of waste construction

material. Contravention to this clause may tantamount to non–compliance to the contract and

the contractor will be responsible for removing the npn-approved material dumped at his own

expense and pay a fine for the negligence.

Clause regarding adjustment with unstable locations appearing during construction especially

the foundation

In case an unstable location appears during construction, especially the foundation, of the road,

contractor will immediately inform the XEN providing full technical details about the problem.

The XEN will inspect the site; preferably the same day the report is received and will, if

necessary, agree to make modifications and changes in the design to stabilize the situation such

as change in the depth of foundation. Contractor will not make any changes in the specification


Page 9-32

without express approval of the XEN. Contravention to this provision will mean unauthorized

construction carried out for which XEN may issue dismantling orders.

Clause regarding Location of Labor Camps, Material Dumps / Depots, Equipment and

Machinery Yards, approach roads and routes

State land is available for location of labor camps, material depots, equipment and machinery

yard, link road / diversion or any other facility(s) related to the proposed project. The Contractor

will choose particular sites within the overall campus indicated in consultation with XEN. These

activities will not be allowed outside the state land, located on either side of highway. If the

Contractor chooses to locate his facilities on a private land, he will himself be responsible for any

compensation, resettlement or rehabilitation process and related costs and XEN or Works and

Services Department will not be involved in acquiring or using the land in making any payments

for doing so.

Clause regarding Rehabilitation of Construction and extraction sites

The Contractor will carry out construction work exactly on the same site and according to the

same design as provided in the tender documents. Also the campsite, material depot, machinery

and equipment yard, link roads, borrow areas will, after the completion of construction, be

restored and rehabilitated and brought to at least the same condition, in which these were

handed over to the contractor. A set of photographic and video record will be made of the sites

prior to construction to ensure proper restoration and rehabilitation. Final payments and the

release of securities deposited will be subject to compliance with this clause.

Clause regarding drainage, paths, roads, Linear Fixtures crossed / damaged by Machinery

moving to and from the construction sites

During the construction, if the contractor’s vehicles moving to and from the construction site(s)

causing any damage or disruption of services pertaining to drainage systems, paths, roads linear

fixtures e.g., transmission lines and fences, the contractor, will get the damage repaired and

services restored within 24 hours of the damage, failing which the XEN will get an assessment of

the damage and losses and debit that amount to the contractors account and the next payment

will be made to the contractor after deducting the debited amount.

Clause regarding earthen embankments or Concrete Work vicinity Scouring

All such spots where there is a possibility of Scouring of earthen embankments or concrete work

as mentioned in the tender and the subsequent construction contract, the contractor will

protect the embankments by erecting protection walls and stone rip–rap work, failing which the

payment of the contractor will be withheld.

Clause regarding discharge spill or dumping on any building, House, graveyard, archaeological

site (established or newly found), unstable slopes, un-compacted embankment or leaking into

construction area

The contractor will be contractually bound to not to allow or cause discharge spill or dumping on

any building, house, graveyard, archaeological site (established or newly found), unstable slopes,

un-compacted embankment or leakage into the construction area. Any such failure will be duly

noted by the XEN during site inspections and the contractor will immediately remedy the


Page 9-33

situation failing which the payment of the contractor will be withheld and the damage so caused

will be debited to contractor’s account under the contractual provisions.

Clause regarding diesel and other fluids spilling over to stream water or open areas from

construction machinery

The contractor will ensure that his construction machinery is always in an excellent working

order and no spilling of diesel or any other fluids into the water stream or open areas, is caused

by the contractor’s machinery. For any such spill the contractor will pay the environmental

compensation to be assessed by XEN in consultation with Pak–EPA and the said amount will be

debited towards the payment of the contractor.

Clause regarding providing proper diversion of water

The contractor will, in consultation with the XEN provide proper diversion to water flowing cross

stream, and by collaboration with local communities as per the Social Framework Agreement

and preparing them for any such diversions or closures. Losses caused to construction work due

to poor or mismanaged stream flow diversion will be considered as negligence on the part of

contractor any damages or losses caused due to this negligence will be borne by the contractor.

Clause regarding control on air quality by not allowing machinery to cause dust, smoke or

noise pollution

The contractor will not cause deterioration of air quality by using old or ill maintained machinery

that cause excessive dust emissions, smoke or noise pollution. The contractor will follow strict

standards of maintenance of machinery, provide qualified and trained drivers and operations for

the vehicles. The contractor will also sprinkle water on dirt roads to be used as link roads, and

sites where the earth is to be dumped to suppress dust emissions. Furthermore, the contractor

will provide protective masks to his work force. Failure to do so will be taken as serious

contravention of the contract and will cause the payment to be deferred till the correction of the

situation.

Clause regarding control on dust or other pollutants from Stored materials, material depots or

spoil heaps


locate his material depots and spoil dump as far away from the villages / community

“Hujras” as possible.

keep all such materials covered for effective control of the fugitive dust.

Failing to do so the contractor will bear the cost which may have to be incurred on remedial

actions or compensation to be paid to the local community member(s).

Clause regarding use of outdated machinery

The Contractor will obtain a certificate from the Vehicle Examiner working under the XEN but

paid by the contractor, that all the machinery employed is either new or in first class working

condition so as not to cause smoke or oil leakages. XEN will not allow the use of any outdated

machinery.


Page 9-34

Clause to Protect the Biological Resources

The Contract will ensure that:

ix. Unnecessary and out of bound activities/movements are not conducted outside the

campus allotted for setting–up the labor camp, material depots and machinery yard.

x. No firearms are carried by any of the employees or labor except for any security officers

/ guards.

xi. All Forest, Wildlife and Fisheries Laws are fully respected and abided by both the

contractor and the work force.

xii. The Biodiversity is respected and protected along with its terrestrial, aquatic and aerial

habitats.

xiii. Necessary signboards are displayed to remind the labor force, visitors and members of

public about their obligations towards the biological resources of the project area.

xiv. Inspections by Wildlife, Forest and Fisheries Officers are facilitated in camps to facilitate

a proper implementation of relevant Laws.

xv. Communities are made aware and are involved in proper protection of the biological

resources within and around the project site(s).

xvi. Any contravention to any of the above sub–clauses will be considered as breach of

contract and could lead to disqualification of the contractor.

Clause regarding respect for Socio–economic and Cultural Values and physical cultural

The Contractor will be bound to:

vi. Ensure that no damage or disruption is caused to the social infrastructure or public

services being provided to the people e.g., education, health, electricity supply, drinking

water supply facilities for public gathering or religious congregations.

vii. Ensure the Contractor or his employees remain aloof of the local tribal tensions

especially the strife’s over distribution of canal water.

viii. Ensure that existing ownership of land around the project is respected.

ix. Ensure that if some construction material has to be procured from or through a member

of the local community, it must be carried out under the provisions of the Social

Framework Agreement with the local communities.

x. Ensure that no damage or adverse effect is caused to archaeological (present or chance

find) sites, graveyards and burial places.

Clause regarding Public Safety, Health and Safety at Construct Site, including measures against

HIV/AID and Life insurance.


viii. put up temporary but prominent sign boards warning people against likely hazards

which can be caused due to certain activities. (Also to be reflected in SFA).

ix. arrange to run a proper campaign in the labor camp, to make people aware of the

causes, mode of transmission and consequences of HIV/AIDS and other infectious

diseases particularly Hepatitis and Cholera.

x. upgrade the nearest existing BHU(s) for the benefit of the labor as well as the

surrounding villages.


Page 9-35

xi. ensure proper cleanliness and hygienic conditions at labor camps by ensure a clean

mess, proper drainage and suitable disposal of solid waste. Inoculation against Cholera

and Hepatitis will be arranged at intervals as recommended by the Health Department.

xii. keep all the camps, offices, material depots, machinery yards and work sites open for

the inspection of health and safety measures and related documents.

xiii. provide proper safety gear such as overalls, helmets, field boots and earplugs to all the

workers as a precaution against any mishap, interlink various parts of the construction

complex with local wireless telephones for quick reporting of any accident / mishap and

also provide standby vehicles for transportation in case of a serious injury.

xiv. Provide a group insurance cover to the workers and labor working on site or in the

camp, against accidents, mishaps or loss of life on duty.

Clause regarding employment of Locals in the Construction work

The Contractor as an obligation of the Contract will employ, subject to availability and work

ability, maximum number of local labor for construction work.

Note: The aforementioned clauses have been suggested purely from a technical point of view.

These may be vetted by a qualified legal professional / officer before incorporating them into

the tender or contract document(s).

9.13.3 Social Frame Work Agreement (SFA)

A social Frame Work Agreement (SFA) will be signed through mutual open consent between the

local village leaders project contractor and the XEN of the Project. At least two confirmed

leaders / elders will be chosen from each of the villages situated adjacent to the area where

construction activity is going to be witnessed. These leaders / elders will constitute a villagers

committee and they will choose a Chairman from among themselves. The SFA will be signed by

the XEN, the Contractor and by the Chairman of villager’s committee from the village’s side. SFA

will be drafted on the lines of legal agreements signed amongst three parties and should

preferably be on a stamped paper to be provided by the XEN at the project cost. All the

mitigation measures where reference to SFA has been made in the ESMP, will be included in the

SFA. The Works and Services Department obligations through XEN, village’s social obligations

and Contractor’s obligations will be listed separately. Copies of SFA will be kept by XEN, the

villagers chairman and the Contractor. The SFA will be considered as a natural follow up of the

public consultation and public hearing and an indication that Works and Services Department

and the local people are mutually facilitating the construction of new the proposed road

infrastructure.


Page 9-36

9.13.4 Social Frame Work Agreement

1. This is a sample Social Frame Work Agreement between Executive Engineer (XEN) and

the villagers committee of the project Area.

Village Name

(Two of each village) Father’s Name

1. 1

2

2. 1

2

3. 1

2

4. 1

2

5. 1

2

6. 1

2

7. 1

2

8. 1

2

9. 1

2

10. 1

2

2. We the committee of village leader / elders of the project area have agreed unanimously

to nominate ________________________________S/O ______________________ as

our chairman and authorize him to enter into an SFA with the project XEN on our behalf

and on his own behalf. We understand and pledge that this SFA will be a binding

between us and the XEN throughout the duration of the construction work as well as the

operational phase.

SR. No. Name Signatures / LTI

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.


Page 9-37

3. By mutual consent it is agreed the Works and Services Department, their consultants

and contractors:

g. Will not occupy any agricultural land or acquire any other land during the construction

of this project.

h. Will not cause any damage or reduction in the water supply in the stream flowing in the

area through any of actions to the projects.

i. Will not cause any disturbance to Forest Wildlife, any public archeological heritage or a

place of worship.

j. Will not interfere in the social political or tribal balance of the area.

k. Will / wherever possible, facilitate better services and supplies to the area e.g.

Schooling, health, awareness on epidemic diseases, electricity and road/rail

communication.

l. (More commitments can be added if required)

Also, by mutual consent it is agreed that all the villagers residing in the area located within 2 km

on either side of the roads proposed in the project (names of villages listed in para I above,

collectively and severally:

i. Will not interfere in the location of labor camps, material depots, equipment yards and

all the approach roads to be used during project construction phase, all of which will be

located on the state land.

j. Will not interfere if the Works and Services Department decides to shift the construction

to a more suitable site as long as the activity remains on state land.

k. Will not receive any discharge of water slurry or oil spills to any graveyard or

archaeological site.

l. Will not cause any damage to wildlife, or fisheries forest resources of the area. No

villagers will be involved in killing, poaching or hunting of animals.

m. Will not allow reduction or official interference in our existing services and facilities e.g.

education, health, electricity, drinking water supply, religious and social congregations.

n. Will not allow any interference in our tribal, commercial or social norms, and we

understand that no land acquisition is involved under the project.

o. Agree that in case the contractor wishes to obtain some material from the private lands

or wishes to make use of any piece of land outside the state land that would invoke a

new bi-lateral agreement between the villager(s) and the contractor and the Works and

Services Department (FATA) will not be involved in that in any way.

p. Agree to respect and observe the cautions on the sign boards displayed by project

authorities and will not remove or cause to be removed any signboards or installations

authorized by the XEN.

Note: Add more conditions if required as per the prevailing circumstances.

This SFA has been signed this _____________day of _________, at _________


Page 9-38

Signatures Signatures Executive Engineer Chairman Villager’s Committee (Name and address) (Name and Address)

Signatures Signatures Local XEN Contractor (Name and address) (Name and Address) Counter singed

Signature Project Director, Works and Services Department (Name and address)


Page 9-39

9.13.5 Operational Manual

For post construction phase of the project, it is recommended, that a broad based team of

experts is assigned the development of a comprehensive operation manual for the proposed

roads. The manual should also include a provision for continuous training of the staff that have

to be assigned operational or maintenance duties. An effective monitoring and evaluation (M&E)

system should make an integral part of the operation manual by way of providing a check list for

every operational and maintenance stage. As stated in the ESMP, the following points must be

part of the operation manual:

i. Strict application of the prescribed M&E plan.

j. Continuous evaluation of design efficiency.

k. Training sessions for understanding and operating the manual.

l. Annual audit of environment (comparison of what is happening vis-à-vis set standards)

to be conducted by an independent party.

m. Regular maintenance.

n. Staff welfare.

o. Continuous public consultation and Public Relations (PR).

p. Continue address of gender issues and women consultation.

Refresher courses for the operational staff are recommended

1

10 References

ADB (2005) Summary Initial Environmental Examination of Federally Administered Tribal Areas Rural Development Project ADB (2010) Post-Crisis Needs Assessment PCNA (http://www.pdma.gov.pk/PaRRSA/documents/PCNA.pdf) ADB, WB (2009) Preliminary Damage and Needs Assessment (Immediate Restoration and Medium Term Reconstruction in Crisis Affected Areas) (http://www.pdma.gov.pk/PaRRSA/documents/DNA.pdf) CAMP, IUCN (2003) Status and Red List of Pakistan’s Mammals CAMP (Community Appraisal and Motivation Program) (2004 2011), Understanding FATA, Volumes I to V. FATA Secretariat (2012) Physical Features and Climate (http://fata.gov.pk/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=51&Itemid=85) G. Pfeffer & D. K. Behera (2002) Concept of Tribal Society (Contemporary Society: Tribal Studies, Vol 5). New Delhi-Concept Publishers Geological Survey of Pakistan (1997) Atlas of Pakistan GoP (1997a) Guidelines for the Preparation of Environmental Reports. Government of Pakistan, November 1997 (http://www.environment.gov.pk/eia_pdf/D_rev_enReprt.pdf) GoP (1997b) Pakistan Sectoral Guidelines for Major Thermal Power Stations. Government of Pakistan (http://www.environment.gov.pk/eia_pdf/h_Power.pdf) GoP (2005) Pakistan Social and Living Standards Measurement (PSLM) Survey, 2004-5, Federal Bureau of Statistics GoP (2006) Pakistan Millennium Development Goals (PMDG) Report 2006. Government of Pakistan GoP (2008a) Labour Force Survey (2007 – 2008) Twenty seventh issue Government of Pakistan Statistics Division, Federal Bureau of Statistics. December 2008. GoP (2008b) Quality Drinking Water Standards for Pakistan. Government of Pakistan (http://www.environment.gov.pk/act-rules/DWQStd-MAY2007.pdf ) Govt of KP (2006) FATA Sustainable Development Plan 2006-2015 H. Ahmad, S. Khan, A. Khan and M. Hamayun (2003) Ethnobotanical Resources of Manikhel Forests, Orakzai Tirah, Pakistan

http://www.pdma.gov.pk/PaRRSA/documents/PCNA.pdf

http://www.pdma.gov.pk/PaRRSA/documents/DNA.pdf

http://fata.gov.pk/index.php?option=com_content&view=article&id=51&Itemid=85

http://www.environment.gov.pk/eia_pdf/D_rev_enReprt.pdf

http://www.environment.gov.pk/eia_pdf/h_Power.pdf

2

Iftikhar uz Zamana (2002) Conservation of Pheasants in North West Frontier Province (NWFP), Pakistan. IPIECA Report Series (2004) Guidelines for Oil Spill Waste Minimization and Management “Volume-12” IUCN Red List (2010) International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources Red List of Threatened Species (http://www.iucnredlist.org/ ) Mian Sayed Badshah (Undated) Geology of Bajaur and Northern part of Mohmand Agency S. K. Marwat, Fazal-ur-Rehman, K. Usman, A. A. Khakwani, S. Ghulam, N. Anwar, M. Sadiq and S. J. Khan (2011) Medico-ethnobotanical studies of edible wild fruit plants species from the flora of north western Pakistan Shaheed Bhutto Foundation (2008). Mainstreaming FATA. (www.sbp.org.pk) Shaheed Bhutto Foundation (2009) SBF FATA Figures (www.sbp.org.pk) Shamsad, K.M. (1988) The Meteorology of Pakistan. Royal Book Company, Karachi, Pakistan. 1988. T.J Roberts (1991) The Mammals of Pakistan. Oxford University Press, London, England. UNICEF, WFP (2009) Multiple Indicator Cluster Survey MICS Federally Administered Tribal Areas (http://floods2010.pakresponse.info/Nutrition/surveys/MICS.pdf) UN-Habitat (2010) Seismic Zoning Map Paksitan - UN-HABITAT Pakistan (http://www.unhabitat.org.pk/Maps-updated/UNH-PAKOV_SZ_A3_02122010.pdf) USAID (1991), Socioeconomic Profile of Orakzai Agency. For Plannig and Development Department of NWFP, Government of Pakistan. WBG (2007/2008) Environmental, Health and Safety General and Industry Sector Guidelines of the World Bank Group. 2007 and 2008. (http://www.ifc.org/ifcext/sustainability.nsf/Content/EHSGuidelines ) WFP (2007) Rapid Needs Assessment Report of FATA (http://documents.wfp.org/stellent/groups/public/documents/ena/wfp153748.pdf) WHO (1991) Guideline levels for methylmercury in fish. CAC/GL-7-1991. FAO/WHO Food Standards. World Health Organization CODEX alimentarius. (http://www.codexalimentarius.net/download/standards/21/CXG_007e.pdf )

http://www.sbp.org.pk/

http://www.sbp.org.pk/

http://floods2010.pakresponse.info/Nutrition/surveys/MICS.pdf

http://www.unhabitat.org.pk/Maps-updated/UNH-PAKOV_SZ_A3_02122010.pdf

http://documents.wfp.org/stellent/groups/public/documents/ena/wfp153748.pdf

Annexures

Annexure 1: Flora of FATA

No. Botanical Name Local Name Family Folk Uses

1 Acacia modesta Palosa Mimosaceae FW, FP, MP,HP, F

2 Acacia catechu Kikar Mimosaceae FW, FP, HP, F

3 Acer caesium Shanda wanyae Aceraceae O, FW

4 Achyranthus aspera Buch Kanda Amaranthaceae MP, FP

5 Albezia lebbeck Srekh Mimosaceae FW, FP

6 Adhatoda vasica Bezya Acanthaceae FW, MP

7 Adiantum cappillus veneris Bar sumbal Adiantaceae MP, SP, U

8 A. incisum Barsumbal Adiantaceae MP, SB

9 A. venustum Bbozayae Adaintaceae MP, SB

10 Agaris campestris Kholkae Acgaricaceae PN, S, R

11 Ailanthus altissima Asli shandai Simarubaceae FW, FP, SB, WB, FU, F

12 Ajuga bracteosa Soor Boutai Lmiaceae MP,

13 A parviflora Beth Tarkha booti Lamiaceae MP, FN,

14 Allium ascalonium Piazakae Alliaceae MP,S

15 Aloe vera Zahar boutyae Liliaceae MP

16 Onosoma sp. Ratan Jok Boraginaceae MP

17 Amaranthus caudatus Chalwai Amaranthaceae PH, FP, FO

18 Anethum sow Sawah Umbeliferaceae MP

19 Anthoroxan pronodes Gaya Poaceae FP, FO

20 Arisema utile Kukar mar Araceae MP, PN

21 A. tortuosum Kukar mar Araceae MP, PN

22 Artimisia miritima Tarkha Astraceae MP, PN, GP, SB

23 A. Scopania Jaokae Astraceae MP, GP, BR, FW

24 Aristida adscensionis Mashkar Poaceae FP, FO, BR

25 Asparagus adscendens Thindorae Liliaceae M, MP

26 Astragalus anisacanthus Mamol Liliaceae MP, M

27 A. phyrrhotrichus Mamol Liliaceae MP, M

28 A. psilocentros - Liliaceae MP, M

29 Atropa accuminata Barkak Solanaceae MP, PN

30 Avena Fatua Jamdarae Poaceae FP, FO

31 Bauhinia varriegata Karyal Caesalpinaceae PH, FW, SP, FU

32 Berberis vulgaris Zark Berberidaceae MP, F, FW

33 Berberis lycium Zark azghayae Berberidaceae MP, F, FW

34 Berginia ciliata Gat panra Saxifragaceae MP, 0

35 Brumus japanicus Jaokae Paceae FP, FO

36 Buxus wallichiana Shamshad Buxaceae MP, FW, U

37 Calendula arvensis Ziar Gulae Astraceae MP

38 Calendula officinalis Ziar Gulae Astraceae MP

39 Calotropis procera Ak Thandorayae Aecelpediaceae MP, PN

40 Cannabis sativa Bang Cannabidaceae MP, SH, FS

41 Capsella bursa-pastoris Bambesa Brassicaceae FP, MP

42 Carrisa ophaca Khkar Mewa Carricaceae WF, FP, FW, HP, F

43 Carthamus oxycantha Kareza Astaraceae MP

44 Celtis australis Tagha Ulmaceae MP, AT, FU, SP

45 Celtis leavigata - Ulmaceae WF,U

46 Chrysopogon aucheri Spin wakha Poaceae FP, FO, PR

47 Chrysopogon montanus Spin wakha Poaceae FP, FO, PR

48 Chinopodium album Sarmae Chenopodiaceae PH, MP, FP

49 Chenopodium botrys Darshool Chenopodiaceae MP

50 Cenchrus pennise tiformis Pisho Lamyae Poaceae FP, FO

51 Cenchrus cilliaris Pisho Lamyae Poaceae FP, FO

52 dchorium intybus Shin guluk Astraceae PH, MP

53 Clematis orientalis Zelai Ranunculaceae MP

54 Corydalis stewartii Mamera Papveraceae MP

55 Cotoneaster affinis Kharawa Rosaceae MP,FW

56 Cotoneaster microphylla Kharawa Rosaceae MP, FW, WF

57 Cotoneaster numularia Mamanra Rosaceae MP, FW

58 Cotinus coggyria Miswakae Anacardiaceae MP, FW, SB

59 Crataegus oxycantha Ghwanza Rosaceae MP, FW, F

60 Cuscuta reflexa Nela Danai Convolvulaceae GP, FP

61 Cynodon dactylon Kabal Poaceae FP, FO, 0

62 Dicliptera blupiroides Oodi gulae Acanthaceae FP, FO

63 Dalbergia sissoo Shawa Papilionaceae FW, R, C, U, FU

64 Daphne papaveracae Leghonae Thymeleaceae MP, FW

65 Datura stramonium Tura Solanaceae MP

66 Datura metal Tura Solanaceae MP

67 Desmostachya bipinnata Drab Poaceae FP, FO

68 Diospyrus lotus Ami ok Ebenaceae FW, AT, SP, F, FU

69 Dodonia viscosa Ghwarawonyae Sapindaceae FW, PR, F

70 Elaeguns umbellata Ghanamranga Elegnaceae WF, FW, MP, F, HP

71 Euphorbia hirta - Euphorbiaceae MP

72 Euphorbia prostata Warmaga Euphorbiaceae MP

73 Ficus glomerata Urmal Moraceae WF

74 Ficus palmata Inzar Moraceae WF, FP, FW

75 Fragaria indica Tha Bouti Manzakha

Rosaceae MP, WF

76 Fragaria nubicola Tha Bouti Manzakha

Rosaceae WF, MP

77 Fraxinus excurlsior Khang Oleaceae FP, WF, HP

78 Fumaria indica Papra Papaveraceae MP, FP, FO

79 Grewia optiva Pastha Wanyae Tiliaceae FP, WF, FW, C, F

80 Gymnosporia spinosa Gandejareyae Celastraceae HP, FW, FS

81 Hedra hilex Prewatyae Araliaceae FP, MP

82 Hypericum perforatum Shin chai Guttiferaceae B, MP

83 Impatiens brachycentra Thor lakayae Balsaminaceae FP, MP, D

84 Impatiens edgeworthii Thor lakayae Balsaminaceae D, FP, MP

85 Impatiens flemingi Thor lakayae Balsaminaceae D, FP, MP, WF

86 Indigofera weithii Ghwareja Papiolionaceae FP

87 Jasminium humile Prewatyae Oleaceae FW, D, 0, IP

88 Jasminum officinale Prewatyae Oleaceae FW, D, 0, IP

89 Juglans regia Ghouz Juglandaceae WF, FP, MP, FS, AT, SP, S, O, DF, M, SM

90 Malva neglecta Panerak Malvaceae FP, PH, FO

91 Malva sylvestris Panerak. Malvaceae FP, PH, FO, MP

92 Matricaria chmomilla

Astraceae MP

93 Mallotus philippensis Kambela Euphorrbiaceae FP, MP, FW, SP,FU

94 Malvastrum coramondilianum Gaya Malvaceae MP, FW, FP D

95 Melia azedarech Draka. Meliaceae F, MP, FW, SP, FU

96 Mentha longifolia

Lamiaceae MP

97 Mentha spicata Nanalyea. Lamiaceae B, MP, S

98 Mentha sylvestris Nanalyea. Narey Lamiaceae B, MP, S

99 Micromeria biflora Narey Shamakey.

Lamiaceae MP, BA

100 Morus alba Baidanaa. Moraceae WF, FP, MP, FW, AT, WB, SP, F, FU

101 Morus nigra Thoot. Moraceae WF, MP, FP, FW, AT, FO, F, FU

102 Myrsine africana Maraghoneyea. Myrsinaceae MP, FW, C

103 Nanorrhophs ritchieana Mazaryae Palmaceae WP, PR, FU, BR, U

104 Nasturtium officinale Sharyea. Brassicaceae PH, FP, MP

105 Nasturtium microphyllum Sharyea. Brassicaceae PH, FP, MP

106 Olea ferruginea Khona. Oleaceae WF, FP, FW, AT, SP, C

107 Onopordeum acanthium Wrejakai. Asteraceae FP, MP

108 Origanum vulgase Shamakai. Lamiaceae MP, C

109 Oxalis corniculata Manzakin Tarokey.

Linaceae FP, S, IP

110 Parrotiopsis jacquemontiana Pechoo Hamamelidaceae FW, PR, SH, C

111 Peroskia artiplicifolia Sensobyae Lbiateae GB, MP, BR

112 Phragmites communis Sharghashyae Poaceae U

113 Pimpinella diver sifolia Desi Zankai Pinaceae MP, S, FU

114 Pinus roxberghii Nakhtar Pinaceae FW, WF, L, SB, O, T, R, F

115 Pinus wallichiana Nakhtar Pinaceae FW, L, SB, O, T, R, F

116 Pistacia integerrima Shnai Pistaciaceae FP, MP, FW, F

117 Pistacia khinjik Shnai Pistaciaceae WF, F, FW, FP

118 Phytolacca lathenia Tamakoo saag Phytolocaceae PH, MP, D, I

119 Plantigo lanceolata Jabbai Plantaginaceae MP, FP

120 Plantigo major Chawayo Jabai Plantaginaceae MP, FP

121 Plectranthus ragosus Spina baiza Lamiaceae MP, FP, BA

122 Polygonum amplexicaul - Latiaceae

123 Polygonatum verticillatum Nooi Alam Latiaceae MP, FP

124 Podophyllum emodi Soor Marchakai Podophyllaceae MP

125 Polygonum aviculare Palpolak Polygonaceae MP, FN

126 Prangos pobularia Kamasla Zankai Umbillefereae MP

127 Portulaca oleraceae Warkharai Portulaceae PH, MP

128 Prunus cornuta Nangawar Rosaceae FW, F, DF

129 Punica granatum Anangorae Punicaceae WF, FW, F

130 Pteridium equilinum Kwanae Dennstaediaceae PH, CP

131 Pyrus pashia Tanga Rosaceae RS

132 Quercus ilex Khara serai Fagaceae FW, F, CH, C

133 Quercus dilatata Ghwara serai Facgaceae WF, FP, FW, F, CH, C

134 Rananculus muricatus Quazi ban Rununculaceae MP, FP

135 Ricinus communis Asila harhanda Euphorbiaceae FW, SB, F, HP

136 Robinia pseudocacia Kikar Papilionaceae FP, FW, F, HP

137 Rosa brunonii Thandorayae Rosaceae HP, FC

138 Rubus fruticosus Karwara Rosaceae WF, MP, F, FU

139 Rubus sanctus Largai manzakha Rosaceae WF, MP, F

140 Rumex acetosa Tarokai Pohygonaceae PH, MP

141 Rumex dentatus Shlkhi Pohygonaceae PH, MP

142 Rumex nepalensis Zanda Pohygonaceae PH, MP

143 Sacchrum monja Nal Poaceae SB, HP, U

144 Sacchrum spontaneum Sharghashae Poaceae SB, U

145 Salix baby Asila wala Salicaceae SB, SP, FP, FW

146 Salvia lanata - Lamiaceae MP

147 Salvia mubicala - Lamiaceae MP

148 Sarcococca saligna Ladanr Buxaceae MP, FW

149 Sedum ewersii The Gat warkharae

Crasulaceae MP

150 Solarium nigrum Tore ninae Solanaceae PH, MP

151 Solarium xanthocarpum Mara ghoonae Solanaceae MP

152 Soncus asper Shawda pai Leguminaceae FP

153 Sorghum helepense Dadam Rosaceae FP, FO

154 Stychus parviflora Sper bootae Labiataceae MP, FW

155 Taraxucyn officinale Ziar gwalae Tamaricaceae MP

156 Taxus buccata Srap Taxaceae FP, FW, AT, C

157 Tecoma crucigera Lowar Begnonicaceae FW, 0

158 Thalictrum faleoneri Mamera Combritaceae MP

159 Thalictrum minus Mamera Combritaceae MP

160 Thymus helepens Pannay/Mray

MP

161 Tribulus terristris Markoondai Zygophyllaceae MP

162 Utrica dioca Lewane seznak Utricaceae PH, MP

163 Utrica pilulefora Sezoonkai Utricaceae MP

164 Valeriana jatamansi Makhkak Velerianaceae MP

165 Varbascum thapsus Khar dag Scrophul ari aceae MP

166 Veronica ciburia Shamakae Scrophul ari aceae MP

167 Viburnum cotinifolium Ghamzewa Caprifoliaceae WF, MP, F, HP

168 Viola serpens Banafsha Viol aceae MP, PH

169 Vitex negundo Marwandai Verbenaceae MP, GP

170 Withania sommifera - Solanaceae MP, PN

171 Xanthium strumarium Gishkae Asteraceae MP, FW

172 Zizypus jujuba Bera Rhamnaceae WF, HP, FW, AT Source: H. Ahmad, S. Khan, A. Khan and M. Hamayun (2003) Ethnobotanical Resources of Manikhel Forests, Orakzai

Tirah, Pakistan

AT Agricultural Tools FN Fish Poison S Spice

B Beverage FC Fishing Check SA Snuff Ash

BE Beeds FU Furniture R Resin

BR Broom GP Green Pesticide RS Root Stock

BA Bee Attractants HP Hedge Plant SB Soil Binder

C Construction I Ink SF Soil Fertility

CH Charcoal IP Incense/Perfume SP Shade Plant

CP Cash Plant L Light SH Sticks/Handles

D Dye M Miswak SR Soil Reclamation

DF Dry Fruit MP Medicinal Plant SM Smoking Medicine

F Fence O Ornamental T Timber

FO Forage P Paper U Utensil

FP Fodder Plant PH Pot Herb WB Wind Break

FS Fiber Species PN Poison WF Wild Fruit

FW Fuel Wood PR Packing/Rope WC Wood Carving

Key to the Table Above

Annexure 2: Socio-Economic Indicators of FATA

No. Indicators Unit Year FATA Bajaur Orakzai

1 AREA & POPULATION

a. Area Sq. Km 1998

Census 27,220 1,290 1,538

b. Total Population (Projected) Persons 2006-07 3,846,188 865,560 272,986

c. Male Population Persons 2006-07 2,000,460 443,720 136,548

d. Female Population Persons 2006-07 1,845,728 421,840 136,438

e. Density Per./Sq. Km 2006-07 141 671 177

f. Annual Growth Rate % 1988-98 2.19 4.33 2.69

2 AGRICULTURE

a. Reported Area 000 hect. 2005-06 2,722.04 129.04 153.76

b. Cultivated Area 000 hect. 2005-06 216.18 75.10 16.31

c. Cultivable Waste 000 hect. 2005-06 173.99 11.19 3.45

d. Cultivable Area 000 hect. 2005-06 390.17 86.29 19.76

e. Irrigated Area 000 hect. 2005-06 83.24 19.92 2.21

f. Forest Area 000 hect. 2005-06 43.18 11.30 5.00

g. Cultivated Area as % of Reported % 2005-06 7.94 58.20 10.61

h. Irrigated Area as % of Cultivated % 2005-06 38.50 26.52 13.55

i. Forest Area as % of Reported Area, % 2005-06 1.59 8.76 3.25

j. Land Use Intensity % 2005-06 55.14 87.03 82.54

k. Population per Cultivated Area Persons 2005-06 17.00 11.00 16.00

l. Population per Irrigated Area Persons 2005-06 45.00 42.00 121.00

Yield Per Hectare

m. Maize Kgs 2006-07 1,524 1,561 1,063

n. Rice Kgs 2006-07 1,504 1,487 1,478

o. Wheat Kgs 2006-07 1,280 1,147 1,229

Animal Husbandry

p. Veterinary Hospital Nos 2006-07 25 1 2

q. Veterinary Dispensaries Nos 2006-07 207 15 13

r. Civil Veterinary Centers Nos 2006-07 208 9 27

Forest/Fisheries

s. Fish Hatchery Nos 2005-06 - - -

t. Fruit Plants Distributed Nos 2005-06 184,238 42,780 53,657

3 ELECTRICITY

Villages Electrified Nos 2005-06 3,952 413 438 Source: Shaheed Bhutto Foundation FATA Figures

Uni

t Year

FATA Bajaur Orakzai

Male Femal

e Total Male

Female

Total Male Fema

le Total

4 EDUCATION

Indicators

Educational Institutions

a. All Primary Level Schools

Nos

2006-07 2,628 1,905 4,533 366 165 531 226 174 400

b. Middle Schools Nos

2006-07 287 136 423 23 12 35 16 10 26

c. High Schools Nos

2006-07 226 32 258 22 2 24 22 4 26

d. Higher Secondary Schools

Nos

2006-07 8 4 12 1 0 1 1 0 1

e. Inter/Degree Colleges Nos

2006-07 22 11 33 3 1 4 1 1 2

f. Universities Nos

2006-07 - - - - - - - - -

Participation Rate

g. Primary Level (5-9) % 2006-

07 61.37 29.49 44.83 58.77 14.42 36.07 60.64 30.30 45.04

h. Middle Level (10-12) % 2006-

07 48.28 10.86 31.21 42.59 3.14 24.04 57.70 7.67 33.13

i. High Level (13-14) % 2006-

07 8.25 1.36 5.15 5.10 0.34 2.86 8.51 0.74 4.69

Teaching Staff

j. Primary Schools Nos

2006-07 6,788 4,348

11,136 910 370 1,280 580 366 946

k. Middle Schools Nos

2006-07 136 70 206 141 72 213

l. High Schools Nos

2006-07 3,899 444 4,343 307 17 324 300 41 341

m.

Higher Secondary CSChools

Nos

2006-07 234 75 309 18 - 18 27 - 27

Enrolment by Level

n. Primary Schools Nos

2006-07

231,794

134,270

366,064

60,584

15,407

75,991

13,846 8,739

22,585

o. Middle Schools Do 2006-

07 52,20

2 17,50

1 69,70

3 2,617 356 2,973 2,659 955 3,614

p. High Schools Do 2006-

07 88,48

4 13,82

1 102,3

05 9,309 376 9,685 6,274 486 6,760

q. Higher Secondary Schools Do

2006-07 6,305 1,671 7,976 469 0 469 697 0 697

Literacy Ratio % 1998 29.50 3.00 17.40 22.3

2 3.38 13.4

1 19.6

5 1.28 10.6

3 Source: Shaheed Bhutto Foundation FATA Figures

No. Indicators Unit Year FATA Bajaur Orakzai

5 HEALTH

Indicators Unit Year

a. Hospital Nos 2007 33 2 3

b. Dispensary Nos 2007 302 8 16

c. R.H.Cs Nos 2007 8 2 2

d. B.H.Us functioning Nos 2007 172 20 25

e. B.H.Us Non-functioning Nos 2007 - - -

f. Hospital & Dispensary Beds Nos 2007 1,654 211 108

g. Population/Hospital & Dispensary Bed Nos 2007 2,325 4,102 2,527

h. Doctors including Radiologist Nos 2007 550 129 50

i. Population per Doctor Nos 2007 6,993 6,710 5,460

J Nurses Nos 2007 117 22 4

k. Population per Nurse Nos 2007 32,873 39,343 68,246

6 PUBLIC HEALTH ENGINEERING

a. Tube wells Nos 2006-07 - - -

b. Drinking Water Coverage % 2006-07 58 56 50

7 COMMUNICATIONS

a. Total Roads Kms 2005-06 5,398.72 673.79 513.32

b. High Type Kms 2005-06 3,398.06 372.05 285.24

c. Low Type Kms 2005-06 2,000.66 301.74 228.08

d, Road per Sq. Km. of Area Kms 2005-06 0.20 0.52 0.33

e. Post Offices Nos 2003-04 188 13 11

f. Population per Post Office Persons 2005-06 20,020 63,818 24,285

g. Telephones Nos 2004-05 59,094 6,433 2,054

h. Population per Telephone Persons 2004-05 64 129 130

8 MINERAL

a. Barite Tons 2005-06 10 - -

b. Chromites Tons 2005-06 66,381 350 -

c. Coal Tons 2005-06 266,490 141,160

d. Fluorite Tons 2005-06 892 - -

e. Limestone Tons 2005-06 1,461,859 2,686 -

f. Manganese Tons 2005-06 - - -

g. Marble Tons 2005-06 818,987 30,398 -

h. Mecu Tons 2005-06 34,935 1 -

i. Quartz Tons 2005-06 1,760 - -

j. Scrap Marble Tons 2005-06 3,405 20 -

k. Soapstone Tons 2005-06 16,600 526 - Source: Shaheed Bhutto Foundation FATA Figures

Annexure 3: Checklists for ESMP

A. Checklist for Campsite Establishment

Sr. No. Description Status

1 Have the photographs been taken to record the pre-camping conditions? Y/N

2 Is reducing the camp size environmentally important? Y/N

3 If yes, is it possible to reduce the camp size? Y/N

4 If yes, has the camp size been minimized? Y/N

5 Is the campsite within critical wildlife habitat or within 2 km of important reproductive areas during breeding season?

Y/N

6 Is the campsite within 1 km of a settlement or area of ecological importance? Y/N

7 Has the camp been established in the existing clearings? Y/N

8 Has any vegetation been cleared? Y/N

9 If yes, is the vegetation loss significant? Y/N

10 If yes, have mitigation measures been discussed and agreed? Y/N

11 Has the topsoil been damaged significantly or rootstock destroyed? Has a bulldozer or grader been used?

Y/N

12 If yes, have mitigation measures been discussed and agreed? Y/N

13 Have the trees or bushes been burnt? Y/N

14 Have the trees or bushes been disposed in water body or dry streambed? Y/N

15 Has the natural drainage been disturbed or blocked? Y/N

16 Has the septic tank been built for sewerage? Y/N

17 Has the sump been built for wastewater disposal? Y/N

18 Has the sump been built in absorbent soil? Y/N

19 Has the sump been built down-slope from the camp? Y/N

20 Is the sump large enough to contain the camp wastewater and rainwater? Y/N

21 Can surface water enter the sump? Y/N

22 Is the sump within 300 meters of any water hole, stream or dry streambed? Y/N

23 Is the sump bottom at least 3 m above the groundwater level? Y/N

24 Is the sump covered, in order to reduce access of insects and animals? Y/N

25 Has plastic sheeting been placed under all concrete? Y/N

Notes:_________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________________

Date:____________ Signature:_______________ Name:___________________________

B. Checklist for Camp Operation


1 Has any vegetation been cleared or damaged? Y/N

2 Have trees or bushes been burnt? Y/N

3 Have any trees or bushes been disposed in a water body or dry streambed? Y/N

4 Is water drawn from the local water sources? Y/N

5 If yes, has the yield and demand been determined to ensure there is enough to meet the requirements of the locals and the camp?

Y/N

6 If yes to point 4, is the water level in the well checked and recorded regularly? (record the quantity used by the camp)

Y/N

7 If yes to point 4, has compensation been paid for the water use? Y/N

8 Has the natural drainage been disturbed? Y/N

9 Are the fuels and oils handled in a safe manner, ensuring no leakage or spillage?

Y/N

10 Are there any fires being built in the open? Y/N

11 If yes, are fires supervised and controlled? Y/N

12 Are fire extinguishers available? Y/N

13 Is there any local wood being used for building fires or cooking the food? Y/N

14 Has any surface water entered the sump? Y/N

15 Is the sump kept covered, in order to reduce access of insects and animals? Y/N

16 Are there enough waste bins around the camp? Y/N

17 Are the waste bins emptied daily? Y/N

18 Is food waste disposed in the open? Y/N

19 Are the containers placed in the vehicles to store trash being discharged at the campsite regularly?

Y/N

20 Is the combustible waste incinerated regularly? Y/N

21 Is the non-combustible waste sent to nearest waste contractor for disposal? Y/N

22 Is the hazardous material incinerated, spilled or spread on the ground? Y/N

Notes:_________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________________


C. Checklist for Road Travel


1 Is the number of routes kept to a minimum? Y/N

2 Are short cuts been used? Y/N

3 Are dry stream beds being used for travel where no existing track exists Y/N

4 Has vegetation been cleared or any grading/leveling been done along the routes?

Y/N

5 Are vehicles used off the road/routes? Y/N

6 Are the routes that are close to animal water holes, their feeding, nesting or breeding areas used?

Y/N

7 Is the travel on the access roads minimized with the help of good upfront planning

Y/N

8 Do vehicles travel in single file? Y/N

9 Are signs posted to mark the start and end of approved tracks, vehicle speed and sensitive areas?

Y/N

10 Is the vehicle speed limit of 40 kmph followed when passing through or near towns or critical habitat?

Y/N

11 Are heavily traveled routes watered on a daily basis to minimize dust (where applicable)?

Y/N

12 Are the drivers careful and watchful about wild and domestic animals? Y/N

13 Has any natural drainage been disturbed or altered? Y/N

14 Is any soil erosion observed? Y/N

15 If yes, have the mitigation measures been discussed and agreed? Y/N

16 Is stream crossing carried out at places that are approved by the IMC? Y/N

17 Is night travel avoided near the wildlife sensitive areas? Y/N

18 Is the use of horns avoided as far as possible? Y/N

19 Is the horn used during the night? Y/N

20 Is a pressure horn used/fitted in any vehicles? Y/N

21 Are litter or cigarettes thrown outside the vehicles? Y/N

22 Do the vehicles carry adequate containers for litter/garbage and are they emptied at the campsite or other designated location regularly?

Y/N

23 Are proper repairs carried out in case of damage to the route caused by the project related activities?

Y/N

Notes:_________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________________


D. Checklist for Vehicles


1 Are the vehicles maintained and inspected regularly? Y/N

2 Are the oil, fuel, acid or water leaks from the vehicles immediately attended? Y/N

3 Are the vehicles with leaks operated? Y/N

4 Do the vehicles have fire extinguishers? Y/N

5 Has there been any spillage during vehicle fuelling or maintenance? Y/N

6 If yes, are the mitigation measures needed? Y/N

7 If yes, have the mitigation measures been discussed and agreed? Y/N

8 Are the vehicles washed or serviced in the field? Y/N

9 Are the vehicles washed on a concrete pad and the water collected? Y/N

10 Is vehicle-related waste, such as oils, filters, old tires or parts left lying around or disposed of inappropriately?

Y/N

11 Are the vehicles kept in good working condition? Y/N

12 Are the vehicles properly tuned? Y/N

13 Do the vehicles have excessive smoke emissions? Y/N

14 Is the fuel injection system of the diesel vehicles properly maintained? Y/N

15 Do the vehicles have properly functioning silencers (mufflers)? Y/N

16 Do the vehicles carry a container to store trash/refuse? Y/N

Notes:_________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________________


E. Checklist for Fuels, Oils, and Chemicals


1 Do the fuel storage facilities have adequate secondary containment up to 120% capacity in case of leakage or spillage?

Y/N

2 Is the fuel storage facility located at least 100 m and down-slope from any water body and not located on fissured or cavernous limestone?

Y/N

3 Is the firefighting equipment available near the fuel storage? Y/N

4 Is the fuel storage downwind and downslope from the camp? Y/N

5 Is there any other combustible or flammable material in the fuel storage area? Y/N

6 Is regular inspection carried out to check leaks and spills? Y/N

7 Are the isolation valves installed, in case of multiple tanks connected together?

Y/N

8 Are the fuel tanks properly marked with their contents? Y/N

9 Are the fuel transfer arrangements protected against spills? Y/N

10 Are the drip trays used? Y/N

11 Are tarpaulins placed under equipment and fuel containers that have the potential to spill or drip fuels, oils or chemicals?

Y/N

12 Are the fuel transfer operation supervised? Y/N

13 Are the equipment, materials and trained personnel available to clean up spills?

Y/N

14 Are the spills and leaks thoroughly cleaned? Y/N

15 Are the spilled oil or fuel and used clean-up material disposed properly? Y/N

16 Are the spills and leaks reported and recorded? Y/N

17 Are the stained soils removed or covered following clean-up of spills in consultation with the IMC?

Y/N

18 Is the emergency response plan implemented for spills and leaks? Y/N

Notes:_________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________________


F. General Checklist


1 Are activities taking place in agricultural or grazing areas? Y/N

2 If yes, has the implementing agency made arrangements with the local people for access and compensation?

Y/N

3 Is contractor staff informing village leaders of location and timing of all major activities?

Y/N

4 When entering settlements, is contractor staff accompanied by local men and avoiding all contact with women?

Y/N

5 Are visitors from local areas restricted from entering the camp? Y/N

6 Are locally hired camp employees medically screened and trained in good hygiene practices?

Y/N

7 Is trash, wrappers, shopping bags, paper, cans, bottles or any other kind of litter left in the open?

Y/N

8 Is the IMC immediately notified of any wildlife sightings and are the sightings logged?

Y/N

9 Are ravines used for climbing or descending from the hills? Y/N

10 Are the wild animals or domestic animals harassed? Y/N

11 Is the "no hunting, fishing or trapping" policy strictly enforced? Y/N

12 Are there any pets in the field or the camp? Y/N

13 Are any archeological sites or places of cultural or religious significance disturbed?

Y/N

14 Are any artifacts taken or removed by the survey crew? Y/N

15 In the event of incidental discoveries of archaeological sites, are the contingency measures followed?

Y/N

16 Are existing trails used for walking? Y/N

17 Is the "no shortcuts" policy followed? Y/N

Notes:_________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________________

_____________________


Annexure 4: Survey Instruments

Settlement Questionnaire

Date of Interview Questionnaire Number

Background Information

Name of Investigator(s)

Settlement Name Coordinates

District/Tehsil Zone

Closest Main City/Town Distance to City/Town (km)

Name and Contact Details of Village/Community Leader:

Respondent Information

Name(s) Role/Title/Responsibility Contact Details

Demography

Household: A household may be either a single person or a multi-person household. Household members may be related or unrelated and essentially include people who make common provisions for food and other essentials of living and have no usual place of residence elsewhere.

Men/Women: More than 15 years and less than 65 years of age.

Old Men/Women: 65 years and above.

Boys/Girls: Less than 15 years of age.

Masonry: Houses with brick walls and concrete or tin roof.

Adobe: Houses made of mud or unbaked bricks of clay and straw.

Total Households Masonry Adobe

Total Population Men Women Boys

Girls Old Men Old Women

Education

Available: A facility is considered available if the settlement residents consider the structure of the facility a part of the settlement or if it is at an approachable distance of less than 2 km from the settlement peripheral; unless at a distance of less than 2 km, it falls within the boundary of an adjoined settlement

Functional: The facility is functional if over the last two years it was utilized by the settlement resident for the relevant reason

Level/Type: Primary (Nursery to Class V); Middle (Up to Class VIII); High (Up to Class X); Intermediate (Up to Class XII); Graduate (Bachelors); Madrassah; Informal

Provider: 1 = NGO 2 = Government 3 = Private Individual(s) 4 = Other

Are there any educational facilities available in the area: Yes No If yes:

Available Facility Functional (Y/N)

Level/Type Provider (NGO, govt.,

Pvt.)

Monthly Fee

1

2

3

4

5

Enrolment for the above Facilities:

Available Facility Enrolment

Male Female Total

1

2

3

4

5

Health

Access to Health Care: Available: A facility is considered available if the settlement residents consider the structure of

the facility a part of the settlement or if it is at an approachable distance of less than 2 km from the settlement peripheral; unless at a distance of less than 2 km, it falls within the boundary of an adjoined settlement

Functional: The facility is functional if over the last two years it was utilized by the settlement resident for the relevant reason

Type: 1 = Dispensary 2 = BHU 3 = Private Local Clinic 4 = LHV 5 = Local Healer 6 = Immunization (e.g. polio drops) 7 = Trained Midwife 8 = Untrained Midwife 9 = Public Hospital 10 = Other


Are there any Health facilities available in the area: Yes No If yes:

Available Facility Functional (Y/N)

Type Provider (NGO, govt.,

Pvt.)

Consultation Fee

1

2

3

4

5

Health Status: Common Ailments: Men:

Women:

Children:

Number of mentally/ physically challenged people in the settlement:

Number of widows in the settlement:

Water Supply and Sanitation

Water Supply: Available: A water source is considered available if the settlement residents consider the

structure of the facility a part of the settlement or if it is at an approachable distance of less than 2 km from the settlement peripheral; unless at a distance of less than 2 km, it falls within the boundary of an adjoined settlement

Source: 1 = Surface Water – Water Channels 2 = Surface Water – Lift Irrigation 3 = Ground Water – Tube-wells 4 = Ground Water – Dug-wells 5 = Ground Water – Hand Pumps


Are there any water sources available in the area: Yes No If yes:

Purpose Source Provider (NGO, govt., Pvt.)

Monthly Cost to Residents

Drinking

House-hold Use

Agricultural Use

Perception of Water Quality: Good Turbid Saline Odor Other Problems:

Sanitation: Pit Latrine Septic Tanks Sewerage Plant Open air

Agriculture and Fruit Production

Total land (acres): Total land cultivated(acres):

No. of landowners:

No. of tenants:

Summer corps:

Winter corps:

Type of Irrigation:

Type/Source of Irrigation Total Are Cropped (acres)

Water Consumption (cubic meter per acre)

Rain-fed

Surface Water

Water channels

Lift irrigation

Other (specify)

Ground Water

Tube-wells

Dug-wells

Other (specify)

Crops:

Description (cereals, fruits, vegetables)

Estimated Annual Yeild (in kgs,

munds or trucks)

Self Consumption

(%)

Sold (%) Income Earned

Livestock

Type Goats Sheep Cows Donkeys Camels Other

Number

Value per Unit

Access to veterinary care: Yes No Distance from settlement (km):

Fuel Sources and Consumption

Is electricity available in the area: Yes No

Type Estimated Annual Consumption

Price Per Unit Source (e.g. grid, power plant name, forest, market)

Electricity

Fuel wood

LPG

Kerosene

Diesel

Other

Occupational Groups

Men/Women: Equal to and more than 15 years.

Boys/Girls: Less than 15 years of age.

Occupational Group Men (No.)

Women (No.)

Boys (No.)

Girls (No.)

Average Income per Earner, Yearly

Farming/Livestock Herding

Informal Trading

Business (Shopkeeper, etc.)

Mining Quarrying

Government Service

Privately Employee

Overseas

Handicraft

Other

Infrastructure

Available: A facility is considered available if the settlement residents consider the structure of the facility a part of the settlement or if it is at an approachable distance of less than 2 km from the settlement peripheral; unless at a distance of less than 2 km, it falls within the boundary of an adjoined settlement


Facility Available (Y/N) Number (persons, facilities)

Provider

Telephone

Mobile

Post Office

Police Station

Police Check-post

Blacktop Road

Unsealed Road

Bank

Market

Public Transport:

Type Air Coaches Pickups Jeeps Rental Cars

Available (Y/N)s

Number

Capacity

Rout (description in terms of destination – country A to B, city A to B or local and frequency – weekly, daily, twice a day etc)

Route 1

Route 2

Route 3

Route 4

Migration Patterns

Out-migration: Has any households migrated from the settlement in the last 7 years? Yes No If yes, how many: Migrated to:

Purpose/reasons of out-migration:

In-migration: Has any households settled in the settlement during the last 7 years? Yes No If yes, how many: Migrated from: Purpose/reasons of in-migration:

Community Support

Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs) and Community Organizations (COs):

Are NGOs active in the settlement: Yes No If yes:

NGO Name Facility Provided

Year Provided

Contact Person

Number of Beneficiaries

Perception of Performance

(Good, Average, Poor)

Are there any Settlement Organizations: Yes No If yes then specify type and purpose:

Total Members: Male: Female:

Are there any Women Organizations in the Settlement: Yes No If yes then specify type and purpose:

Total Members:

Government’s Ongoing Programmes and Schemes

Name of the Programme/

Scheme

Facility Provided

Duration Contact Person

Number of Beneficiaries

Perception of Performance

(Good, Average, Poor)

Need Assessment

(In order of importance)

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

Socio-cultural Characteristics

Social Setup

Main Tribes and Clans:

Tribe/Clan Name Estimated Share in Population (%)

Social Role (rulers, wazirs, farmers, lower casts etc.)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Are tribal conflicts common occurrence? Yes No

What are the main reasons of conflicts?

Reason Occurrence(rarely, sometimes or

frequently)

Intensity (murders, outcaste,

excommunication etc.)

Settlement Method (Discussed later)

Land

Water

Economic

Women

Other (Specify)

What are the traditional and judicial means of conflict resolution?

Do the tribal and spiritual leaders exert influence on the local communities and are they regarded a superior authority over the law enforcing authorities, for settling conflicts?

Main Religious and Sectarian Groups:

Religion/Sect Name Estimated Share in Population (%)

Social Status

1

2

3

4

5

Major Languages Spoken:

Name Estimated Share in Population

(%)

1

2

3

4

5

What is the status of mobility of women and children in the village and outside area?

List the types of land, and property rights regime. Name the ultimate authority to settle land disputes?

List all festivals celebrated in the area.

Where do people gather on occasions and ceremonies (religious, political and personal)?

Provide information about the types of dresses worn. (male and female)

What relations/friendships does the settlement enjoy with other tribe (s)?

How does the community help the sick/poor/widows/elderly women?

How many settlement youth possess vocational skills and what type?

World Bank Document · PDF fileEIRR Economic Internal Rate of Return ... PTCL Pakistan...

Documents

Transcript of World Bank Document · PDF fileEIRR Economic Internal Rate of Return ... PTCL Pakistan...